WO2021189269A1 - Method and apparatus for implementing service continuity - Google Patents

Method and apparatus for implementing service continuity Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2021189269A1
WO2021189269A1 PCT/CN2020/080978 CN2020080978W WO2021189269A1 WO 2021189269 A1 WO2021189269 A1 WO 2021189269A1 CN 2020080978 W CN2020080978 W CN 2020080978W WO 2021189269 A1 WO2021189269 A1 WO 2021189269A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
remote
network element
address
function network
user plane
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2020/080978
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
许胜锋
杨艳梅
李濛
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to PCT/CN2020/080978 priority Critical patent/WO2021189269A1/en
Publication of WO2021189269A1 publication Critical patent/WO2021189269A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00Hand-off or reselection arrangements

Definitions

  • This application relates to the field of communication technology, and in particular to a method and device for realizing business continuity.
  • D2D communication allows direct communication between user equipment (UE), and can share spectrum resources with cell users under the control of the cell network, effectively improving the utilization of spectrum resources .
  • D2D communication includes one-to-many communication and one-to-one communication.
  • One-to-many communication corresponds to multicast and broadcast communication, and one-to-one communication corresponds to unicast communication.
  • one-to-one communication if the sender's device and the receiver's device are within close range, they can communicate directly after discovering each other.
  • UEs communicate through the PC5 interface, which can be used for information transmission on the data plane and the control plane.
  • the UE when the UE is out of network coverage or the communication signal between the UE and the access network device is not good, the UE can be assisted by the relay UE, that is, through the communication between the UE and the relay UE, and The communication between the UE and the network-side server is relayed to realize the communication between the UE and the network-side server.
  • the UE when the UE performs auxiliary communication through the relay UE, or the relay UE that the UE is connected to during the auxiliary communication through the relay UE is switched (for example, switching from the first relay UE to the second relay UE, or from The connection relay UE is switched to directly access the access network equipment), the UE will use the new Internet Protocol (IP) address or port to communicate with the network-side server, causing the communication to be interrupted and the continuity of communication services cannot be guaranteed.
  • IP Internet Protocol
  • This application provides a method and device for realizing business continuity, which are used to improve the discontinuity of communication services caused by handover.
  • this application provides a method for realizing service continuity.
  • the method can be executed by the internal chip of the session management function network element or the session management function network element.
  • the method is suitable for the scenario where the transmission path of the relay UE is switched. After the transmission path of the remote UE is switched, it accesses the network through the relay UE.
  • the transmission path of the remote UE is managed by the same SMF network element before and after the handover, and the UPF network element on the transmission path before and after the handover is the same UPF network element.
  • the method includes: the session management function network element receives from the middle Following the UE’s first message, because the first message includes the identification information of the remote UE connected to the relay UE; the session management function network element configures the mapping relationship between the first address and the second address to the user plane function network element, Among them, the first address is used to transmit the data of the remote UE by the user plane function network element before the transmission path of the remote UE is switched, and the second address is used to transmit the data of the user plane function network element to the remote UE after the transmission path of the remote UE is switched. UE's data. In this way, the user plane function network element can transmit data of the remote UE according to the mapping relationship.
  • the address in the embodiment of the present application may be at least one of an address and a port number.
  • the first address may be an IPv4 address+port number; or the first address may be an IPv6 address.
  • the transport layer connection does not need to be re-established between the remote UE and the network server
  • the session management function network element configures the above-mentioned mapping relationship with the user plane function network element, so that The user plane function network element can realize the communication between the remote UE and the network server using the address used before the transmission path switch according to the mapping relationship, that is, through the network side configuration, the remote UE and the network server can be realized between the remote UE and the network server after the transmission path switch. Communication is not interrupted to ensure business continuity.
  • the first message is used to establish a PDU session of the relay UE, or modify the PDU session of the relay UE, or the first message is a remote UE information report message.
  • the identification information of the remote UE is used to indicate that the transmission path of the remote UE is switched.
  • the first message carries a first indication, and the first indication is used to indicate that the transmission path of the remote UE is switched. In this way, after the session management function network element receives the first message, it can determine that the transmission path of the remote UE is switched according to the identification information or the first indication of the remote UE in the first message.
  • the session management function network element determines whether there is a context before the remote UE transmission path switch exists with the remote UE identifier according to the identification information of the remote UE, and if so, the session management function network The meta determines the first address corresponding to the identification information of the remote UE from the context.
  • the first message carries the first address, and the session management function network element obtains the first address from the first message.
  • the remote UE accesses network equipment before the transmission path is switched, the remote UE sends the first address to the session management function network element, and the session management function network element stores the first address, so the session The management function network element may obtain the first address from the local storage of the SMF network element.
  • the session management function network element receives the second address from the relay UE.
  • the second address is an address allocated to the remote UE after the relay UE establishes a PDU session.
  • the session management function network element before the session management function network element receives the second address from the relay UE, it further includes: after the session management function network element receives the PDU session request from the relay UE, the session management function network The meta allocates a third address to the relay UE, and the third address is used for the relay UE to generate the second address.
  • the session management function network element can send the first address to the relay UE.
  • the relay UE can configure the mapping relationship between the first address and the second address, and the relay UE can then configure the mapping relationship between the first address and the second address.
  • the mapping relationship transmits the data of the relay UE.
  • the session management function network element determines that the remote UE has the authority to achieve service continuity according to the identifier of the remote UE. Specifically, the session management function network element may obtain the subscription information of the remote UE from the UDM, and the UDM may obtain the subscription information from the UDR in advance. The subscription information indicates whether the remote UE has service continuity in the relay transmission mode. Permissions.
  • the SMF network element determines that the remote UE has the service continuity authority according to the subscription information, the mapping relationship between the first address and the second address is configured; otherwise, it is executed according to the prior art.
  • the SMF network element after the SMF network element releases the PDU session established by the second relay UE, or the second relay UE requests to release the remote UE related context (corresponding to the second relay UE and the remote UE After the PC5 connection is released), the SMF marks the indication information that the first address is released. If the PDU session corresponding to the first relay UE is not released, the SMF network element instructs the first relay UE to reuse the first address.
  • this application provides a method for realizing service continuity.
  • the method can be executed by a user plane function network element or an internal chip of a user plane function network element.
  • the method is suitable for a scenario where the transmission path of a relay UE is switched. .
  • the transmission path of the remote UE is managed by the same SMF network element before and after the handover, and the UPF network elements on the transmission path before and after the handover are the same UPF network element.
  • the method includes: the user plane function network element receives the session The mapping relationship between the first address and the second address of the management function network element, wherein the first address is used for the user plane function network element to transmit the data of the remote UE before the transmission path of the remote user equipment UE is switched, The second address is used for the user plane function network element to transmit the data of the remote UE after the transmission path of the remote UE is switched; the user plane function network element to transmit the data of the remote UE according to the mapping relationship.
  • the second address is used for the user plane function network element and the second medium after the transmission path of the remote UE is switched.
  • the second relay UE is the relay UE connected to the remote UE after the transmission path of the remote UE is switched.
  • the first address is used to transmit data of the remote UE between the user plane function network element and the first relay UE before the transmission path of the remote UE is switched.
  • the first relay UE is the remote UE before the transmission path of the remote UE is switched.
  • the relay UE to which the UE is connected; or, the first address is used to transmit data of the remote UE between the user plane function network element and the remote UE before the transmission path of the remote UE is switched.
  • the second address is used for the user plane function network after the transmission path of the remote UE is switched.
  • the data of the remote UE is transmitted between the remote UE and the remote UE, and the first address is used to transmit the data between the user plane function network element and the first relay UE before the transmission path of the remote UE is switched.
  • the first relay UE is the relay UE connected to the remote UE before the remote UE transmission path is switched.
  • this application provides a method for realizing service continuity.
  • the method can be executed by the internal chip of the session management function network element or the session management function network element.
  • the method is suitable for the scenario where the transmission path of the relay UE is switched. After the transmission path of the remote UE is switched, it accesses the network through the relay UE.
  • the transmission path of the remote UE is managed by the same SMF network element before and after the handover, and the UPF network element on the transmission path before and after the handover is the same UPF network element.
  • the method includes: the session management function network element receives from the middle Following the UE’s first message.
  • the session management function network element determines the first address according to the identification information of the remote UE, and then the session management function network element sends the first address to the relay UE, wherein, the first address is used not only for the user plane function network element to transmit the data of the remote UE before the transmission path of the remote UE is switched, but also for the user plane function network element to transmit the data of the remote UE after the transmission path of the end UE is switched.
  • the session management function network element configures the mapping relationship between the first address and the transmission channel to the user plane function network element, and the transmission channel is a transmission channel between the relay UE and the user plane function network element.
  • the transport layer connection does not need to be re-established between the remote UE and the network server
  • the session management function network element configures the above-mentioned mapping relationship with the user plane function network element, so that The user plane function network element can realize the communication between the remote UE and the network server using the address used before the transmission path switch according to the mapping relationship, that is, through the network side configuration, the remote UE and the network server can be realized between the remote UE and the network server after the transmission path switch. Communication is not interrupted to ensure business continuity.
  • the first message is used to establish a PDU session of the relay UE or modify the PDU session of the relay UE.
  • the first message is a PDU session establishment message, or a PDU session modification message, or the first The message is a remote UE information report message.
  • the identification information of the remote UE is used to indicate that the transmission path of the remote UE is switched.
  • the first message carries a first indication, and the first indication is used to indicate a request to switch the transmission path of the remote UE.
  • the session management function network element may determine that the transmission path of the remote UE is switched according to the first indication.
  • the session management function network element determines whether there is a context corresponding to the remote UE identifier according to the identification information of the remote UE.
  • the first message includes the first address, and the session management function network element obtains the first address from the first message.
  • the session management function network element may receive the first address from the remote UE, that is, the remote UE sends the first address to the session management function network element to facilitate the session management function network element Configure the mapping relationship between the first address and the transmission channel.
  • the session management function network element sends the first address to the relay UE, so that after the relay UE receives the first address, the mapping relationship between the first address and the fourth address can be configured to facilitate
  • the relay UE transmits data of the remote UE, where the fourth address is used to transmit data between the relay UE and the remote UE.
  • the session management function network element needs to determine whether the remote UE has the authority to achieve service continuity. Specifically, the session management function network element may obtain the subscription information of the remote UE from the UDM, and the UDM may The subscription information is obtained from the UDR in advance, and the subscription information indicates whether the remote UE has service continuity authority in the relay transmission mode.
  • the SMF network element determines that the remote UE has the service continuity authority according to the subscription information, the mapping relationship between the first address and the second address is configured; otherwise, it is executed according to the prior art.
  • the SMF network element after the session management function network element releases the PDU session established by the relay UE, or after the relay UE requests to release the related context of the remote UE, the SMF network element will mark that the first address is in a blocked state. In the released state, the session management function network element releases the first address. That is, before the transmission path of the remote UE is switched, the first address is marked as used by the session management function network element, and the session management function network element cannot assign the first address to other remote UEs until the session management function After the network element releases the PDU session established by the relay UE, or after the relay UE requests to release the related context of the remote UE, the session management function network element releases the first address.
  • the present application provides a method for realizing service continuity, which can be executed by a user plane function network element or an internal chip of a user plane function network element.
  • the method is suitable for a scenario where the transmission path of a relay UE is switched.
  • the transmission path of the remote UE is managed by the same SMF network element before and after the handover, and the UPF network elements on the transmission path before and after the handover are the same UPF network element.
  • the method includes : The user plane function network element receives the mapping relationship between the first address and the transmission channel from the session management function network element, where the first address is used to transmit remotely to the user plane function network element before the transmission path of the remote user equipment UE is switched.
  • the data of the end UE is also used for the user plane function network element to transmit the data of the remote UE after the transmission path of the remote UE is switched.
  • the transmission channel is the transmission channel between the relay UE and the user plane function network element, and then the user plane function
  • the network element transmits the data of the remote UE according to the mapping relationship.
  • the first address is used for the user plane function network element and the first medium before the transmission path of the remote UE is switched.
  • the first relay UE is the relay UE connected to the remote UE before the transmission path of the remote UE is switched.
  • the first address is used for the user plane function network element and the remote UE before the transmission path of the remote UE is switched. Transfer data between.
  • the present application provides a method for realizing service continuity.
  • the method can be executed by the relay UE or the internal chip of the relay UE.
  • the method is suitable for a scenario where the transmission path of the relay UE is switched.
  • the transmission path of the remote UE is managed by the same SMF network element before and after the handover, and the UPF network elements on the transmission path before and after the handover are the same UPF network element.
  • this method Including: the relay UE receives the first address from the session management function network element, because the first address is not only used for the user plane function network element to transmit the data of the remote UE before the transmission path of the remote UE is switched, but also used for After the transmission path of the remote UE is switched, the user plane function network element transmits the data of the remote UE, so the relay UE transmits the data of the remote UE according to the mapping relationship between the first address and the fourth address.
  • the four addresses are used to transmit data between the relay UE and the remote UE.
  • the session management function network element configures the above-mentioned mapping relationship to the relay UE, so that the relay UE According to this mapping relationship, the remote UE and the network server can communicate with the address used before the transmission path switch, that is, through the network side configuration, the communication between the remote UE and the network server is not interrupted after the transmission path switch, ensuring Business continuity.
  • the method before the relay UE receives the first address from the session management function network element, the method includes: the relay UE further receives the identification information of the remote UE from the remote UE, and then the relay UE A first message is sent to the session management function network element, where the first message includes the identification information of the remote UE, so that the session management function network element is used to determine the first address according to the identification information of the remote UE.
  • the first message is used to establish a PDU session of the relay UE or modify the PDU session of the relay UE.
  • the first message is a PDU session establishment message, or the first message is a PDU session modification request message, or the first message is a remote UE information report message.
  • the identification information of the remote UE is used to indicate that the transmission path of the remote UE is switched.
  • the first message carries a first indication, and the first indication is used to indicate that the transmission path of the remote UE is switched. In this way, after the session management function network element receives the first message, it can determine that the transmission path of the remote UE is switched according to the identification information or the first indication of the remote UE in the first message.
  • the present application provides a method for realizing service continuity.
  • the method can be executed by the internal chip of the session management function network element or the session management function network element.
  • the method is suitable for the scenario where the transmission path of the relay UE is switched. .
  • the transmission path of the remote UE is managed by the same SMF network element before and after the handover, and the UPF network element on the transmission path before and after the handover is the same UPF network element.
  • the method includes: the session management function network element receives the identification information of the remote UE from the remote UE and a first indication, the first indication is used to indicate that the transmission path of the remote UE is requested to be switched; The session management function network element sends a fifth address to the remote UE. The fifth address is used to transmit data between the remote UE and the user plane function network element; then the session management function network element configures the fifth address and address to the user plane function network element.
  • the session management function network element may determine the first address according to the identification information of the remote UE, or the session management function network element may receive the first address from the remote UE.
  • the present application provides a method for realizing service continuity.
  • the method can be executed by the remote UE or the internal chip of the remote UE.
  • the method is suitable for scenarios where the transmission path of the relay UE is switched.
  • the transmission path of the remote UE is managed by the same SMF network element before and after the handover, and the UPF network elements on the transmission path before and after the handover are the same UPF network element.
  • the method includes :
  • the remote UE sends the identification information of the remote UE and a first indication to the session management function network element.
  • the first indication is used to indicate a request to switch the transmission path of the remote UE; the remote UE receives the first indication from the session management function network element.
  • Five addresses, the fifth address is used to transmit data between the remote UE and the user plane function network element.
  • the remote UE binds the fifth address with the sixth address, and the sixth address is used to transmit data between the remote UE and the relay UE before the transmission path of the remote UE is switched.
  • the remote UE may replace the sixth address with the fifth address during the transmission process, where the sixth address is used for the remote UE and the middle UE before the transmission path of the remote UE is switched. Then transfer data between UEs.
  • the present application provides a method for realizing service continuity.
  • the method can be executed by the internal chip of the session management function network element or the session management function network element.
  • the method is suitable for the scenario where the transmission path of the relay UE is switched. .
  • the transmission path of the remote UE is managed by the same SMF network element before and after the handover, and the UPF network elements on the transmission path before and after the handover are the same UPF network element.
  • the method includes:
  • the session management function network element allocates a seventh address to the remote UE, and the seventh address is used to transmit data of the remote UE between the user plane function network element and the server;
  • the session management function network element configures a first mapping relationship between the seventh address and the first address to the user plane function network element, where the first address is used for transmitting the remote UE on the first transmission path Data, the user plane function network element is a node on the first transmission path;
  • the session management function network element configures the second mapping relationship between the seventh address and the second address to the user plane function network element
  • the second address is used to transmit data of the remote UE on the second transmission path
  • the user plane function network element is a node on the second transmission path.
  • the first address is used to transmit the remote UE between the user plane function network element and the first relay UE.
  • the first relay UE is a node on the first transmission path.
  • the second address is used for transmitting the data of the remote UE between the user plane function network element and the second relay UE, and the second relay UE is a node on the second transmission path.
  • the first address is used to transmit data of the remote UE between the user plane function network element and the remote UE.
  • the second address is used to transmit data of the remote UE between the user plane function network element and the remote UE, and the remote UE is a node on the second transmission path.
  • the first address is used to transmit data of the remote UE between the user plane function network element and the remote UE.
  • the end UE is a node on the first transmission path
  • the second address is used to transmit the data of the remote UE between the user plane function network element and the second relay UE
  • the second relay UE is the Node on the second transmission path.
  • this application provides a method for realizing service continuity.
  • the method can be executed by the internal chip of the first user plane function network element or the first user plane function network element.
  • the method is suitable for relaying the transmission path of the UE. The scene where the switch occurred.
  • the transmission path of the remote UE is managed by the same SMF network element before and after the handover, and the UPF network elements on the transmission path before and after the handover are different UPF network elements.
  • the method includes: the first user plane function network element receives from A second message of the session management function network element, where the second message includes a first address, and the first address is used for the first user plane function network element to transmit the data of the remote UE before the transmission path of the remote UE is switched;
  • the first user plane function network element transmits the data of the remote UE according to the mapping relationship between the first address and the third transmission channel, where the third transmission channel is the second user plane function network element and the first user plane function network element.
  • the second user plane function network element is the user plane function network element to which the remote UE is connected after the transmission path of the remote UE is switched.
  • the first address is used for the first user plane function before the transmission path of the remote UE is switched.
  • the data of the remote UE is transmitted between the network element and the first relay UE, and the first relay UE is the relay UE connected to the remote UE before the transmission path of the remote UE is switched.
  • the first address is used for the first user plane function network element and the remote UE before the transmission path of the remote UE is switched.
  • the data of the remote UE is transmitted between the end UEs.
  • this application provides a method for realizing service continuity.
  • the method can be executed by the second user plane function network element or the internal chip of the second user plane function network element.
  • the method is suitable for relaying the transmission path of the UE. The scene where the switch occurred.
  • the transmission path of the remote UE is managed by the same SMF network element before and after the handover, and the UPF network elements on the transmission path before and after the handover are different UPF network elements.
  • the method includes: the second user plane function network element receives from The third message of the session management function network element, the third message includes a first address, and the first address is used for the first user plane function network element to transmit the remote end before the transmission channel of the remote user equipment UE is switched.
  • the second user plane function network element transmits the data of the remote UE according to the mapping relationship between the first address, the second transmission channel, and the third transmission channel, and the second transmission channel is the remote UE
  • the transmission channel between the second user plane and the remote UE after the handover, and the third transmission channel is the transmission channel between the second user plane function network element and the first user plane function network element.
  • the first address is used for the first user plane function before the transmission path of the remote UE is switched.
  • the data of the remote UE is transmitted between the network element and the first relay UE, and the first relay UE is the relay UE connected to the remote UE before the transmission path of the remote UE is switched.
  • the first address is used for the first user plane function network element and the remote UE before the transmission path of the remote UE is switched.
  • the data of the remote UE is transmitted between the end UEs.
  • the second user plane function network element receives the first data packet through the second transmission channel, and the first data packet includes the first address; the second user plane function network element receives the first data packet according to the Mapping relationship, sending the first data packet to the first user plane function network element through the third transmission channel.
  • the second user plane function network element receives a third data packet from the first user plane function network element through a third transmission channel, and the third data packet includes the first address; the second user The surface function network element sends the third data packet through the second transmission channel according to the mapping relationship.
  • this application provides a method for realizing service continuity.
  • the method can be executed by the internal chip of the first user plane function network element or the first user plane function network element.
  • the method is suitable for relaying UE transmission.
  • the transmission path of the remote UE is managed by the same SMF network element before and after the handover, and the UPF network elements on the transmission path before and after the handover are different UPF network elements.
  • the method includes:
  • the first user plane function network element receives a second message from the session management function network element.
  • the second message includes a first address and a second address.
  • the first address is used for the first user plane function before the remote UE's transmission channel is switched.
  • the network element transmits the data of the remote UE, and the second address is used for the second user plane function network element to transmit the data of the remote UE after the transmission path of the remote UE is switched;
  • the first user plane function network element transmits the data of the remote UE according to the mapping relationship between the first address, the second address and the third transmission channel, where the third transmission channel is the second user plane function network The transmission channel between the element and the first user plane functional network element.
  • the first address is used for the first user plane function before the transmission path of the remote UE is switched.
  • the data of the remote UE is transmitted between the network element and the first relay UE, and the first relay UE is the relay UE connected to the remote UE before the transmission path of the remote UE is switched.
  • the first address is used for the first user plane function network element and the remote UE before the transmission path of the remote UE is switched.
  • the data of the remote UE is transmitted between the end UEs.
  • a first user plane function network element receives a first data packet from a second user plane function network element through a third transmission channel, where the first data packet includes the second address;
  • a user plane function network element encapsulates the first data packet with the first address according to the mapping relationship to obtain a second data packet, the second data packet includes the first address; the first user
  • the surface function network element sends a second data packet to the network server.
  • the first user plane function network element receives a third data packet from the network server, and the third data packet includes the first address; the first user plane function network element In the mapping relationship, the third data packet is encapsulated by using the second address to obtain the encapsulated fourth data packet; the first user plane function network element transmits to the second user plane through the third transmission channel The functional network element sends the fourth data packet.
  • this application provides a method for realizing service continuity.
  • the method can be executed by the second user plane function network element or the internal chip of the second user plane function network element.
  • the method is suitable for relaying UE transmission.
  • the transmission path of the remote UE is managed by the same SMF network element before and after the handover, and the UPF network elements on the transmission path before and after the handover are different UPF network elements.
  • the method includes:
  • the second user plane function network element receives a third message from the session management function network element, the third message includes a second address, and the second address is used to transmit remotely by the second user plane function network element after the transmission channel of the remote UE is switched. Data of the end UE;
  • the second user plane function network element transmits the data of the remote UE according to the mapping relationship between the second address, the second transmission channel, and the third transmission channel.
  • the second transmission channel is the second user plane after the remote UE is handed over.
  • the third transmission channel is the transmission channel between the second user plane function network element and the first user plane function network element.
  • the second user plane function network element receives the first data packet through the second transmission channel, and the first data packet includes the first address; the second user plane function network element is based on Mapping relationship, sending the first data packet to the first user plane function network element through a third transmission channel.
  • the second user plane function network element receives a third data packet from the first user plane function network element through a third transmission channel, and the third data packet includes the first address ;
  • the second user plane function network element sends the third data packet through the second transmission channel according to the mapping relationship.
  • this application provides a method for realizing service continuity.
  • the method can be executed by the second session management function network element or the internal chip of the second session management function network element.
  • the method is suitable for relaying UE transmission.
  • the transmission path of the remote UE is managed by different SMF network elements before and after the handover, and the UPF network elements on the transmission path before and after the handover are different UPF network elements.
  • the method includes:
  • the second session management function network element receives a first message from a remote user equipment UE, where the first message includes identification information of the remote UE connected to the relay UE;
  • the second session management function network element configures the mapping relationship between the first address and the second address to the second user plane function network element, wherein the first address is used for the first user before the transmission path of the remote UE is switched
  • the plane function network element transmits the data of the remote UE, and the second address is used for the second user plane function network element to transmit the data of the remote UE after the transmission path of the remote UE is switched;
  • the second session management function network element requests the first session management function network element to establish a fourth transmission channel, and the first session management function network element serves the remote end before the transmission path of the remote UE is switched.
  • the fourth transmission channel is a transmission channel between the first user plane function network element and the second user plane function network element.
  • the first session management function network element is notified to release the first address.
  • this application provides a method for realizing service continuity.
  • the method can be executed by the internal chip of a unified data management network element or a unified data management network element.
  • This method is suitable for relay UE transmission path switching. Scenes.
  • the transmission path of the remote UE is managed by different SMF network elements before and after the handover, and the UPF network elements on the transmission path before and after the handover are different UPF network elements.
  • the method includes :
  • the unified data management network element receives the identifier of the remote user equipment UE and the identifier of the first session management function network element from the first session management function network element, and the first session management function network element is a transmission of the remote UE A session management function network element serving the remote UE before path switching;
  • the unified data management network element receives the identifier of the remote UE from the second session management function network element, and the second session management function network element serves the remote UE after the transmission path of the remote UE is switched Session management function network element;
  • the unified data management network element sends the identifier of the first session management function network element to the second session management function network element.
  • the present application provides a communication device.
  • the communication device may be a session management function network element or a chip set inside the session management function network element.
  • the communication device is capable of realizing the functions performed by the session management function network element or a chip set inside the session management function network element.
  • the communication device includes performing the first, third, sixth, and third
  • the eighth aspect or the thirteenth aspect relates to the modules or units or means corresponding to the steps.
  • the functions or units or means can be realized by software, or by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the communication device includes a processing unit and a communication unit.
  • the communication unit can be used to send and receive signals to achieve communication between the communication device and other devices.
  • the communication unit is used to receive Relay the first message of the UE; the processing unit may be used to perform some internal operations of the communication device.
  • the functions performed by the processing unit and the communication unit may correspond to the steps involved in the above-mentioned various aspects of the session management function network element.
  • the communication device includes a processor, and may also include a transceiver.
  • the transceiver is used to send and receive signals, and the processor executes program instructions to complete any possible design or implementation of the above aspects.
  • the communication device may further include one or more memories, and the memories are used for coupling with the processor.
  • the one or more memories may be integrated with the processor, or may be provided separately from the processor, which is not limited in this application.
  • the memory can store necessary computer programs or instructions to realize the functions involved in the above-mentioned various aspects.
  • the processor can execute the computer program or instruction stored in the memory, and when the computer program or instruction is executed, the communication device realizes any possible design or implementation manner involved in the above-mentioned session management function network element. In the method.
  • the communication device includes a processor and a memory, and the memory can store necessary computer programs or instructions for realizing the functions involved in the first aspect.
  • the processor can execute the computer program or instruction stored in the memory, and when the computer program or instruction is executed, the communication device realizes any possible design or implementation manner involved in the above-mentioned session management function network element. In the method.
  • the communication device includes at least one processor and an interface circuit, where at least one processor is used to communicate with other devices through the interface circuit and execute any possible design or implementation of the above aspects In the method executed by the session management function network element.
  • the present application provides a communication device.
  • the communication device may be a user plane functional network element or a chip set inside the user plane functional network element.
  • the communication device is capable of realizing the functions performed by the user plane function network element or a chip set inside the user plane function network element.
  • the communication device includes modules or modules corresponding to the steps involved in the second and fourth aspects. Units or means, the functions or units or means can be realized by software, or by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the communication device includes a processing unit and a communication unit.
  • the communication unit can be used to send and receive signals to achieve communication between the communication device and other devices.
  • the communication unit is used to receive The configuration message of the session management function network element; the processing unit can be used to perform some internal operations of the communication device.
  • the functions performed by the processing unit and the communication unit may correspond to the steps involved in the above aspects.
  • the communication device includes a processor, and may also include a transceiver.
  • the transceiver is used to send and receive signals, and the processor executes program instructions to complete any possible design or implementation of the above aspects.
  • the communication device may further include one or more memories, and the memories are used for coupling with the processor.
  • the one or more memories may be integrated with the processor, or may be provided separately from the processor, which is not limited in this application.
  • the memory can store necessary computer programs or instructions to realize the functions involved in the above-mentioned various aspects.
  • the processor can execute the computer program or instruction stored in the memory, and when the computer program or instruction is executed, the communication device realizes the method in any possible design or implementation manner of the above-mentioned user plane function network element .
  • the communication device includes a processor and a memory, and the memory can store necessary computer programs or instructions for implementing the functions involved in the above aspects.
  • the processor can execute the computer program or instruction stored in the memory, and when the computer program or instruction is executed, the communication device realizes the method in any possible design or implementation manner of the foregoing aspects.
  • the communication device includes at least one processor and an interface circuit, where at least one processor is used to communicate with other devices through the interface circuit and execute any possible network element of the user plane function described above.
  • the communication device may include a first communication device and a second communication device, and the first communication device is a first user plane function network element or a chip and a second communication device set inside the first user plane function network element.
  • the second communication device is a second user plane function network element or a chip set inside the second user plane function network element, and the first communication device is equipped to implement the above-mentioned first user plane function network element or is set in the first user plane function network element.
  • the function performed by the chip inside the element for example, the communication device includes the module or unit or means corresponding to the steps involved in the ninth aspect and the eleventh aspect.
  • the function or unit or means can be implemented by software, or by Hardware implementation can also be implemented by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the second communication device is capable of realizing the functions performed by the second user plane function network element or a chip set inside the second user plane function network element.
  • the communication device includes performing the tenth aspect and the twelfth aspect.
  • the functions or units or means can be realized by software, or by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the present application provides a communication device.
  • the communication device may be a relay UE or a chip set inside the relay UE.
  • the communication device has a function to implement the above-mentioned relay UE or a chip set inside the relay UE.
  • the communication device includes a module or unit or means corresponding to the steps involved in the fifth aspect.
  • the function or The unit or means can be realized by software, or by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the communication device includes a processing unit and a communication unit.
  • the communication unit can be used to send and receive signals to achieve communication between the communication device and other devices.
  • the communication unit is used to receive The configuration message of the session management function network element; the processing unit can be used to perform some internal operations of the communication device.
  • the functions performed by the processing unit and the communication unit may correspond to the steps involved in the above aspects.
  • the communication device includes a processor, and may also include a transceiver.
  • the transceiver is used to send and receive signals, and the processor executes program instructions to complete any possible design or implementation of the above aspects.
  • the communication device may further include one or more memories, and the memories are used for coupling with the processor.
  • the one or more memories may be integrated with the processor, or may be provided separately from the processor, which is not limited in this application.
  • the memory can store necessary computer programs or instructions to realize the functions involved in the above-mentioned various aspects.
  • the processor can execute the computer program or instruction stored in the memory, and when the computer program or instruction is executed, the communication device realizes the method in any possible design or implementation manner of the above-mentioned relay UE aspect.
  • the communication device includes a processor and a memory, and the memory can store necessary computer programs or instructions for implementing the functions involved in the above aspects.
  • the processor can execute the computer program or instruction stored in the memory, and when the computer program or instruction is executed, the communication device realizes the method in any possible design or implementation manner of the foregoing aspects.
  • the communication device includes at least one processor and an interface circuit, where at least one processor is used to communicate with other devices through the interface circuit, and execute any possible design or design in the aspect of relaying UE described above.
  • the method in the implementation mode includes at least one processor and an interface circuit, where at least one processor is used to communicate with other devices through the interface circuit, and execute any possible design or design in the aspect of relaying UE described above. The method in the implementation mode.
  • the present application provides a communication device.
  • the communication device may be a remote UE or a chip set inside the remote UE.
  • the communication device is capable of implementing functions performed by the remote UE or a chip set inside the remote UE.
  • the communication device includes modules or units or means corresponding to the steps involved in the seventh aspect.
  • the functions or The unit or means can be realized by software, or by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the communication device includes a processing unit and a communication unit.
  • the communication unit can be used to send and receive signals to achieve communication between the communication device and other devices.
  • the communication unit is used to receive The configuration message of the session management function network element; the processing unit can be used to perform some internal operations of the communication device.
  • the functions performed by the processing unit and the communication unit may correspond to the steps involved in the above aspects.
  • the communication device includes a processor, and may also include a transceiver.
  • the transceiver is used to send and receive signals, and the processor executes program instructions to complete any possible design or implementation of the above aspects.
  • the communication device may further include one or more memories, and the memories are used for coupling with the processor.
  • the one or more memories may be integrated with the processor, or may be provided separately from the processor, which is not limited in this application.
  • the memory can store necessary computer programs or instructions to realize the functions involved in the above-mentioned various aspects.
  • the processor can execute the computer program or instruction stored in the memory, and when the computer program or instruction is executed, the communication device implements any possible design or implementation method of the remote UE.
  • the communication device includes a processor and a memory, and the memory can store necessary computer programs or instructions for implementing the functions involved in the above aspects.
  • the processor can execute the computer program or instruction stored in the memory, and when the computer program or instruction is executed, the communication device realizes the method in any possible design or implementation manner of the foregoing aspects.
  • the communication device includes at least one processor and an interface circuit, where at least one processor is used to communicate with other devices through the interface circuit and execute any possible design or design of the remote UE described above.
  • the method in the implementation mode is used to communicate with other devices through the interface circuit and execute any possible design or design of the remote UE described above.
  • the present application provides a communication device.
  • the communication device may be a unified data management network element or a chip set inside the unified data management network element.
  • the communication device has a function to implement the above-mentioned unified data management network element or a chip set inside the unified data management network element.
  • the communication device includes a module or unit or means corresponding to the steps involved in the fourteenth aspect.
  • the functions, units, or means can be realized by software, or by hardware, and can also be realized by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the communication device includes a processing unit and a communication unit.
  • the communication unit can be used to send and receive signals to achieve communication between the communication device and other devices.
  • the communication unit is used to receive The configuration message of the session management function network element; the processing unit can be used to perform some internal operations of the communication device.
  • the functions performed by the processing unit and the communication unit may correspond to the steps involved in the above aspects.
  • the communication device includes a processor, and may also include a transceiver.
  • the transceiver is used to send and receive signals, and the processor executes program instructions to complete any possible design or implementation of the above aspects.
  • the communication device may further include one or more memories, and the memories are used for coupling with the processor.
  • the one or more memories may be integrated with the processor, or may be provided separately from the processor, which is not limited in this application.
  • the memory can store necessary computer programs or instructions to realize the functions involved in the above-mentioned various aspects.
  • the processor can execute the computer program or instruction stored in the memory, and when the computer program or instruction is executed, the communication device realizes the method in any possible design or implementation of the unified data management network element. .
  • the communication device includes a processor and a memory, and the memory can store necessary computer programs or instructions for implementing the functions involved in the above aspects.
  • the processor can execute the computer program or instruction stored in the memory, and when the computer program or instruction is executed, the communication device realizes the method in any possible design or implementation manner of the foregoing aspects.
  • the communication device includes at least one processor and an interface circuit, where at least one processor is used to communicate with other devices through the interface circuit and execute any possible aspect of the unified data management network element described above.
  • this application provides a computer-readable storage medium in which computer-readable instructions are stored.
  • the computer reads and executes the computer-readable instructions, the computer is allowed to execute the various aspects described above. Any possible design method.
  • this application provides a computer program product, which when a computer reads and executes the computer program product, causes the computer to execute any one of the possible design methods in the above-mentioned various aspects.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication system, which includes a session management function network element and a user plane function network element, where;
  • the session management function network element may be used to execute the first aspect or any one of the methods in the first aspect.
  • the user plane function network element may be used to execute the second aspect or any one of the methods in the second aspect.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication system, which includes a session management function network element, a user plane function network element, and a relay UE, where:
  • the session management function network element may be used to execute the third aspect or any one of the methods in the third aspect.
  • the user plane function network element may be used to execute any one of the foregoing fourth aspect or the fourth aspect.
  • the relay UE may be used to execute any one of the above-mentioned fifth aspect or the fifth aspect.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication system, which includes a session management function network element and a remote UE, where:
  • the session management function network element may be used to execute any one of the above-mentioned sixth aspect or the sixth aspect.
  • the remote UE may be used to execute any method in the seventh aspect or the seventh aspect described above.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication system, which includes a first user plane function network element and a second user plane function network element, where;
  • the first user plane function network element may be used to execute any one of the aforementioned ninth aspect or the ninth aspect.
  • the second user plane function network element may be used to execute any one of the tenth aspect or the tenth aspect described above.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication system, which includes a first user plane function network element and a second user plane function network element, wherein:
  • the first user plane function network element may be used to execute any one of the above-mentioned eleventh aspect or the eleventh aspect.
  • the second user plane function network element may be used to execute any one of the above-mentioned twelfth aspect or the twelfth aspect.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication system, which includes a second session management function network element and a unified data management network element, where:
  • the second session management function network element may be used to execute any one of the above-mentioned thirteenth aspect or the thirteenth aspect.
  • the unified data management network element may be used to execute any one of the fourteenth aspect or the fourteenth aspect described above.
  • the present application provides a chip that includes a processor, and the processor is coupled with a memory, and is configured to read and execute a software program stored in the memory to implement any of the above aspects.
  • a possible design approach
  • Fig. 1 is a schematic diagram of a communication scenario provided by the prior art
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of the architecture of a communication system provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • 3A to 3C are schematic diagrams of an application communication scenario provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of the first method for realizing business continuity provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 5A is a schematic flowchart of another method for realizing business continuity provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 5B is a schematic diagram of an application communication scenario provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of a second method for realizing business continuity provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 7A is a schematic flowchart of another method for realizing business continuity provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 7B is a schematic diagram of an application communication scenario provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart of a third method for realizing business continuity provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 9A is a schematic flowchart of another method for realizing business continuity provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 9B is a schematic diagram of an application communication scenario provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 10A is a schematic flowchart of a fourth method for realizing business continuity provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 10B is a schematic diagram of an application communication scenario provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 10C is a schematic diagram of an application communication scenario provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 11A is a schematic flowchart of a fifth method for realizing business continuity provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 11B is a schematic diagram of an application communication scenario provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 12A is a schematic flowchart of a fifth method for realizing business continuity according to an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 12B is a schematic diagram of an application communication scenario provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 12C is a schematic diagram of an application communication scenario provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 13A is a schematic flowchart of a fifth method for realizing business continuity according to an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 13B is a schematic diagram of an application communication scenario provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 14 is a possible exemplary block diagram of a device involved in an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • Terminal equipment also known as terminal, user equipment (UE), mobile station (MS), mobile terminal (MT), etc.
  • UE user equipment
  • MS mobile station
  • MT mobile terminal
  • terminal equipment is a way of providing voice to users And/or data connectivity devices, for example, may include a handheld device with a wireless connection function, or a processing device connected to a wireless modem.
  • the terminal can communicate with the core network via a radio access network (RAN), and exchange voice and/or data with the RAN.
  • the terminal may include user equipment (UE), wireless terminal, mobile terminal, subscriber unit (subscriber unit), subscriber station (subscriber station), mobile station (mobile station), remote station (remote station), access Point (access point, AP), remote terminal (remote terminal), access terminal (access terminal), user terminal (user terminal), user agent (user agent), or user equipment (user device), etc.
  • a remote UE may be connected to the network through an access network device, or may be connected to the network through a relay UE (relay UE).
  • mobile phones or “cellular” phones
  • computers with mobile terminals
  • portable, pocket-sized, handheld, computer-built or vehicle-mounted mobile devices smart wearable devices, and so on.
  • PCS personal communication service
  • SIP session initiation protocol
  • WLL wireless local loop
  • PDA personal digital assistants
  • the terminal device may also include restricted devices, such as devices with low power consumption, or devices with limited storage capabilities, or devices with limited computing capabilities. Examples include barcodes, radio frequency identification (RFID), sensors, global positioning system (GPS), laser scanners and other information sensing equipment.
  • restricted devices such as devices with low power consumption, or devices with limited storage capabilities, or devices with limited computing capabilities. Examples include barcodes, radio frequency identification (RFID), sensors, global positioning system (GPS), laser scanners and other information sensing equipment.
  • RFID radio frequency identification
  • GPS global positioning system
  • laser scanners and other information sensing equipment.
  • smart wearable devices are the general term for using wearable technology to intelligently design daily wear and develop wearable devices, such as glasses, gloves, watches, clothing and shoes Wait.
  • a smart wearable device is a portable device that is directly worn on the body or integrated into the user's clothes or accessories.
  • Smart wearable devices are not only a hardware device, but also realize powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction.
  • smart wearable devices include full-featured, large-sized, complete or partial functions that can be achieved without relying on smart phones, such as smart watches or smart glasses, etc., and only focus on a certain type of application function, and need to cooperate with other devices such as smart phones.
  • Use such as all kinds of smart bracelets, smart helmets, smart jewelry, etc. for physical sign monitoring.
  • the terminal may also be a virtual reality (VR) device, an augmented reality (AR) device, a wireless terminal in industrial control, a wireless terminal in driverless, and a remote Wireless terminal in remote medical surgery, wireless terminal in smart grid, wireless terminal in transportation safety, wireless terminal in smart city, smart home ) In the wireless terminal, etc.
  • VR virtual reality
  • AR augmented reality
  • wireless terminal in industrial control a wireless terminal in driverless
  • remote Wireless terminal in remote medical surgery wireless terminal in smart grid, wireless terminal in transportation safety, wireless terminal in smart city, smart home ) In the wireless terminal, etc.
  • (Radio) access network ((radio) access network, (R) AN) equipment for example, includes a base station (e.g., access point), which may refer to the radio access network through one or more cells on the air interface. Terminal communication equipment.
  • the (wireless) access network equipment can be used to convert received air frames and Internet Protocol (IP) packets to each other, as a router between the remote UE and the rest of the access network, where the rest of the access network can be Including IP networks.
  • IP Internet Protocol
  • the (wireless) access network equipment can also coordinate the attribute management of the air interface.
  • (wireless) access network equipment may include radio network controller (RNC), node B (Node B, NB), base station controller (BSC), and base transceiver station (base transceiver station).
  • RNC radio network controller
  • Node B Node B
  • BSC base station controller
  • base transceiver station base transceiver station
  • BTS radio network controller
  • home base station for example, home evolved NodeB, or home Node B, HNB
  • BBU baseband unit
  • Wi-Fi wireless fidelity
  • the (wireless) access network equipment may also include a long term evolution (LTE) system or an evolved LTE system (LTE-Advanced, LTE-A) or the 4th generation mobile communication technology (4G) ) Evolved base station (NodeB or eNB or e-NodeB, evolutional Node B) in the system.
  • LTE long term evolution
  • LTE-A evolved LTE system
  • 4G 4th generation mobile communication technology
  • NodeB or eNB or e-NodeB, evolutional Node B Evolved base station in the system.
  • the (wireless) access network equipment may also include the next generation node B (gNB) and the transmission and reception point (TRP) in the 5G system or the new radio (NR) system, Or transmission point (TP).
  • gNB next generation node B
  • TRP transmission and reception point
  • TP transmission point
  • the (wireless) access network equipment may also include a centralized unit (CU) and/or a distributed unit (DU) in a cloud radio access network (CloudRAN) system,
  • CU centralized unit
  • DU distributed unit
  • CloudRAN cloud radio access network
  • the core network (CN) equipment is connected to multiple access networks, including the circuit switched (CS) domain and/or the data switching (Packet Switched, PS) domain.
  • the CS network element has a mobile switching center , Visit location register and gateway mobile switching center, PS network element has general packet radio service (general packet radio service, GPRS) node and gateway GPRS support node.
  • GPRS general packet radio service
  • Some network elements such as home location register, visitor location register, authentication center can be shared by CS domain and PS domain.
  • multiple refers to two or more than two. In view of this, “multiple” can also be understood as “at least two” in the embodiments of the present application. “At least one” can be understood as one or more, for example, one, two or more.
  • including at least one refers to including one, two or more, and does not limit which ones are included.
  • the included can be A, B, C, A and B, A and C, B and C, or A and B and C.
  • ordinal numbers such as “first” and “second” mentioned in the embodiments of the present application are used to distinguish multiple objects, and are not used to limit the order, timing, priority, or importance of multiple objects.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a method for realizing service continuity.
  • the session management function network element configures the transmission path to the UPF network element before and after the UPF network element transmits the data of the remote UE.
  • the mapping relationship between the address and the second address enables the UPF network element to implement communication between the remote UE and the network server using the address used before the transmission path switch based on the mapping relationship, thereby ensuring the continuity of the service of the remote UE .
  • the method and the device are based on the same inventive concept. Since the principles of the method and the device to solve the problem are similar, the implementation of the device and the method can be referred to each other, and the repetition will not be repeated.
  • “and/or” describes the association relationship of the associated objects, indicating that there can be three types of relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A alone exists, and both A and B exist separately. There are three cases of B.
  • the character "/" generally indicates that the associated objects before and after are in an "or” relationship. At least one involved in this application refers to one or more; multiple refers to two or more.
  • both the core network device and the access network device may be referred to as network devices.
  • the embodiments of this application may use words such as "first" and "second" to distinguish the description. It is understandable that such words cannot be understood as indicating or implying relative importance. Nor can it be understood as indicating or implying order.
  • LTE long term evolution
  • WiMAX worldwide interoperability for microwave access
  • 5G fifth generation
  • NR new radio access technology
  • 6G future communication systems
  • MTC machine type communication
  • MTC machine type communication
  • NB-IoT narrowband internet of things
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of the architecture of a possible communication system to which the embodiments of this application are applicable.
  • the radio access network is the next generation radio access network (NG-RAN), which is used to implement functions related to radio access.
  • the core network includes: access and mobility management function (AMF) network elements, session management function (SMF) network elements, user plane function (UPF) network elements, unified Data management (unified data management, UDM) network elements, etc.
  • AMF access and mobility management function
  • SMF session management function
  • UPF user plane function
  • UDM unified Data management
  • the AMF network element is mainly responsible for mobility management.
  • AMF network elements may also be called AMF devices or AMF entities.
  • the SMF network element is mainly responsible for session management.
  • the SMF network element may also be referred to as an SMF device or an SMF entity.
  • the UPF network element is mainly responsible for processing user messages, such as forwarding.
  • the UE can access the DN by establishing a session from the UE to the NG-RAN to the UPF to the data network (DN).
  • the UDM network element is mainly used to store the subscription information of the remote UE.
  • the communication system architecture provided by the embodiments of the present application is only an example, which can be applied to 5G systems, advanced long term evolution (LTE-A) systems, and worldwide microwave interconnection access (worldwide interoperability). for microwave access, WiMAX), or wireless local area networks (WLAN) systems, etc.
  • LTE-A advanced long term evolution
  • WLAN wireless local area networks
  • the communication system architecture may also be suitable for future-oriented communication technologies.
  • the communication system architecture described in the embodiments of the present application is intended to more clearly illustrate the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application, and does not constitute a reference to the embodiments of the present application.
  • those of ordinary skill in the art will know that with the evolution of the network architecture, the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application are equally applicable to similar technical problems.
  • the interactive equipment may include remote UE, relay UE, RAN, SMF, UPF, UDM, and so on.
  • the embodiment of the application provides a method for realizing service continuity.
  • the method can be applied to a scenario where a remote UE switches from directly accessing the RAN to a scenario where the remote UE accesses the RAN through a relay UE, as shown in FIG. 3A.
  • the remote UE switches from directly accessing the RAN to accessing the RAN through the relay UE, that is, switching from the direct communication link to the non-direct communication link.
  • the remote UE can transmit the uplink and downlink data with the network server through the transmission path between the relay UE and the UPF.
  • transmission path switching refers to: the remote UE switches from the first transmission path that uses its own PDU session to connect to the network, and switches to the second transmission path that the remote UE connects to the network by relaying the UE’s PDU session. path.
  • the method provided in the embodiments of the present application can be applied to a scenario where the remote UE switches from accessing the first relay UE to the remote UE accessing the second relay UE.
  • FIG. 3B in this scenario, when When the location of the remote UE moves or the communication signal between the remote UE and the first relay UE is not good, the remote UE switches from connecting to the first relay UE to connecting to the second relay UE, that is, from the first non-direct connection The communication link is switched to the second non-direct communication link. In this way, after the transmission path is switched, the remote UE can transmit the uplink and downlink data with the network server through the transmission path between the second relay UE and the UPF.
  • transmission path switching refers to: the remote UE connects to the first transmission path of the network from the PDU session established by the first relay UE to the remote UE through the PDU session connection of the second relay UE. The second transmission path to the network.
  • the method provided in the embodiments of the present application can be applied to a scenario where a remote UE switches from an access relay UE to a remote UE directly accessing the RAN.
  • a remote UE switches from an access relay UE to a remote UE directly accessing the RAN.
  • the remote UE switches to directly access the RAN, that is, switches from a non-direct communication link to a direct communication link.
  • the remote UE can transmit the uplink and downlink data with the network server through the direct communication link.
  • transmission path switching refers to: the remote UE connects to the first transmission path of the network from the PDU session established by the relay UE, and switches to the second transmission path that the remote UE connects to the network through the PDU session established by itself. Transmission path.
  • the direct communication link refers to: a remote UE establishes a PDU session, and the remote UE uses its own PDU session to connect to the network.
  • the non-direct communication link refers to: the relay UE establishes a PDU session, and the remote UE connects to the network through the PDU session of the relay UE.
  • FIG 4 is a schematic flow chart of the first method for realizing service continuity provided by the embodiment of this application.
  • the transmission path of the remote UE is managed by the same SMF network element before and after the handover, and before and after the handover
  • the UPF network elements on the transmission path are the same UPF network element, and the method includes the following steps.
  • Step 401 The remote UE switches to the relay UE, and connects to the network through the relay UE.
  • the remote UE can establish a PC5 communication link with the relay UE, and the remote UE will use the fourth address for communication in the PC5 communication link. (Assuming that it is represented by IP3), it is notified to the relay UE.
  • the remote UE switches from directly accessing the RAN to accessing the RAN through the relay UE, that is, switching from the direct communication link to the non-direct communication link, before the remote transmission path is switched
  • the address used by the remote UE to send data is the first address, that is, the address used by the remote UE before the transmission path is switched is the first address, and the remote UE communicates with the relay UE after the transmission path is switched.
  • the address used is the fourth address.
  • the remote UE switches from accessing the first relay UE to accessing the second relay UE, that is, switches from the first non-direct communication link to the second non-direct communication link, and the remote In the first non-direct communication link before the transmission path switch of the remote end, the address used by the remote UE to send data to the first relay UE is also the fourth address, that is, the remote UE and the first intermediate link before the transmission path switch After the address used for UE communication is the fourth address, the address used for communication between the remote UE and the second relay UE is still the fourth address after the transmission path is switched.
  • Step 402 The relay UE sends the first message to the SMF network element.
  • the first message may be a PDU session establishment message or a PDU session modification request message. If the first message is a PDU session establishment message, after the relay UE establishes the PDU session, the remote UE is assigned a second address (assumed to be represented by IP2-1). In addition, the first message may also be a remote user report (remote user report) message.
  • the remote UE is handed over from the first relay UE to the second relay UE, and the remote UE sends a relay access request message to the second relay UE.
  • the message includes at least the remote UE.
  • the identification information of the end UE for example, the remote UE ID).
  • the identification information of the remote UE may also be used to indicate that the transmission path of the remote UE is switched, so that the SMF network element can determine that the transmission path of the remote UE is switched.
  • the first message may also include a first indication, such as a transmission path switching indication (path switching indication), where the first indication is used to indicate a request to switch the transmission path of the remote UE.
  • a transmission path switching indication path switching indication
  • the remote UE switches from the first relay UE to the second relay UE, the remote UE sends a relay access request message to the second relay UE, and the second relay UE After receiving the relay access request message, the second relay UE sends a session establishment message or a PDU session modification request message to the SMF network element, and the message carries the identification information of the remote UE and the first indication. So that the SMF network element determines that the transmission path of the remote UE is switched according to the first indication.
  • Step 403 The SMF network element determines the first address and the second address corresponding to the identifier of the remote UE.
  • the first address refers to the address used by the UPF network element to transmit the data of the remote UE before the remote UE is switched.
  • the second address refers to the address used by the UPF network element to transmit the data of the remote UE after the transmission path is switched.
  • the address in the embodiment of the present application may be at least one of an address and a port number.
  • the first address may be an IPv4 address+port number; or the first address may be an IPv6 address.
  • the first address refers to the address used by the remote UE in the communication link before the transmission path switch, the address is configured by the SMF network element for the remote UE, and the second address refers to It is the address configured by the relay UE for the remote UE after the PDU session is established in the communication link after the transmission path is switched.
  • the first address refers to the address configured by the first relay UE for the remote UE after the PDU session is established in the communication link before the transmission path switch
  • the second address refers to the transmission path switch In the subsequent communication link, the second relay UE configures the address for the remote UE after establishing the PDU session.
  • the SMF network element may use any one or more of the following methods to determine the first address.
  • the SMF network element can obtain the context information of the remote UE before the transmission path switching from the UDM or from the local storage of the SMF network element according to the identification information of the remote UE, and then determine the first address from the context.
  • the first message also includes the first address.
  • the relay UE sends a second message to the SMF network element, where the second message includes the first address.
  • the first address is obtained by the relay UE from the remote UE. If the communication link of the remote UE is as shown in Figure 3A before the transmission path is switched, the first address can be obtained by the remote UE from SMF; if the communication link of the remote UE is as shown in the figure before the transmission path is switched As shown in 3B, the first address may be obtained by the remote UE from the first relay UE.
  • the SMF network element obtains the second address from the relay UE.
  • the method includes: after the remote UE sends a relay access request message to the relay UE, the relay UE establishes a PDU session, and the SMF network element configures a third address for the relay UE (for example, it is represented by IP2), and the relay UE configures a second address for the remote UE (for example, it is represented by IP2-1).
  • the relay UE may also send a third message to the SMF network element, where the third message includes the second address. In this way, the SMF network element can obtain the second address from the relay UE.
  • the method further includes step 404.
  • the SMF determines whether the remote UE has the authority to achieve service continuity, and if so, continues to perform the subsequent steps, otherwise, Do not execute.
  • the SMF network element may obtain the subscription information of the remote UE from the UDM, and the UDM may obtain the subscription information from the UDR in advance.
  • the subscription information indicates whether the remote UE has service continuity authority in the relay transmission mode.
  • the subscription information may indicate that the remote UE corresponding to the identification information of the remote UE has service continuity authority, but the remote UE may have multiple corresponding addresses, so the SMF network element cannot determine which address has the service. Continuity authority. In this way, the remote UE also needs to send a message including the first address to the SMF network element, so that the SMF can determine that the first address has the authority for business continuity.
  • Step 405 The relay UE configures the mapping relationship between the second address and the fourth address, and uses the mapping relationship to transmit uplink and downlink data of the remote UE.
  • the remote UE sends uplink data to the relay UE, the relay UE receives a first data packet from the remote UE, the first data packet includes a fourth address, and the relay UE according to the second address
  • the mapping relationship between the fourth address and the second address is used to encapsulate the first data packet to obtain the encapsulated second data packet, and then the second data packet is sent to the network side.
  • the third data packet includes the second address, and the relay UE uses the fourth address pair according to the mapping relationship between the second address and the fourth address.
  • the third data packet is encapsulated to obtain the encapsulated fourth data packet, and then the fourth data packet is sent to the remote UE.
  • Step 406 The SMF network element sends a configuration message to the UPF network element, where the configuration message includes the mapping relationship between the first address and the second address.
  • step 405 can be performed first, and then step 406, or step 406 can be performed first, and then step 405 can be performed, or step 405 and step 406 can be performed at the same time.
  • the application is not limited.
  • Step 407 The UPF network element transmits the data of the remote UE according to the mapping relationship.
  • the remote UE sends uplink data to the relay UE
  • the UPF network element receives the first data packet from the relay UE
  • the first data packet includes the second address
  • the UPF network element Encapsulate the first data packet with the first address to obtain the encapsulated second data packet, and then send the second data packet to the network server.
  • the mapping relationship is Configuration, there is no need to re-establish the transport layer connection between the remote UE and the network server, so that the communication between the remote UE and the network server is not interrupted after the transmission path is switched, ensuring business continuity.
  • the UPF network element receives the third data packet from the network server.
  • the third data packet includes the first address.
  • the UPF network element uses the second address to encapsulate the third data packet according to the mapping relationship.
  • the fourth data packet is sent to the relay UE.
  • the transmission layer connection realizes the uninterrupted communication between the remote UE and the network server after the transmission path is switched, ensuring business continuity.
  • this example includes the following steps, as shown in FIG. 5A.
  • step 500 before the remote UE switches the transmission path, the remote UE connects to the network through the first relay UE, the SMF network element allocates an address (for example, represented by IP1) to the first relay UE, and the first relay UE is in communication with the After the UPF network element establishes the transmission channel, it allocates a first address (for example, represented by IP1-1) to the remote UE.
  • the SMF network element can record the association relationship between the identity of the first relay UE, the PDU session identifier, DNN, S-NSSAI, IP1, the identification information of the remote UE, and the first address.
  • the association relationship can be stored in the UDR or UDM middle.
  • the SMF network element may also obtain the association relationship from the UDR or UDM.
  • the SMF network element after the SMF network element configures the first address for the remote UE (for example, IP1-1 in Figure 5B), the SMF network element records "IP1-1 is in use "" and can be stored in the context of the PDU session before the transmission path, that is, the first address has not been released, and the SMF network element cannot allocate the first address to other remote UEs.
  • Step 501 When the remote UE finds that the communication quality of the current non-direct communication link is poor or degraded, and cannot meet the current service requirements, the remote UE performs relay reselection, finds the second relay UE, and communicates with the second intermediate UE. Then the UE establishes a PC5 link; the remote UE notifies the fourth address (assumed to be represented by IP3) corresponding to the PC5 link to the second relay UE.
  • Step 502 The remote UE sends a relay connection request message to the second relay UE, where the relay connection request message may include remote terminal identification information.
  • the relay connection request message may further include a first indication, such as a transmission path switching indication (path switching indication), so that the network device can determine that the transmission path of the remote UE is switched.
  • a transmission path switching indication path switching indication
  • the relay connection request message includes the transmission path switch indication (that is, the remote UE can request the network Guarantee business continuity).
  • the relay connection request message may not carry the remote end Identification information of the UE.
  • the second relay UE separately sends a message requesting identification information, and the remote UE returns the identification information of the remote UE.
  • Step 503 The second relay UE initiates a PDU session establishment message or a PDU session modification request message to the AMF network element.
  • the message includes the identifier of the remote UE and the transmission path switching instruction.
  • the second relay UE initiates a PDU session modification request message; if no PDU session can support the session requirement of the remote UE, the second relay UE The relay UE initiates a PDU session establishment request message.
  • the message may also be a remote UE information report (remote UE Report) message sent after the PDU session is established.
  • remote UE information report remote UE Report
  • the second relay UE may first establish a PDU session (a PDU session dedicated to a non-direct communication link, and the remote UE information is not included in the session context), and then perform step 503 to modify the session (report the remote UE information) .
  • a PDU session a PDU session dedicated to a non-direct communication link, and the remote UE information is not included in the session context
  • Step 504 The AMF network element forwards the identification information (or the first indication) of the remote UE in the message to the SMF network element.
  • the SMF network element may determine whether the transmission path of the remote UE is switched according to the identification information of the remote UE, or the SMF network element may determine whether the transmission path of the remote UE is switched according to the first indication.
  • the way for the SMF network element to determine whether the transmission path of the remote UE is switched may be: Method 1, the SMF network element determines according to the first indication (for example, path switching indication), and if the SMF network element receives the first indication, it determines The transmission path of the remote UE is switched; otherwise, the transmission path does not switch.
  • the first indication for example, path switching indication
  • Method 2 The SMF network element determines whether the corresponding context of the remote UE already exists, that is, whether the remote UE already has a PDU session associated with the PDU session attributes of the second relay UE, such as DNN, S-NSSAI, that is, The remote UE requests a PDU session with the same session attribute for data transmission. If it exists, it is determined that the transmission path of the remote UE is switched; otherwise, the transmission path is not switched.
  • Step 506 After determining that the transmission path of the remote UE is switched, the SMF network element further obtains the subscription information of the remote UE from the UDM, and the subscription information indicates whether the remote UE has the authority of business continuity. If it is, the SMF network element continues to execute the subsequent steps, otherwise, it executes in the existing manner.
  • the SMF network element determines that the transmission path of the remote UE is switched, the SMF network element releases the PDU session of the first relay UE, but marks that the first address (for example, IP1-1 in FIG. 5B) is in use Status, that is, the SMF network element temporarily does not allocate the first address to other remote UEs.
  • the first address for example, IP1-1 in FIG. 5B
  • Step 507 The SMF network element determines the first address used by the non-direct communication link before the transmission path of the remote UE is switched (ie, IP1-1 in FIG. 5B), and determines the non-direct communication after the transmission path of the remote UE is switched.
  • the second address used by the communication link ie, IP2-1 in Figure 5B).
  • the SMF network element may adopt any one of the method 1 or the method 2 in step 403 to determine the first address.
  • the SMF network element may adopt any one of the method 1 or the method 2 in step 403 to determine the first address.
  • step 403 may be repeated here.
  • the SMF network element may obtain the second address from the second relay UE. That is, after the remote UE switches and connects to the second relay UE, the second relay UE establishes a PDU session, and the SMF network element configures a third address (for example, represented by IP2) for the second relay UE. Subsequently, the UE configures a second address (ie, IP2-1 in FIG. 5B) for the remote UE. After that, the second relay UE may also send a third message to the SMF network element, where the third message includes the second address. In this way, the SMF network element can obtain the second address from the second relay UE.
  • Step 508 The SMF network element sends a configuration message to the UPF network element.
  • the configuration message includes the mapping relationship between the first address and the second address.
  • the configuration message is used to instruct the UPF network element to convert the first address in the downlink data to The second address, and the second address in the uplink data is converted into the first address.
  • Step 509 The second relay UE determines the first mapping relationship between the second address (that is, IP2-1 in FIG. 5B) and the fourth address corresponding to the PC5 link (that is, IP3 in FIG. 5B), and the second address and A second mapping relationship between the PDU sessions established by the second relay UE, where the first mapping relationship and the second mapping relationship are used to forward uplink and downlink data of the remote UE.
  • the UPF network element is configured with a mapping relationship between the first address and the second address, and an association relationship between the first address and the PDU session established by the second relay UE is also established.
  • the second relay UE converts the IP 3 address in the data packet from the remote UE to the IP 2-1 address , And then transmit through the PDU session established by the second relay UE.
  • the UPF network element uses IP1-1 to encapsulate the first data packet received from the relay UE to obtain the encapsulated second data packet, and then send the second data packet to the network Server, in this way, for the network server, before and after the transmission path of the remote UE is switched, the remote UE uses the same IP1-1 to communicate with the network side server, so service continuity can be guaranteed.
  • the UPF network element receives the third data packet from the network server, converts the IP 1-1 address in the data packet to the IP 2-1 address for re-encapsulation, obtains the encapsulated fourth data packet, and then Four data packets are sent to the second relay UE.
  • the second relay UE re-encapsulates the data packet using IP3 and forwards the data packet to the remote UE.
  • the remote UE Before and after the transmission path is switched, the remote UE uses the same IP3 address to communicate with the second relay UE, so service continuity can be guaranteed.
  • the SMF network element when the SMF network element releases the PDU session established by the second relay UE, or the second relay UE requests to release the remote UE related context (corresponding to the PC5 connection between the second relay UE and the remote UE) After the release), the SMF network element marks the first address in the released state. That is, the first address is released, and the SMF network element can allocate the first address to other remote UEs.
  • the SMF network element configures the UPF network element with one of the above-mentioned first address and second address. And the mapping relationship between the second address and the fourth address configured by the SMF network element to the connected relay UE after the handover, so that the UPF network element can use the mapping relationship between the remote UE and the network server.
  • the address used before the transmission path switch is used for communication, that is, through the network side configuration, the communication between the remote UE and the network server is not interrupted after the transmission path is switched, and service continuity is ensured.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic flow diagram of the second method for realizing service continuity provided by the embodiment of this application.
  • the transmission path of the remote UE is managed by the same SMF network element before and after the handover, and before and after the handover
  • the UPF network elements on the transmission path are the same UPF network element, and the method includes the following steps.
  • Step 601 and step 602 are the same as step 401 and step 402 described above.
  • the SMF Before step 601, that is, before the transmission path is switched, the SMF also allocates a seventh address to the remote UE, and configures the mapping relationship between the seventh address and the first address to the UPF.
  • Step 603 The SMF network element determines the mapping relationship between the seventh address and the second address corresponding to the identifier of the remote UE.
  • the first address refers to the address used by the UPF network element to transmit data of the remote UE before the remote UE is switched.
  • the second address refers to the address used by the UPF network element to transmit the data of the remote UE after the remote UE is switched.
  • the first address refers to the IP address used by the remote UE to transmit data in the direct communication link before the transmission path is switched
  • the second address refers to the IP address after the transmission path is switched.
  • the IP address used for data transmission between the remote UE and the UPF network element in the non-direct communication link refers to the remote end of the non-direct communication link before the transmission path is switched
  • the second address refers to the address used for data transmission between the remote UE and the UPF network element in the non-direct communication link after the transmission path is switched. IP2-1 used.
  • the specific method for determining the first address and the second address refer to the above step 403, which will not be repeated here.
  • the seventh address refers to that the SMF network element allocates an address visible to the network server side for the remote UE, and the seventh address is used to transmit data of the remote UE between the UPF network element and the network server side.
  • the SMF network element may determine the seventh address according to the identity of the remote UE.
  • the seventh address refers to the IP7 allocated by the SMF network element to the remote UE, and the IP7 is visible to the network server side.
  • Step 604 is the same as the above step 404, and step 605 is the same as the above step 405.
  • Step 606 The SMF network element sends a configuration message to the UPF network element.
  • the configuration message includes the mapping relationship between the second address and the seventh address.
  • Step 607 The UPF network element transmits the data of the remote UE according to the mapping relationship between the second address and the seventh address.
  • the remote UE sends uplink data to the relay UE, the UPF network element receives the first data packet from the relay UE, the first data packet includes the second address, and the UPF network element , Use the seventh address to encapsulate the first data packet to obtain the encapsulated second data packet, and then send the second data packet to the network server.
  • the network server before and after the transmission path of the remote UE is switched
  • the remote UE and the network server do not need to re-establish the transport layer connection, so that the communication between the remote UE and the network server is not interrupted after the transmission path is switched, and the business continuity is ensured.
  • the UPF network element receives the third data packet from the network server.
  • the third data packet includes the seventh address.
  • the UPF network element uses the second address to encapsulate the third data packet according to the mapping relationship.
  • the remote UE through the above mapping relationship configuration, the remote UE and the network server do not need to re-establish the transport layer connection , To realize the uninterrupted communication between the remote UE and the network server after the transmission path is switched, ensuring business continuity.
  • this example includes the following steps, as shown in FIG. 7A.
  • Step 700a is the same as step 500 described above.
  • Step 700b After obtaining the address information of the remote UE (IP1-1 in FIG. 7B), the SMF network element allocates a seventh address (IP7 in FIG. 7B) to the remote UE.
  • the seventh address is used for The data of the remote UE is transmitted between the UPF network element and the network server.
  • Step 700c The SMF network element configures the mapping relationship between the first address and the seventh address to the UPF network element.
  • Steps 701 to 707 are the same as the above steps 501 to 507.
  • the SMF network element configures the mapping relationship between the second address (IP2-1 in FIG. 7B) and the seventh address (IP7 in FIG. 7B) to the UPF network element.
  • Step 709 The second relay UE determines the mapping relationship between the second address and the fourth address (IP3 in FIG. 7B), and uses the mapping relationship to transmit data of the remote UE.
  • Step 710 The UPF network element configures a mapping relationship between the second address and the seventh address, and uses the mapping relationship to transmit data of the remote UE.
  • the second relay UE detects the data packet containing IP3 from the remote UE, and then transfers the data The IP3 after the packet is converted to IP2-1, and the converted data packet is mapped to the PDU session of the second relay UE for transmission.
  • the UPF network element detects that the received data packet contains IP2-1, and then the data packet After that, IP2-1 is converted to IP7, and the converted data packet is sent to the network server.
  • the UPF network element For downlink transmission data, when the UPF network element detects a data packet containing IP7 from the network server, it converts the IP7 of the data packet to IP2-1 and maps it to the PDU session established by the UPF network element for transmission.
  • the second relay UE converts IP2-1 in the data packet received from the UPF network element to IP3, and sends the converted data packet to the remote UE.
  • the SMF network element configures the UPF network element with one of the seventh address and the second address.
  • the remote UE and the network server can communicate with the remote UE and the network server using the address used before the transmission path switch, that is, through the network side configuration, the remote UE and the network server can be The communication between network servers is not interrupted to ensure business continuity.
  • the transmission path of the remote UE is managed by the same SMF network element before and after the handover, and before and after the handover
  • the UPF network elements on the transmission path are the same UPF network element, and the method includes the following steps.
  • Step 801 the remote UE switches to the relay UE, connects to the network through the relay UE, and establishes a PC5 link with the relay UE; the remote UE will use the fourth address for communication in the PC5 communication link (assuming IP3 Means) notify the relay UE.
  • the remote UE switches from directly accessing the RAN to accessing the RAN through a relay UE, that is, switching from a direct communication link to a non-direct communication link, or, as shown in FIG. 3B, The remote UE switches from accessing the first relay UE to accessing the second relay UE, that is, switches from the first non-direct communication link to the second non-direct communication link.
  • Step 802 When the relay UE requests to establish a PDU session, the relay UE sends a first message to the SMF network element.
  • the first message includes the identification information of the remote UE.
  • the first message may be a PDU session establishment message or a PDU session modification request message. If the first message is a PDU session establishment message, after the relay UE establishes the PDU session, the remote UE is assigned a second address (assumed to be represented by IP2-1). In addition, the first message may also be a remote user report (remote user report) message.
  • the remote UE is handed over from the first relay UE to the second relay UE, and the remote UE sends a relay access request message to the second relay UE.
  • the message includes at least the remote UE.
  • Identification information of the end UE (remote UE ID).
  • the identification information of the remote UE may also be used to indicate that the transmission path of the remote UE is switched, so that the SMF network element can determine that the transmission path of the remote UE is switched.
  • the relay connection request message may further include a first indication, where the first indication is used to indicate a request to switch the transmission path of the remote UE, for example, a transmission path switch indication (path switch indication), so that The network device determines that the transmission path of the remote UE is switched.
  • the relay connection request message includes the transmission path switch indication (that is, the remote UE can request the network Guarantee business continuity).
  • the remote UE switches from the first relay UE to the second relay UE, the remote UE sends a relay access request message to the second relay UE, and the second relay UE After receiving the relay access request message, the second relay UE sends a session establishment message or a PDU session modification request message to the SMF network element, and the message carries the identification information of the remote UE and the first indication. So that the SMF network element determines that the transmission path of the remote UE is switched according to the first indication.
  • Step 803 The SMF network element determines the first address used by the communication link of the remote UE before the transmission path is switched.
  • the first address refers to the address used by the UPF network element to transmit the data of the remote UE before the remote UE is switched.
  • the first address may refer to at least one of an IP address and a port number.
  • the specific method for determining the first address can refer to the method one and the method two shown in step 403 in the first embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
  • the method further includes step 804. After receiving the first message, the SMF determines whether the remote UE has the authority to achieve business continuity, and if so, continues to perform the subsequent steps, otherwise, Do not execute.
  • step 404 For the specific method for determining whether the remote UE has the authority to achieve service continuity, refer to step 404 in the above-mentioned embodiment 1, which will not be repeated here.
  • Step 805 The SMF network element sends the first address to the relay UE.
  • Step 806 The relay UE receives the first address from the SMF network element, configures the mapping relationship between the first address and the fourth address, and uses the mapping relationship to transmit uplink and downlink data of the remote UE.
  • the relay UE also needs to configure the mapping relationship between the first address and the transmission channel established by the relay UE.
  • the relay UE obtains the first address from the remote UE.
  • the remote UE can obtain the first address from the connected relay UE before the path switch, or the remote UE itself knows the first address when the remote UE is directly connected before the path switch.
  • the remote UE sends uplink data to the relay UE, the relay UE receives a first data packet from the remote UE, the first data packet includes a fourth address, and the relay UE according to the first address
  • the mapping relationship between the fourth address and the first address is used to encapsulate the first data packet to obtain the encapsulated second data packet, and then the second data packet is sent to the network side through the established transmission channel.
  • the relay UE For downlink transmission, after the relay UE receives the third data packet from the network side, the third data packet includes the first address, and the relay UE uses the fourth address pair according to the mapping relationship between the first address and the fourth address.
  • the third data packet is encapsulated to obtain the encapsulated fourth data packet, and then the fourth data packet is sent to the remote UE.
  • Step 807 The SMF network element sends a configuration message to the UPF network element, where the configuration message is used to configure the mapping relationship between the first address and the transmission channel established by the relay UE.
  • the configuration message may include a mapping relationship between the first address and the tunnel endpoint identifier corresponding to the PDU session established by the relay UE. That is, the transmission channel established by the relay UE in step 807 may refer to the PDU session established by the relay UE.
  • step 806 can be executed first, and then step 807 can be executed, or step 807 can be executed first, and then step 806 can be executed, or step 806 and step 807 can be executed at the same time.
  • the application is not limited.
  • Step 808 The UPF network element transmits the uplink and downlink data between the network server and the remote UE according to the mapping relationship between the first address and the transmission channel established by the relay UE.
  • the remote UE After the relay UE and the UPF network element have completed the configuration of the above mapping relationship, for uplink transmission, the remote UE sends a data packet to the relay UE, and the relay UE encapsulates the data packet with the first address, and passes it through the relay UE.
  • the established transmission channel sends the data packet to the UPF network element.
  • the UPF network element receives the data packet from the relay UE through the transmission channel established by the relay UE, and then sends the data packet to the network server. In this way, through the above mapping relationship configuration, there is no need for the remote UE and the network server.
  • the transmission layer connection is re-established to realize the uninterrupted communication between the remote UE and the network server after the transmission path is switched, ensuring business continuity.
  • the UPF network element receives a data packet from the network server, the data packet includes the first address, the UPF network element sends the data packet to the relay UE through the transmission channel according to the mapping relationship, and the relay UE reuses the fourth address Encapsulate the data packet and send the encapsulated data packet to the remote UE.
  • the remote UE and the network server do not need to re-establish the transport layer connection, so that the transmission path After the handover, the communication between the remote UE and the network server is not interrupted, ensuring business continuity.
  • this example includes the following steps, as shown in FIG. 9A.
  • Steps 900 to 906 are the same as steps 501 to 506 shown in FIG. 5A in the first embodiment.
  • the SMF network element determines the first address used by the non-direct communication link before the transmission path of the remote UE is switched (ie, IP1-1 in FIG. 9B), and determines the non-direct communication after the transmission path of the remote UE is switched.
  • the transmission channel corresponding to the communication link that is, the second non-direct communication link in FIG. 9B).
  • the SMF network element may obtain the context information corresponding to the identifier of the remote UE from the UDM or from the local storage of the SMF network element, and determine the first address according to the context information. Or the SMF network element may determine the first address from the message received from the relay UE.
  • Step 908 The SMF network element sends a configuration message to the UPF network element, where the configuration message includes the mapping relationship between the first address and the transmission channel established by the relay UE.
  • Step 909 The SMF network element sends the first address to the second relay UE.
  • Step 910 The second relay UE determines the mapping relationship between the first address (ie IP1-1 in FIG. 9B) and the fourth address corresponding to the PC5 link (ie IP3 in FIG. 9B), and the second relay UE determines the mapping relationship according to The mapping relationship transmits the data of the remote UE.
  • Step 911 because the UPF network element is configured with the association relationship between the first address and the transmission channel established by the second relay UE, the UPF network element transmits the remote UE’s data according to the mapping relationship between the first address and the transmission channel. data.
  • the second relay UE converts the IP3 address in the data packet from the remote UE to an IP1-1 address, and then The transmission is performed through the PDU session established by the second relay UE.
  • the UPF network element receives the data packet through the session, it sends the second data packet to the network server.
  • the remote UE uses the same IP1 before and after the transmission path of the remote UE is switched. -1 to communicate with the server on the network side, so business continuity can be guaranteed.
  • the UPF network element forwards the data packet encapsulated in IP1-1 to the second relay UE through the PDU session of the second relay UE, and the second relay UE encapsulates the data packet with the IP3 address to obtain The encapsulated data packet is sent to the remote UE.
  • the remote UE uses the same IP3 address and the first The second relay UE communicates, so the continuity of the service can be guaranteed.
  • the SMF network element configures the UPF network element with the above-mentioned first address and relay UE.
  • the address used before the handover is used for communication, that is, through the network side configuration, the communication between the remote UE and the network server is not interrupted after the transmission path is switched, and the business continuity is ensured.
  • FIG 10A is a schematic flow chart of the fourth method for realizing service continuity provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • This method is suitable for the scenario shown in Figure 3C.
  • the transmission path of the remote UE is transferred from the same SMF network before and after handover
  • the element is responsible for management, and the UPF network elements on the transmission path before and after the switch are the same UPF network element.
  • the method includes the following steps.
  • Step 1000 Before the remote UE switches the transmission path, the remote UE connects to the network through the first relay UE, the SMF network element allocates an address (for example, IP1 in FIG. 10B) to the first relay UE, and the first relay UE After establishing a transmission channel with the UPF network element, the first relay UE allocates a first address (for example, IP1-1 in FIG. 10B) to the remote UE.
  • the SMF network element can record the association relationship between the identity of the first relay UE, the PDU session identifier, DNN, S-NSSAI, IP1, the identification information of the remote UE, and the first address.
  • the association relationship can be used as the remote UE’s
  • the subscription information is stored in UDR or UDM.
  • the SMF network element may also obtain the mapping relationship from the UDR or UDM.
  • Step 1001 The remote UE sends a first message to the AMF network element.
  • the first message includes the identifier of the remote UE, and the first message may be a PDU session establishment message.
  • the first message may also include a first indication, such as a transmission path switching indication (path switching indication), where the first indication is used to indicate a request to switch the transmission path of the remote UE.
  • path switching indication transmission path switching indication
  • the connection with the first relay UE may have been disconnected; or, after the remote UE establishes a connection with the second relay UE, the remote UE Disconnect from the first relay UE, where the second relay UE refers to the relay UE accessed by the remote UE after the transmission path is switched.
  • Step 1002 The AMF network element forwards the identification information (or the first indication) of the remote UE in the message to the SMF network element.
  • the method further includes step 1003.
  • the SMF network element may determine whether the transmission path of the remote UE is switched according to the identification information of the remote UE, or the SMF network element may determine whether the transmission path of the remote UE is switched according to the first indication A switch occurs.
  • the method further includes step 1004.
  • the SMF network element determines that the transmission path of the remote UE is switched, it further obtains the subscription information of the remote UE from the UDM.
  • the subscription information indicates whether the remote UE has service continuity. If yes, the SMF network element continues to perform the subsequent steps, otherwise, it executes in accordance with the existing method.
  • Step 1005 The SMF network element configures a fifth address (for example, IP5 in FIG. 10B) for the newly created PDU session, and determines the first address used by the non-direct communication link before the transmission path of the remote UE is switched (that is, in FIG. 10B). IP1-1).
  • a fifth address for example, IP5 in FIG. 10B
  • IP1-1 the first address used by the non-direct communication link before the transmission path of the remote UE is switched
  • the SMF network element may adopt any one of the method 1 or the method 2 in step 403 in the foregoing implementation 1 to determine the first address.
  • the SMF network element may adopt any one of the method 1 or the method 2 in step 403 in the foregoing implementation 1 to determine the first address.
  • Step 1006 The SMF network element sends a fifth address to the remote UE, where the fifth address is used to transmit data between the remote UE and the UPF network element.
  • Step 1007 because the PC5 communication link is established between the remote UE and the first relay before the transmission path is switched, the remote UE transmits data to the first relay UE through the sixth address (IP3 in FIG. 10B), Therefore, the remote UE establishes a mapping relationship between the fifth address (IP5 in FIG. 10B) and the sixth address ((IP3 in FIG. 10B)), and transmits the data of the remote UE according to the mapping relationship.
  • the remote UE when transmitting uplink data, can convert the sixth address in the uplink data packet to a fifth address, and when transmitting downlink data, the remote UE can convert the fifth address in the downlink data packet to a fifth address.
  • Six address when transmitting uplink data, the remote UE can convert the sixth address in the uplink data packet to a fifth address, and when transmitting downlink data, the remote UE can convert the fifth address in the downlink data packet to a fifth address. Six address.
  • Step 1008 The SMF network element sends a configuration message to the UPF network element, where the configuration message is used to configure the mapping relationship between the fifth address (IP5 in Figure 10B) and the first address (IP1-1 in Figure 10B) , The mapping relationship is used to transmit the data of the remote UE.
  • Step 1009 The UPF network element configures the mapping relationship between the fifth address (IP5 in FIG. 10B) and the first address (IP1-1 in FIG. 10B), and transmits data of the remote UE according to the mapping relationship.
  • the network layer of the remote UE receives the IP3 encapsulated data packet, and then uses IP5 to re-encapsulate the data packet.
  • the remote UE uses all the data packets.
  • the established PDU session transmits the encapsulated data packet to the UPF network element, and the UPF network converts IP5 in the received data packet to IP1-1, and sends the converted data packet to the network server.
  • the UPF network element For downlink transmission data, after the UPF network element receives a data packet containing IP1-1 from the network server side, it converts IP1-1 in the data packet to IP5, and uses the PDU session of the remote UE to transmit the converted data After receiving the converted data packet, the remote UE converts IP5 in the data packet to IP3.
  • the SMF network element may also allocate a seventh address visible to the network server side for the remote UE, and the seventh address is used for The data of the remote UE is transmitted between the UPF network element and the network server side.
  • the seventh address refers to the IP7 allocated by the SMF network element to the remote UE, and the IP7 is visible to the network server side.
  • the above step 1008 can be replaced by: the SMF network element sends a configuration message to the UPF network element, the configuration message is used to configure the fifth address (IP5 in Figure 10C) and the seventh address (IP7 in Figure 10C) ) Mapping relationship, which is used to transmit data of the remote UE.
  • the above step 1009 can be replaced by: the UPF network element transmits the data of the remote UE according to the seventh address (IP5 in FIG. 10C) and the fifth address (IP7 in FIG. 10C).
  • the first relay UE detects the data packet containing IP3 from the remote UE, and then transfers the data
  • the IP3 of the packet is converted to IP5, and the converted data packet is mapped to the PDU session of the first relay UE for transmission.
  • the UPF network element detects that the received data packet contains IP5, and then converts the IP5 after the data packet to IP7, and send the converted data packet to the network server.
  • the UPF network element For downlink transmission data, when the UPF network element detects a data packet containing IP7 from the network server, it converts the IP7 of the data packet to IP5 and maps it to the PDU session established by the UPF network element for transmission. Subsequently, the UE converts IP5 in the data packet received from the UPF network element to IP3, and sends the converted data packet to the remote UE.
  • the SMF network element configures the UPF network element with the above-mentioned first address and relay UE.
  • the mapping relationship between the established transmission channels enables the remote UE and the network server to communicate using the address used before the transmission path switch, that is, through the network side configuration, the remote UE and the network server are realized after the transmission path switch Communication is not interrupted to ensure business continuity.
  • FIG 11A is a schematic flowchart of the fifth method for realizing service continuity provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • This method is suitable for the scenarios shown in Figure 3A and Figure 3B.
  • One SMF network element is responsible for management, and the UPF network elements on the transmission path before and after the handover are different UPF network elements. Assuming that the first transmission path before the handover includes a first UPF network element, and the second transmission path after the handover includes a second UPF network element, the method includes the following steps.
  • Step 1101 the remote UE is switched to the relay UE, and the remote UE is connected to the network through the relay UE.
  • the remote UE can establish a PC5 communication link with the relay UE.
  • the remote UE will use the fourth address for communication in the PC5 communication link. (IP3 in FIG. 11B) is notified to the second relay UE.
  • the remote UE switches from directly accessing the RAN to accessing the RAN through a relay UE, that is, switching from a direct communication link to a non-direct communication link, or, as shown in FIG. 3B, The remote UE switches from accessing the first relay UE to accessing the second relay UE, that is, switches from the first non-direct communication link to the second non-direct communication link.
  • Step 1102 The SMF network element receives the first message from the relay UE.
  • the first message may be a PDU session establishment message or a PDU session modification request message.
  • the remote UE switches from the first relay UE to the second relay UE, and the remote UE sends a relay access request message to the second relay UE, and the relay access
  • the request message includes at least the remote UE's identification information (remote UE ID).
  • the identification information of the remote UE may also be used to indicate that the transmission path of the remote UE is switched, so that the SMF network element can determine that the transmission path of the remote UE is switched.
  • the remote UE may have disconnected from the first relay UE before sending the first message to the AMF network element; or, when the second relay UE establishes a second transmission channel with the second UPF network element After that, the remote UE is disconnected from the first relay UE, where the second transmission channel may be a PDU session established by the second relay UE.
  • the first message may further include a first indication, such as a transmission path switching indication (path switching indication), where the first indication is used to indicate a request to switch the transmission path of the remote UE.
  • a transmission path switching indication path switching indication
  • the remote UE switches from the first relay UE to the second relay UE, the remote UE sends a relay access request message to the second relay UE, and the second relay UE After receiving the relay access request message, the second relay UE sends a PDU session establishment message or a PDU session modification request message to the SMF network element, and the message carries the identification information of the remote UE and the first indication , So that the SMF network element determines that the transmission path of the remote UE is switched according to the first indication.
  • path switching indication a transmission path switching indication
  • Step 1103 The SMF network element determines the first address used by the communication link of the remote UE before the transmission path switching (IP1-1 in FIG. 11B).
  • the first address refers to the address used by the first UPF network element on the transmission path of the remote UE to transmit data of the remote UE before the transmission path is switched.
  • the first address may refer to at least one of an IP address and a port number.
  • the specific method for determining the first address can refer to the first method and the second method in step 403 in the first embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
  • Step 1104 The SMF network element sends the first address to the relay UE.
  • the relay UE obtains the first address from the remote UE.
  • Step 1105 The relay UE receives the first address from the SMF network element, configures the mapping relationship between the first address and the fourth address (IP3 in Figure 11B), and uses the mapping relationship to transmit the remote UE's top and bottom. Row data.
  • the remote UE sends uplink data to the relay UE, the relay UE receives a first data packet from the remote UE, the first data packet includes a fourth address, and the relay UE according to the first address
  • the mapping relationship between the fourth address and the first address is used to encapsulate the first data packet to obtain the encapsulated second data packet, and then the second data packet is sent to the network side.
  • the third data packet includes the first address, and the relay UE uses the fourth address pair according to the mapping relationship between the first address and the fourth address.
  • the third data packet is encapsulated to obtain the encapsulated fourth data packet, and then the fourth data packet is sent to the remote UE.
  • the method further includes step 1106. After receiving the first message, the SMF network element determines whether the remote UE has the authority to achieve service continuity, and if so, continues to perform the subsequent steps, otherwise , It is not executed.
  • step 404 For the specific method for determining whether the remote UE has the authority to achieve service continuity, refer to step 404 in the above-mentioned embodiment 1, which will not be repeated here.
  • Step 1107 The SMF network element determines that there are two UPFs associated with the remote UE, that is, the first UPF network element in the first transmission path before the remote UE is switched, and the second transmission path after the remote UE is switched.
  • the second UPF network element If two UPFs are associated, the SMF network element instructs the first UPF network element and the second UPF network element to establish a third transmission channel, which can be a forwarding tunnel between the first UPF network element and the second UPF network element ,
  • the SMF network element can also configure the actions of the first UPF network element and the second UPF network element.
  • the SMF network element instructs the first UPF network element to establish and detect the data packet with the first address, and establish a forwarding tunnel.
  • the first UPF network element returns the configured tunnel endpoint identifier (TEID of UPF1) to the SMF network element.
  • the SMF network element instructs the second UPF network element to forward the data, forwards the data received from the TEID of UPF1 to the PDU session established by the relay UE, and establishes the forwarding tunnel; the first UPF network element returns the configured tunnel endpoint identifier ( TEID of UPF2);
  • the SMF network element sends the TEID of UPF2 to the first UPF network element, and instructs the forwarding data to be sent to the TEID of UPF2.
  • Step 1108 The SMF network element instructs the first UPF network element to establish a mapping relationship between the first address and the third transmission channel, and the first UPF network element transmits data of the remote UE according to the mapping relationship.
  • the SMF network element instructs the first UPF network element to establish a mapping relationship between IP1-1 and the third transmission channel. Specifically, the SMF network element instructs the first UPF network element to detect the IP1-1 data packet and establish a forwarding tunnel. The first UPF network element returns the configured tunnel endpoint identifier (TEID of UPF1), where TEID (Tunnel Endpoint ID) is the tunnel end endpoint identifier.
  • TEID of UPF1 TEID of UPF1
  • Step 1109 The SMF network element instructs the second UPF network element to establish a mapping relationship between the first address, the second transmission channel, and the third transmission channel.
  • the SMF network element instructs the second UPF network element to forward data, forward the data received from the TEID of UPF1 to the PDU session of the second relay UE, and establish a forwarding tunnel.
  • the second UPF network element returns the configured tunnel endpoint identifier (TEID of UPF2).
  • the SMF network element may also send the TEID of UPF2 to the first UPF network element, instructing the forwarding data to be sent to the TEID of UPF2.
  • Step 1110 The second UPF network element and the first UPF network element transmit data of the remote UE according to the mapping relationship between the first address, the second transmission channel, and the third transmission channel.
  • the first UPF network element detects IP1-1 data
  • it is sent to the second UPF network element through the third transmission channel
  • the second UPF network element will receive it from the third transmission channel
  • the data of is sent to the second transmission channel
  • the second relay UE converts the IP 1-1 in the received data packet to IP3, and sends the converted data to the remote UE.
  • the second relay UE For uplink data transmission, after the second relay UE detects a data packet containing IP3, it converts the IP3 after the data packet to IP1-1, and uses the PDU session established by the second relay UE to transmit to the second UPF network element , The second UPF network element sends the IP1-1 encapsulated data packet received from the second transmission channel to the third transmission channel, and the first UPF network element receives the data packet from the second UPF network element through the third transmission channel. After the IP1-1 data packet, it is sent to the network server.
  • the SMF network element configures the above-mentioned configuration to the first UPF network element and the second UPF network element.
  • the mapping relationship and the configuration of the above-mentioned mapping relationship by the relay UE enable the UPF network element to implement the communication between the remote UE and the network server using the address used before the transmission path switch based on the mapping relationship.
  • the communication between the remote UE and the network server is not interrupted, ensuring business continuity.
  • FIG 12A is a schematic flow chart of the sixth method for realizing service continuity provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • This method is suitable for the scenarios shown in Figures 3A and 3B.
  • One SMF network element is responsible for management, and the UPF network elements on the transmission path before and after the handover are different UPF network elements. Assuming that the first transmission path before the handover includes a first UPF network element, and the second transmission path after the handover includes a second UPF network element, the method includes the following steps.
  • Step 1201 The remote UE switches to the relay UE, and connects to the network through the relay UE.
  • the remote UE can establish a PC5 communication link with the relay UE.
  • the remote UE will use the fourth address for communication in the PC5 communication link. (IP3 in FIG. 11B) is notified to the second relay UE.
  • the relay UE After the relay UE establishes a PDU session with the second UPF network element, it configures a second address for the remote UE (as shown in Figure 12B to IP2-1).
  • the remote UE switches from directly accessing the RAN to accessing the RAN through a relay UE, that is, switching from a direct communication link to a non-direct communication link, or, as shown in FIG. 3B, The remote UE switches from accessing the first relay UE to accessing the second relay UE, that is, switches from the first non-direct communication link to the second non-direct communication link.
  • Step 1202 to step 1207 are the same as the above step 1102 to step 1107.
  • Step 1208 The SMF network element instructs the first UPF network element to establish a mapping relationship between the first address, the second address, and the third transmission channel, so that the first UPF network element transmits data of the remote UE according to the mapping relationship.
  • the SMF network element instructs the first UPF network element to establish a mapping relationship between IP1-1, IP2-1, and the third transmission channel. Specifically, the SMF network element instructs the first UPF network element to detect the IP1-1 data packet and establish a forwarding tunnel. The first UPF network element returns the configured tunnel endpoint identifier (TEID of UPF1), where TEID (Tunnel Endpoint ID) is the tunnel end endpoint identifier.
  • TEID of UPF1 TEID of UPF1
  • Step 1209 The SMF network element instructs the second UPF network element to establish a mapping relationship between the second address, the second transmission channel, and the third transmission channel.
  • the SMF network element instructs the second UPF network element to forward data, forward the data received from the TEID of UPF1 to the PDU session of the second relay UE, and establish a forwarding tunnel.
  • the second UPF network element returns the configured tunnel endpoint identifier (TEID of UPF2).
  • the SMF network element may also send the TEID of UPF2 to the first UPF network element, instructing the forwarding data to be sent to the TEID of UPF2.
  • Step 1210 The second UPF network element and the first UPF network element transmit data of the remote UE according to the mapping relationship between the second address, the second transmission channel, and the third transmission channel.
  • the first UPF network element receives a data packet from the network server side, and when it detects data containing IP1-1, it converts the IP1-1 after the data packet to IP2-1, and Send to the second UPF network element through the third transmission channel, the second UPF network element sends the data received from the third transmission channel to the second transmission channel, and the second relay UE converts the IP2-1 in the data packet to After IP3, it is sent to the remote UE.
  • the second relay UE detects a data packet containing IP 3, converts the IP3 after the data packet to IP2-1, and uses the PDU session established by the second relay UE for transmission.
  • the UE sends the IP 2-1 data received from the second transmission channel to the third transmission channel.
  • the first UPF network element After the first UPF network element receives the data from the third transmission channel, it converts the IP2-1 in the data packet to IP1- 1. Send the converted data packet to the network server side.
  • the address of the remote UE on the opposite side has not changed, and for the remote UE, the address of the network server on the opposite side has not changed. Therefore, business continuity can be guaranteed.
  • step 1208 may be replaced with: the SMF network element instructs the first UPF network element to establish the mapping relationship between the first address and the third transmission channel.
  • the first UPF network element receives a data packet from the network server side, and when it detects a data packet containing IP1-1, it sends the data packet to the second UPF through the third transmission channel.
  • the second UPF network element re-encapsulates the data packet received from the third transmission channel with IP2-1 and sends it to the second transmission channel.
  • the second relay UE converts the IP2-1 in the data packet to IP3 Sent to the remote UE.
  • the second relay UE detects a data packet containing IP 3, converts the IP3 after the data packet to IP2-1, and uses the PDU session established by the second relay UE for transmission.
  • the UE re-encapsulates the IP 2-1 data packet received from the second transmission channel with IP1-1, and then sends the third transmission channel. After the first UPF network element receives the data packet from the third transmission channel, the data The packet is sent to the web server side.
  • FIG. 13A is a schematic flow chart of the seventh method for realizing service continuity provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • This method is suitable for the scenarios shown in FIGS. 3A and 3B.
  • the network elements are responsible for management, and the UPF network elements on the transmission path before and after the switch are different UPF network elements.
  • the first transmission path before the handover includes the first UPF network element
  • the second transmission path after the handover includes the second UPF network element
  • the first SMF is responsible for session management on the transmission path before the handover.
  • the second SMF is responsible for the session management of the transmission path, and the method includes the following steps.
  • Step 1301 The remote UE switches to the relay UE, and connects to the network through the relay UE.
  • the remote UE can establish a PC5 communication link with the relay UE.
  • the remote UE will use the fourth address for communication in the PC5 communication link. (IP3 in Fig. 13B) is notified to the second relay UE.
  • the first SMF network element configures the first address (for example, IP1-1 in FIG. 5B) for the remote UE, the first SMF network element records "IP1- 1 is in use", and can store the context of the PDU session before the transmission path, that is, the first address has not been released, and the SMF network element cannot allocate the first address to other remote UEs. .
  • the remote UE switches from directly accessing the RAN to accessing the RAN through a relay UE, that is, switching from a direct communication link to a non-direct communication link, or, as shown in FIG. 3B, The remote UE switches from accessing the first relay UE to accessing the second relay UE, that is, switches from the first non-direct communication link to the second non-direct communication link.
  • Step 1302 After the transmission path of the remote UE is switched, the second SMF network element receives the first message from the relay UE.
  • the first message may be a PDU session establishment message or a PDU session modification request message.
  • the remote UE switches from the first relay UE to the second relay UE, and the remote UE sends a relay access request message to the second relay UE, and the relay access
  • the request message includes at least the remote UE's identification information (remote UE ID).
  • the identification information of the remote UE may also be used to indicate that the transmission path of the remote UE is switched, so that the second SMF network element can determine that the transmission path of the remote UE is switched.
  • the first message may further include a first indication, such as a transmission path switching indication (path switching indication), where the first indication is used to indicate a request to switch the transmission path of the remote UE.
  • a transmission path switching indication path switching indication
  • the remote UE switches from the first relay UE to the second relay UE, the remote UE sends a relay access request message to the second relay UE, and the second relay UE After receiving the relay access request message, the second relay UE sends a PDU session establishment message or a PDU session modification request message to the SMF network element, and the message carries the identification information of the remote UE and the first indication , So that the SMF network element determines that the transmission path of the remote UE is switched according to the first indication.
  • path switching indication a transmission path switching indication
  • the method further includes step 1303. After receiving the first message, the SMF network element determines whether the remote UE has the authority to achieve service continuity, and if so, continues to perform the subsequent steps, otherwise , It is not executed.
  • Step 1304a The second SMF network element sends a request message to the UDM according to the identifier of the remote UE in the first message.
  • the request message is used to request the remote UE to use the address of the communication link before the transmission path is switched (as shown in Figure 13B IP1-1) and SMF network element information.
  • Step 1304b The second SMF network element receives a notification message from UDM, where the notification message includes the first address and the first SMF network element information.
  • the first SMF is responsible for the session management of the transmission path before the switch.
  • the first SMF network element associates the identification information of the remote UE with the first SMF network element. The relationship is reported to UDM and stored by UDM.
  • the request message is used to request the SMF network element responsible for managing the communication link of the remote UE before the transmission path switching information.
  • the first address is not included in the step 1304b message.
  • the first address refers to the address used by the first UPF network element to transmit data of the remote UE before the remote UE is switched.
  • the first address may refer to at least one of an IP address and a port number.
  • For the specific method for determining the first address reference may be made to step 403 in the first embodiment above, which will not be repeated here.
  • Step 1305 The second SMF network element sends the first address to the relay UE.
  • Step 1306 The relay UE receives the first address from the second SMF network element, configures the mapping relationship between the first address and the fourth address (IP3 in Figure 13B), and uses the mapping relationship to transmit the remote UE Upstream and downstream data.
  • the remote UE sends uplink data to the relay UE, the relay UE receives a first data packet from the remote UE, the first data packet includes a fourth address, and the relay UE according to the first address
  • the mapping relationship between the fourth address and the first address is used to encapsulate the first data packet to obtain the encapsulated second data packet, and then the second data packet is sent to the network side.
  • the third data packet includes the first address, and the relay UE uses the fourth address pair according to the mapping relationship between the first address and the fourth address.
  • the third data packet is encapsulated to obtain the encapsulated fourth data packet, and then the fourth data packet is sent to the remote UE.
  • Step 1307 The first SMF and the second SMF network element respectively instruct the first UPF and the second UPF network element to establish a third transmission channel, and the third transmission channel is a forwarding between the first UPF network element and the second UPF network element tunnel.
  • the second SMF network element determines that there are two UPFs associated with the remote UE, that is, the first UPF in the first transmission path before the remote UE is handed over, and the second transmission path after the remote UE is handed over The second UPF. Then it requests the first SMF to establish the third transmission channel. .
  • the first SMF network element instructs the first UPF network element to establish and detect the data packet with the first address, and establish a forwarding tunnel.
  • the first UPF network element returns the configured tunnel endpoint identifier (TEID of UPF1) to the SMF network element.
  • the second SMF network element instructs the second UPF network element to forward the data, forwards the data received from the TEID of UPF1 to the PDU session established by the relay UE, and establishes the forwarding tunnel;
  • the first UPF network element returns the configured tunnel endpoint Identification (TEID of UPF2);
  • the first SMF network element sends TEID of UPF2 to the first UPF network element, indicating that the forwarded data is sent to TEID of UPF2.
  • Step 1308 The first SMF network element instructs the first UPF network element to establish a mapping relationship between the first address and the third transmission channel, and the first UPF network element transmits data of the remote UE according to the mapping relationship.
  • the first SMF network element instructs the first UPF network element to establish a mapping relationship between IP1-1 and the third transmission channel. Specifically, the SMF network element instructs the first UPF network element to detect the IP1-1 data packet and establish a forwarding tunnel. The first UPF network element returns the configured tunnel endpoint identifier (TEID of UPF1), where TEID (Tunnel Endpoint ID) is the tunnel end endpoint identifier.
  • TEID of UPF1 TEID of UPF1
  • Step 1309 The second SMF network element instructs the second UPF network element to establish a mapping relationship between the first address, the second transmission channel, and the third transmission channel.
  • the second SMF network element instructs the second UPF network element to establish a mapping relationship between IP1-1, the second transmission channel, and the third transmission channel.
  • the second transmission channel is a transmission tunnel that relays the PDU session established by the UE.
  • the SMF network element instructs the second UPF network element to forward data, forward the data received from the TEID of UPF1 to the PDU session of the second relay UE, and establish a forwarding tunnel.
  • the second UPF network element returns the configured tunnel endpoint identifier (TEID of UPF2).
  • the SMF network element may also send the TEID of UPF2 to the first UPF network element, instructing the forwarding data to be sent to the TEID of UPF2.
  • Step 1310 The second UPF network element and the first UPF network element transmit data of the remote UE according to the mapping relationship between the first address, the second transmission channel, and the third transmission channel.
  • the first UPF network element detects IP1-1 data
  • it is sent to the second UPF network element through the third transmission channel
  • the second UPF network element will receive it from the third transmission channel
  • the data of is sent to the second transmission channel
  • the second relay UE converts the IP 1-1 in the received data packet to IP3, and sends the converted data to the remote UE.
  • the second relay UE detects a data packet containing IP3, it converts the IP3 after the data packet to IP1-1, and uses the PDU session established by the second relay UE to transmit to the second UPF network element
  • the second UPF network element sends the data packet received from the second transmission channel to the third transmission channel.
  • the first UPF network element receives the IP1-1 data packet from the second UPF network element through the third transmission channel , And then sent to the web server.
  • step 1309 the SMF network element further instructs the second UPF network element to establish a mapping relationship between the first address and the second address.
  • step 1306 the relay UE configures the mapping relationship between the second address and the fourth address.
  • the first UPF network element receives a data packet from the network server side, and when it detects a data packet containing IP1-1, it sends the data packet to the second UPF network element through the third transmission channel, and the second UPF The network element re-encapsulates the data packet received from the third transmission channel with IP2-1 and sends it to the second transmission channel.
  • the second relay UE converts the IP2-1 in the data packet to IP3 and sends it to the remote UE.
  • the second relay UE detects a data packet containing IP 3, converts the IP3 after the data packet to IP2-1, and uses the PDU session established by the second relay UE for transmission.
  • the UE re-encapsulates the IP 2-1 data packet received from the second transmission channel with IP1-1, and then sends the third transmission channel. After the first UPF network element receives the data packet from the third transmission channel, the data The packet is sent to the web server side.
  • the first SMF network element marks the first address as a use state.
  • the second SMF network element determines that the PDU session established by the second relay UE is released, or the second relay UE requests to release the context of the remote UE (corresponding to the release of the PC5 connection between the second relay UE and the remote UE)
  • the second SMF network element notifies the first SMF network element to release the context of the remote UE.
  • the first SMF network element marks the first address as a released state. That is, the first address is released, and the SMF network element can allocate the first address to other remote UEs.
  • the SMF network element configures the above-mentioned configuration to the first UPF network element and the second UPF network element.
  • the mapping relationship and the configuration of the above-mentioned mapping relationship by the relay UE enable the UPF network element to implement the communication between the remote UE and the network server using the address used before the transmission path switch based on the mapping relationship.
  • the communication between the remote UE and the network server is not interrupted, ensuring business continuity.
  • step numbers of the flowcharts described in the embodiments of the present application are only an example of the execution process, and do not constitute a restriction on the order of execution of the steps. There is no timing dependency between the embodiments of the present application. There is no strict order of execution between the steps.
  • the network device or the terminal device may include a hardware structure and/or software module corresponding to each function.
  • the embodiments of the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a certain function is executed by hardware or computer software-driven hardware depends on the specific application and design constraint conditions of the technical solution. Professionals and technicians can use different methods for each specific application to implement the described functions, but such implementation should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
  • the embodiment of the present application may divide the terminal device and the network device into functional units according to the foregoing method examples.
  • each functional unit may be divided corresponding to each function, or two or more functions may be integrated into one unit.
  • the above-mentioned integrated unit can be implemented in the form of hardware or software functional unit.
  • FIG. 14 shows a possible exemplary block diagram of a device involved in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the apparatus 1400 may include: a processing unit 1402 and a communication unit 1403.
  • the processing unit 1402 is used to control and manage the actions of the device 1400.
  • the communication unit 1403 is used to support communication between the apparatus 1400 and other devices.
  • the communication unit 1403 is also called a transceiving unit, and may include a receiving unit and/or a sending unit, which are used to perform receiving and sending operations, respectively.
  • the device 1400 may further include a storage unit 1401 for storing program codes and/or data of the device 1400.
  • the apparatus 1400 may be the terminal device in any of the foregoing embodiments, or may also be a chip provided in the terminal device.
  • the processing unit 1402 may support the apparatus 1400 to execute the actions of the terminal device in the above method examples.
  • the processing unit 1402 mainly executes the internal actions of the terminal device in the method example, and the communication unit 1403 can support communication between the apparatus 1400 and the network device.
  • the apparatus 1400 may be the network device in any of the foregoing embodiments, or may also be a chip in the network device.
  • the processing unit 1402 may support the apparatus 1400 to execute the actions of the network device in the above method examples.
  • the processing unit 1402 mainly executes the internal actions of the network device in the method example, and the communication unit 1403 can support communication between the apparatus 1400 and the network device.
  • each unit in the device can be all implemented in the form of software called by processing elements; they can also be all implemented in the form of hardware; part of the units can also be implemented in the form of software called by the processing elements, and some of the units can be implemented in the form of hardware.
  • each unit can be a separate processing element, or it can be integrated in a certain chip of the device for implementation.
  • it can also be stored in the memory in the form of a program, which is called and executed by a certain processing element of the device. Function.
  • each step of the above method or each of the above units may be implemented by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in a processor element or implemented in a form of being called by software through a processing element.
  • the unit in any of the above devices may be one or more integrated circuits configured to implement the above methods, for example: one or more application specific integrated circuits (ASICs), or, one or Multiple microprocessors (digital singnal processors, DSPs), or, one or more field programmable gate arrays (Field Programmable Gate Arrays, FPGAs), or a combination of at least two of these integrated circuits.
  • ASICs application specific integrated circuits
  • DSPs digital singnal processors
  • FPGAs Field Programmable Gate Arrays
  • the unit in the device can be implemented in the form of a processing element scheduler
  • the processing element can be a processor, such as a general-purpose central processing unit (central processing unit, CPU), or other processors that can call programs.
  • CPU central processing unit
  • these units can be integrated together and implemented in the form of a system-on-a-chip (SOC).
  • the above receiving unit is an interface circuit of the device for receiving signals from other devices.
  • the receiving unit is an interface circuit used by the chip to receive signals from other chips or devices.
  • the above unit for sending is an interface circuit of the device for sending signals to other devices.
  • the sending unit is an interface circuit used by the chip to send signals to other chips or devices.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the application. It may be the terminal device in the above embodiment, and is used to implement the operation of the terminal device in the above embodiment.
  • the terminal device includes: an antenna 1510, a radio frequency part 1520, and a signal processing part 1530.
  • the antenna 1510 is connected to the radio frequency part 1520.
  • the radio frequency part 1520 receives the information sent by the network device through the antenna 1510, and sends the information sent by the network device to the signal processing part 1530 for processing.
  • the signal processing part 1530 processes the information of the terminal equipment and sends it to the radio frequency part 1520
  • the radio frequency part 1520 processes the information of the terminal equipment and sends it to the network equipment via the antenna 1510.
  • the signal processing part 1530 may include a modem subsystem, which is used to process data at various communication protocol layers; it may also include a central processing subsystem, which is used to process terminal equipment operating systems and application layers.
  • the modem subsystem may include one or more processing elements 1531, for example, including a main control CPU and other integrated circuits.
  • the modem subsystem may also include a storage element 1532 and an interface circuit 1533.
  • the storage element 1532 is used to store data and programs, but the program used to execute the method performed by the terminal device in the above method may not be stored in the storage element 1532, but stored in a memory outside the modem subsystem, When in use, the modem subsystem is loaded and used.
  • the interface circuit 1533 is used to communicate with other subsystems.
  • the modem subsystem can be implemented by a chip, the chip includes at least one processing element and an interface circuit, wherein the processing element is used to execute each step of any method executed by the above terminal device, and the interface circuit is used to communicate with other devices.
  • the unit for the terminal device to implement each step in the above method can be implemented in the form of a processing element scheduler.
  • the device for the terminal device includes a processing element and a storage element, and the processing element calls the program stored by the storage element to Perform the method performed by the terminal device in the above method embodiment.
  • the storage element may be a storage element whose processing element is on the same chip, that is, an on-chip storage element.
  • the program used to execute the method executed by the terminal device in the above method may be a storage element on a different chip from the processing element, that is, an off-chip storage element.
  • the processing element calls or loads a program from the off-chip storage element on the on-chip storage element to call and execute the method executed by the terminal device in the above method embodiment.
  • the unit of the terminal device that implements each step in the above method may be configured as one or more processing elements, and these processing elements are arranged on the modem subsystem, where the processing elements may be integrated circuits, For example: one or more ASICs, or, one or more DSPs, or, one or more FPGAs, or a combination of these types of integrated circuits. These integrated circuits can be integrated together to form a chip.
  • the units of the terminal device that implement each step in the above method can be integrated together and implemented in the form of an SOC, and the SOC chip is used to implement the above method.
  • the chip can integrate at least one processing element and a storage element, and the processing element can call the stored program of the storage element to implement the method executed by the above terminal device; or, the chip can integrate at least one integrated circuit to implement the above terminal The method executed by the device; or, it can be combined with the above implementations.
  • the functions of some units are implemented in the form of calling programs by processing elements, and the functions of some units are implemented in the form of integrated circuits.
  • the above apparatus for terminal equipment may include at least one processing element and an interface circuit, wherein at least one processing element is used to execute any of the methods performed by the terminal equipment provided in the above method embodiments.
  • the processing element can execute part or all of the steps executed by the terminal device in the first way: calling the program stored in the storage element; or in the second way: combining instructions through the integrated logic circuit of the hardware in the processor element Part or all of the steps performed by the terminal device are executed in a manner; of course, part or all of the steps executed by the terminal device can also be executed in combination with the first manner and the second manner.
  • the processing element here is the same as that described above, and can be implemented by a processor, and the function of the processing element can be the same as the function of the processing unit described in FIG. 14.
  • the processing element may be a general-purpose processor, such as a CPU, or one or more integrated circuits configured to implement the above method, such as: one or more ASICs, or, one or more microprocessors DSP , Or, one or more FPGAs, etc., or a combination of at least two of these integrated circuit forms.
  • the storage element may be realized by a memory, and the function of the storage element may be the same as the function of the storage unit described in FIG. 14.
  • the storage element may be realized by a memory, and the function of the storage element may be the same as the function of the storage unit described in FIG. 14.
  • the storage element can be a single memory or a collective term for multiple memories.
  • the terminal device shown in FIG. 15 can implement each of the terminal devices involved in the method embodiments illustrated in FIG. 4, FIG. 5A, FIG. 6, FIG. 7A, FIG. 8, FIG. 9A, FIG. 10A, FIG. 11A, FIG. 12A, or FIG. process.
  • the operations and/or functions of the various modules in the terminal device shown in FIG. 15 are used to implement the corresponding processes in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device provided by an embodiment of this application. It is used to implement the operation of the network device in the above embodiment.
  • the network equipment includes: an antenna 1601, a radio frequency device 1602, and a baseband device 1603.
  • the antenna 1601 is connected to the radio frequency device 1602.
  • the radio frequency device 1602 receives the information sent by the terminal device through the antenna 1601, and sends the information sent by the terminal device to the baseband device 1603 for processing.
  • the baseband device 1603 processes the information of the terminal device and sends it to the radio frequency device 1602, and the radio frequency device 1602 processes the information of the terminal device and sends it to the terminal device via the antenna 1601.
  • the baseband device 1603 may include one or more processing elements 16031, for example, a main control CPU and other integrated circuits.
  • the baseband device 1603 may also include a storage element 16032 and an interface 16033.
  • the storage element 16032 is used to store programs and data; the interface 16033 is used to exchange information with the radio frequency device 1602.
  • the interface is, for example, a common public radio interface. , CPRI).
  • the above device for network equipment may be located in the baseband device 1603.
  • the above device for network equipment may be a chip on the baseband device 1603.
  • the chip includes at least one processing element and an interface circuit, wherein the processing element is used to execute the above network. For each step of any method executed by the device, the interface circuit is used to communicate with other devices.
  • the unit for the network device to implement each step in the above method can be implemented in the form of a processing element scheduler.
  • the device for the network device includes a processing element and a storage element, and the processing element calls the program stored by the storage element to Perform the method performed by the network device in the above method embodiment.
  • the storage element may be a storage element with the processing element on the same chip, that is, an on-chip storage element, or a storage element on a different chip from the processing element, that is, an off-chip storage element.
  • the unit of the network device that implements each step in the above method may be configured as one or more processing elements, and these processing elements are arranged on the baseband device.
  • the processing elements here may be integrated circuits, such as one Or multiple ASICs, or, one or more DSPs, or, one or more FPGAs, or a combination of these types of integrated circuits. These integrated circuits can be integrated together to form a chip.
  • the units for the network equipment to implement each step in the above method can be integrated together and implemented in the form of a system-on-a-chip (SOC).
  • the baseband device includes the SOC chip for implementing the above method.
  • At least one processing element and storage element can be integrated in the chip, and the processing element can call the stored program of the storage element to implement the method executed by the above network device; or, at least one integrated circuit can be integrated in the chip to implement the above network The method executed by the device; or, it can be combined with the above implementations.
  • the functions of some units are implemented in the form of calling programs by processing elements, and the functions of some units are implemented in the form of integrated circuits.
  • the above apparatus for a network device may include at least one processing element and an interface circuit, wherein at least one processing element is used to execute any of the methods performed by the network device provided in the above method embodiments.
  • the processing element can execute part or all of the steps executed by the network device in the first way: calling the program stored in the storage element; or in the second way: combining instructions through the integrated logic circuit of the hardware in the processor element Part or all of the steps performed by the network device are executed in the method; of course, part or all of the steps executed by the network device above can also be executed in combination with the first method and the second method.
  • the processing element here is the same as that described above, and can be implemented by a processor, and the function of the processing element can be the same as the function of the processing unit described in FIG. 14.
  • the processing element may be a general-purpose processor, such as a CPU, or one or more integrated circuits configured to implement the above method, such as: one or more ASICs, or, one or more microprocessors DSP , Or, one or more FPGAs, etc., or a combination of at least two of these integrated circuit forms.
  • the storage element may be realized by a memory, and the function of the storage element may be the same as the function of the storage unit described in FIG. 14.
  • the storage element may be realized by a memory, and the function of the storage element may be the same as the function of the storage unit described in FIG. 14.
  • the storage element can be a single memory or a collective term for multiple memories.
  • the network device shown in FIG. 16 can implement various processes related to the network device in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the operations and/or functions of the various modules in the network device shown in FIG. 16 are used to implement the corresponding processes in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • this application can be provided as methods, systems, or computer program products. Therefore, this application may adopt the form of a complete hardware embodiment, a complete software embodiment, or an embodiment combining software and hardware. Moreover, this application may adopt the form of a computer program product implemented on one or more computer-usable storage media (including but not limited to disk storage, CD-ROM, optical storage, etc.) containing computer-usable program codes.
  • computer-usable storage media including but not limited to disk storage, CD-ROM, optical storage, etc.
  • These computer program instructions can also be stored in a computer-readable memory that can guide a computer or other programmable data processing equipment to work in a specific manner, so that the instructions stored in the computer-readable memory produce an article of manufacture including the instruction device.
  • the device implements the functions specified in one process or multiple processes in the flowchart and/or one block or multiple blocks in the block diagram.
  • These computer program instructions can also be loaded on a computer or other programmable data processing equipment, so that a series of operation steps are executed on the computer or other programmable equipment to produce computer-implemented processing, so as to execute on the computer or other programmable equipment.
  • the instructions provide steps for implementing the functions specified in one process or multiple processes in the flowchart and/or one block or multiple blocks in the block diagram.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Data Exchanges In Wide-Area Networks (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

A method and apparatus for implementing service continuity, which may ameliorate the problem of the discontinuity of communication services due to relay UE handover. The method comprises: a session management function network element first receives a first message from a relay user equipment (UE). Since the first message comprises identification information of a remote UE connected to the relay UE, and the relay UE is a UE that is connected to the remote UE after the transmission path of the remote UE is switched, the session management function network element will configure a mapping relationship between a first address and a second address to a user plane function network element, wherein the first address is used for the user plane function network element to transmit data of the remote UE before the transmission path of the remote UE is switched, and the second address is used for the user plane function network element to transmit the data of the remote UE after the transmission path of the remote UE is switched. In the foregoing manner, the continuity of the services may be ensured.

Description

一种实现业务连续性的方法及装置Method and device for realizing business continuity 技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及通信技术领域,尤其涉及一种实现业务连续性的方法及装置。This application relates to the field of communication technology, and in particular to a method and device for realizing business continuity.
背景技术Background technique
随着移动通信的高速发展,新业务类型,如视频聊天、虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)或增强现实(augmented reality,AR)等数据业务的普遍使用提高了用户对带宽的需求。设备到设备(device-to-device,D2D)通信允许用户设备(user equipment,UE)之间直接进行通信,可以在小区网络的控制下与小区用户共享频谱资源,有效的提高频谱资源的利用率。D2D通信包括一对多通信以及一对一通信。一对多通信对应于组播和广播通信,一对一通信对应于单播通信。在一对一通信中,若发送方设备与接收方设备在近距离范围内,通过相互发现后可以直接通信。在D2D通信中,UE之间通过PC5接口进行通信,可用于数据面和控制面的信息传输。With the rapid development of mobile communications, the widespread use of new service types, such as video chat, virtual reality (VR) or augmented reality (AR) and other data services, has increased users' demand for bandwidth. Device-to-device (D2D) communication allows direct communication between user equipment (UE), and can share spectrum resources with cell users under the control of the cell network, effectively improving the utilization of spectrum resources . D2D communication includes one-to-many communication and one-to-one communication. One-to-many communication corresponds to multicast and broadcast communication, and one-to-one communication corresponds to unicast communication. In one-to-one communication, if the sender's device and the receiver's device are within close range, they can communicate directly after discovering each other. In D2D communication, UEs communicate through the PC5 interface, which can be used for information transmission on the data plane and the control plane.
如图1所示,当UE处于网络覆盖之外或UE与接入网设备之间通信信号不好时,UE可以通过中继UE进行辅助,即通过UE与中继UE之间的通信,以及中继UE与网络侧服务器之间的通信进而实现UE与网络侧服务器通信。As shown in Figure 1, when the UE is out of network coverage or the communication signal between the UE and the access network device is not good, the UE can be assisted by the relay UE, that is, through the communication between the UE and the relay UE, and The communication between the UE and the network-side server is relayed to realize the communication between the UE and the network-side server.
但是,当UE通过中继UE进行辅助通信,或者UE在通过中继UE进行辅助通信过程中所连接的中继UE发生切换(例如从第一中继UE切换为第二中继UE,或者从连接中继UE切换为直接接入接入网设备),UE会使用新的互联网协议(internet protocol,IP)地址或端口与网络侧服务器进行通信,导致通信发生中断,从而不能保证通信业务的连续性。However, when the UE performs auxiliary communication through the relay UE, or the relay UE that the UE is connected to during the auxiliary communication through the relay UE is switched (for example, switching from the first relay UE to the second relay UE, or from The connection relay UE is switched to directly access the access network equipment), the UE will use the new Internet Protocol (IP) address or port to communicate with the network-side server, causing the communication to be interrupted and the continuity of communication services cannot be guaranteed. sex.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请提供了一种实现业务连续性的方法及装置,用以改善因切换导致的通信业务不连续问题。This application provides a method and device for realizing business continuity, which are used to improve the discontinuity of communication services caused by handover.
第一方面,本申请提供一种实现业务连续性的方法,该方法可以由会话管理功能网元或会话管理功能网元的内部芯片执行,该方法适用于中继UE的传输路径发生切换的场景,远端UE的传输路径发生切换后通过中继UE接入网络。该方法中远端UE的传输路径在切换前后由同一个SMF网元负责管理,并且切换前后传输路径上的UPF网元为同一个UPF网元,该方法包括:会话管理功能网元接收来自中继UE的第一消息,因第一消息包括与所述中继UE连接的远端UE的标识信息;会话管理功能网元向用户面功能网元配置第一地址和第二地址的映射关系,其中,第一地址用于在远端UE的传输路径切换前用户面功能网元传输远端UE的数据,第二地址用于在远端UE的传输路径切换后用户面功能网元传输远端UE的数据。这样,用户面功能网元就可以根据该映射关系,对远端UE的数据进行传输。In the first aspect, this application provides a method for realizing service continuity. The method can be executed by the internal chip of the session management function network element or the session management function network element. The method is suitable for the scenario where the transmission path of the relay UE is switched. After the transmission path of the remote UE is switched, it accesses the network through the relay UE. In this method, the transmission path of the remote UE is managed by the same SMF network element before and after the handover, and the UPF network element on the transmission path before and after the handover is the same UPF network element. The method includes: the session management function network element receives from the middle Following the UE’s first message, because the first message includes the identification information of the remote UE connected to the relay UE; the session management function network element configures the mapping relationship between the first address and the second address to the user plane function network element, Among them, the first address is used to transmit the data of the remote UE by the user plane function network element before the transmission path of the remote UE is switched, and the second address is used to transmit the data of the user plane function network element to the remote UE after the transmission path of the remote UE is switched. UE's data. In this way, the user plane function network element can transmit data of the remote UE according to the mapping relationship.
其中,本申请实施例中的地址可以是地址和端口号中的至少一种。例如,第一地址可以为IPv4地址+端口号;或者第一地址为IPv6地址。Wherein, the address in the embodiment of the present application may be at least one of an address and a port number. For example, the first address may be an IPv4 address+port number; or the first address may be an IPv6 address.
本申请实施例中,在远端UE的传输路径切换后,远端UE与网络服务器之间并不需 要重新建立传输层连接,会话管理功能网元向用户面功能网元配置上述映射关系,使得用户面功能网元可以根据该映射关系,实现远端UE和网络服务器沿用传输路径切换前所使用的地址进行通信,即通过网络侧配置,实现在传输路径切换后远端UE和网络服务器之间通信不中断,保证业务连续性。In the embodiment of the present application, after the transmission path of the remote UE is switched, the transport layer connection does not need to be re-established between the remote UE and the network server, and the session management function network element configures the above-mentioned mapping relationship with the user plane function network element, so that The user plane function network element can realize the communication between the remote UE and the network server using the address used before the transmission path switch according to the mapping relationship, that is, through the network side configuration, the remote UE and the network server can be realized between the remote UE and the network server after the transmission path switch. Communication is not interrupted to ensure business continuity.
在一种可能的实施例中,第一消息用于建立中继UE的PDU会话,或者修改中继UE的PDU会话,或者第一消息为远端UE信息上报消息。In a possible embodiment, the first message is used to establish a PDU session of the relay UE, or modify the PDU session of the relay UE, or the first message is a remote UE information report message.
在一种可能的实施例中,远端UE的标识信息用于指示远端UE的传输路径发生切换。或者,第一消息中承载第一指示,该第一指示用于指示所述远端UE的传输路径发生切换。这样,会话管理功能网元在接收到第一消息后,就可以根据第一消息中的远端UE的标识信息或第一指示,确定出远端UE的传输路径发生切换。In a possible embodiment, the identification information of the remote UE is used to indicate that the transmission path of the remote UE is switched. Alternatively, the first message carries a first indication, and the first indication is used to indicate that the transmission path of the remote UE is switched. In this way, after the session management function network element receives the first message, it can determine that the transmission path of the remote UE is switched according to the identification information or the first indication of the remote UE in the first message.
在一种可能的实施例中,会话管理功能网元根据远端UE的标识信息,确定是否存在与远端UE的标识存在远端UE传输路径切换前的上下文,若存在,则会话管理功能网元从上下文中确定与远端UE的标识信息对应的第一地址。在另一种可能的实施例中,第一消息中承载第一地址,会话管理功能网元从第一消息中第一地址。In a possible embodiment, the session management function network element determines whether there is a context before the remote UE transmission path switch exists with the remote UE identifier according to the identification information of the remote UE, and if so, the session management function network The meta determines the first address corresponding to the identification information of the remote UE from the context. In another possible embodiment, the first message carries the first address, and the session management function network element obtains the first address from the first message.
需要说明的是,若在传输路径切换之前,远端UE之间接入网设备,则远端UE则将第一地址发送至会话管理功能网元,会话管理功能网元保存有第一地址,所以会话管理功能网元可以从SMF网元本地存储中获取第一地址。It should be noted that if the remote UE accesses network equipment before the transmission path is switched, the remote UE sends the first address to the session management function network element, and the session management function network element stores the first address, so the session The management function network element may obtain the first address from the local storage of the SMF network element.
在一种可能的实施例中,会话管理功能网元接收来自中继UE的第二地址。其中,第二地址是中继UE建立PDU会话后为远端UE分配的地址。In a possible embodiment, the session management function network element receives the second address from the relay UE. Wherein, the second address is an address allocated to the remote UE after the relay UE establishes a PDU session.
在一种可能的实施例中,会话管理功能网元接收来自中继UE的所述第二地址之前,还包括:会话管理功能网元接收来自中继UE的PDU会话请求后,会话管理功能网元向中继UE分配第三地址,所述第三地址用于中继UE生成所述第二地址。In a possible embodiment, before the session management function network element receives the second address from the relay UE, it further includes: after the session management function network element receives the PDU session request from the relay UE, the session management function network The meta allocates a third address to the relay UE, and the third address is used for the relay UE to generate the second address.
在一种可能的实施例中,会话管理功能网元可以向中继UE发送第一地址,这样,中继UE就可以配置第一地址和第二地址之间的映射关系,进而中继UE根据该映射关系传输中继UE的数据。In a possible embodiment, the session management function network element can send the first address to the relay UE. In this way, the relay UE can configure the mapping relationship between the first address and the second address, and the relay UE can then configure the mapping relationship between the first address and the second address. The mapping relationship transmits the data of the relay UE.
在一种可能的实施例中,会话管理功能网元根据远端UE的标识,确定远端UE具有实现业务连续性的权限。具体地,会话管理功能网元可以从UDM获取该远端UE的签约信息,UDM可以预先从UDR获取该签约信息,该签约信息指示了远端UE在中继传输模式下是否具有业务连续性的权限。当SMF网元根据签约信息,确定该远端UE具有业务连续性的权限时,则配置第一地址和第二地址之间的映射关系,否则,则按照现有技术执行。In a possible embodiment, the session management function network element determines that the remote UE has the authority to achieve service continuity according to the identifier of the remote UE. Specifically, the session management function network element may obtain the subscription information of the remote UE from the UDM, and the UDM may obtain the subscription information from the UDR in advance. The subscription information indicates whether the remote UE has service continuity in the relay transmission mode. Permissions. When the SMF network element determines that the remote UE has the service continuity authority according to the subscription information, the mapping relationship between the first address and the second address is configured; otherwise, it is executed according to the prior art.
在一种可能的实施例,当SMF网元释放了第二中继UE所建立的PDU会话后,或者第二中继UE请求释放远端UE相关上下文(对应第二中继UE与远端UE的PC5连接释放后)后,SMF标记第一地址被释放的指示信息。若第一中继UE对应的PDU会话未释放,SMF网元指示第一中继UE可以重新使用该第一地址。In a possible embodiment, after the SMF network element releases the PDU session established by the second relay UE, or the second relay UE requests to release the remote UE related context (corresponding to the second relay UE and the remote UE After the PC5 connection is released), the SMF marks the indication information that the first address is released. If the PDU session corresponding to the first relay UE is not released, the SMF network element instructs the first relay UE to reuse the first address.
第二方面,本申请提供一种实现业务连续性的方法,该方法可以由用户面功能网元或用户面功能网元的内部芯片执行,该方法适用于中继UE的传输路径发生切换的场景。该方法中远端UE的传输路径在切换前后由同一个SMF网元负责管理,并且切换前后传输路径上的UPF网元为同一个UPF网元,该方法包括:用户面功能网元接收来自会话管理功能网元的第一地址和第二地址的映射关系,其中,第一地址用于在远端用户设备UE的传输路径切换前所述用户面功能网元传输所述远端UE的数据,第二地址用于在远端UE的 传输路径切换后所述用户面功能网元传输所述远端UE的数据;用户面功能网元根据所述映射关系,传输所述远端UE的数据。In the second aspect, this application provides a method for realizing service continuity. The method can be executed by a user plane function network element or an internal chip of a user plane function network element. The method is suitable for a scenario where the transmission path of a relay UE is switched. . In this method, the transmission path of the remote UE is managed by the same SMF network element before and after the handover, and the UPF network elements on the transmission path before and after the handover are the same UPF network element. The method includes: the user plane function network element receives the session The mapping relationship between the first address and the second address of the management function network element, wherein the first address is used for the user plane function network element to transmit the data of the remote UE before the transmission path of the remote user equipment UE is switched, The second address is used for the user plane function network element to transmit the data of the remote UE after the transmission path of the remote UE is switched; the user plane function network element to transmit the data of the remote UE according to the mapping relationship.
本申请实施例的有益效果可以参见上述第一方面,在此不再重复赘述。For the beneficial effects of the embodiments of the present application, reference may be made to the above-mentioned first aspect, which will not be repeated here.
在一种可能的实施例中,若远端UE从直通通信链路切换为非直通通信链路,则第二地址用于在远端UE的传输路径切换后用户面功能网元和第二中继UE之间传输所述远端UE的数据,第二中继UE为在远端UE传输路径切换后远端UE连接的中继UE。第一地址用于在远端UE的传输路径切换前用户面功能网元和第一中继UE之间传输远端UE的数据,第一中继UE为在远端UE传输路径切换前远端UE连接的中继UE;或者,第一地址用于在远端UE的传输路径切换前用户面功能网元和远端UE之间传输远端UE的数据。In a possible embodiment, if the remote UE switches from a direct communication link to a non-direct communication link, the second address is used for the user plane function network element and the second medium after the transmission path of the remote UE is switched. After transmitting the data of the remote UE between the UEs, the second relay UE is the relay UE connected to the remote UE after the transmission path of the remote UE is switched. The first address is used to transmit data of the remote UE between the user plane function network element and the first relay UE before the transmission path of the remote UE is switched. The first relay UE is the remote UE before the transmission path of the remote UE is switched. The relay UE to which the UE is connected; or, the first address is used to transmit data of the remote UE between the user plane function network element and the remote UE before the transmission path of the remote UE is switched.
在一种可能的实施例中,若远端UE从非直通通信链路切换为直通通信链路,所述第二地址用于在所述远端UE的传输路径切换后所述用户面功能网元和所述远端UE之间传输所述远端UE的数据,第一地址用于在远端UE的传输路径切换前所述用户面功能网元和第一中继UE之间传输所述远端UE的数据,所述第一中继UE为所述远端UE传输路径切换前所述远端UE连接的中继UE。In a possible embodiment, if the remote UE switches from a non-direct communication link to a direct communication link, the second address is used for the user plane function network after the transmission path of the remote UE is switched. The data of the remote UE is transmitted between the remote UE and the remote UE, and the first address is used to transmit the data between the user plane function network element and the first relay UE before the transmission path of the remote UE is switched. For the data of the remote UE, the first relay UE is the relay UE connected to the remote UE before the remote UE transmission path is switched.
第三方面,本申请提供一种实现业务连续性的方法,该方法可以由会话管理功能网元或会话管理功能网元的内部芯片执行,该方法适用于中继UE的传输路径发生切换的场景,远端UE的传输路径发生切换后通过中继UE接入网络。该方法中远端UE的传输路径在切换前后由同一个SMF网元负责管理,并且切换前后传输路径上的UPF网元为同一个UPF网元,该方法包括:会话管理功能网元接收来自中继UE的第一消息。因第一消息包括与中继UE连接的远端UE的标识信息,会话管理功能网元根据远端UE的标识信息确定第一地址,然后会话管理功能网元向中继UE发送第一地址,其中,第一地址既用于远端UE的传输路径切换前用户面功能网元传输远端UE的数据,又用于端UE的传输路径切换后用户面功能网元传输远端UE的数据,之后,会话管理功能网元向用户面功能网元配置所述第一地址和传输通道的映射关系,该传输通道为中继UE和用户面功能网元之间的传输通道。In the third aspect, this application provides a method for realizing service continuity. The method can be executed by the internal chip of the session management function network element or the session management function network element. The method is suitable for the scenario where the transmission path of the relay UE is switched. After the transmission path of the remote UE is switched, it accesses the network through the relay UE. In this method, the transmission path of the remote UE is managed by the same SMF network element before and after the handover, and the UPF network element on the transmission path before and after the handover is the same UPF network element. The method includes: the session management function network element receives from the middle Following the UE’s first message. Since the first message includes the identification information of the remote UE connected to the relay UE, the session management function network element determines the first address according to the identification information of the remote UE, and then the session management function network element sends the first address to the relay UE, Wherein, the first address is used not only for the user plane function network element to transmit the data of the remote UE before the transmission path of the remote UE is switched, but also for the user plane function network element to transmit the data of the remote UE after the transmission path of the end UE is switched. After that, the session management function network element configures the mapping relationship between the first address and the transmission channel to the user plane function network element, and the transmission channel is a transmission channel between the relay UE and the user plane function network element.
本申请实施例中,在远端UE的传输路径切换后,远端UE与网络服务器之间并不需要重新建立传输层连接,会话管理功能网元向用户面功能网元配置上述映射关系,使得用户面功能网元可以根据该映射关系,实现远端UE和网络服务器沿用传输路径切换前所使用的地址进行通信,即通过网络侧配置,实现在传输路径切换后远端UE和网络服务器之间通信不中断,保证业务连续性。In the embodiment of the present application, after the transmission path of the remote UE is switched, the transport layer connection does not need to be re-established between the remote UE and the network server, and the session management function network element configures the above-mentioned mapping relationship with the user plane function network element, so that The user plane function network element can realize the communication between the remote UE and the network server using the address used before the transmission path switch according to the mapping relationship, that is, through the network side configuration, the remote UE and the network server can be realized between the remote UE and the network server after the transmission path switch. Communication is not interrupted to ensure business continuity.
在一种可能的实施例中,第一消息用于建立中继UE的PDU会话,或者修改中继UE的PDU会话,例如第一消息为PDU会话建立消息,或PDU会话修改消息,或者第一消息为远端UE信息上报消息。In a possible embodiment, the first message is used to establish a PDU session of the relay UE or modify the PDU session of the relay UE. For example, the first message is a PDU session establishment message, or a PDU session modification message, or the first The message is a remote UE information report message.
在一种可能的实施例中,远端UE的标识信息用于指示远端UE的传输路径发生切换。或者,第一消息承载第一指示,第一指示用于指示请求切换远端UE的传输路径。该方法中,会话管理功能网元可以根据第一指示确定远端UE的传输路径发生切换。In a possible embodiment, the identification information of the remote UE is used to indicate that the transmission path of the remote UE is switched. Alternatively, the first message carries a first indication, and the first indication is used to indicate a request to switch the transmission path of the remote UE. In this method, the session management function network element may determine that the transmission path of the remote UE is switched according to the first indication.
在一种可能的实施例中,会话管理功能网元根据远端UE的标识信息,确定是否存在与远端UE标识对应的上下文,若存在,则会话管理功能网元从上下文中,确定与远端UE的标识信息对应的第一地址。或者另一种可能的实施例中,第一消息中包括第一地址,会话管理功能网元从第一消息中获取第一地址。In a possible embodiment, the session management function network element determines whether there is a context corresponding to the remote UE identifier according to the identification information of the remote UE. The first address corresponding to the identification information of the end UE. Or in another possible embodiment, the first message includes the first address, and the session management function network element obtains the first address from the first message.
在一种可能的实施例中,会话管理功能网元可以从远端UE接收第一地址,也就是说,远端UE将第一地址发送至会话管理功能网元,以便于会话管理功能网元配置第一地址和传输通道的映射关系。In a possible embodiment, the session management function network element may receive the first address from the remote UE, that is, the remote UE sends the first address to the session management function network element to facilitate the session management function network element Configure the mapping relationship between the first address and the transmission channel.
在一种可能的实施例中,会话管理功能网元向中继UE发送第一地址,这样中继UE收到第一地址后,就可以配置第一地址和第四地址的映射关系,以便于中继UE传输远端UE的数据,其中,第四地址用于中继UE和远端UE之间传输数据。In a possible embodiment, the session management function network element sends the first address to the relay UE, so that after the relay UE receives the first address, the mapping relationship between the first address and the fourth address can be configured to facilitate The relay UE transmits data of the remote UE, where the fourth address is used to transmit data between the relay UE and the remote UE.
在一种可能的实施例中,会话管理功能网元需要确定远端UE是否具有实现业务连续性的权限,具体地,会话管理功能网元可以从UDM获取该远端UE的签约信息,UDM可以预先从UDR获取该签约信息,该签约信息指示了远端UE在中继传输模式下是否具有业务连续性的权限。当SMF网元根据签约信息,确定该远端UE具有业务连续性的权限时,则配置第一地址和第二地址之间的映射关系,否则,则按照现有技术执行。In a possible embodiment, the session management function network element needs to determine whether the remote UE has the authority to achieve service continuity. Specifically, the session management function network element may obtain the subscription information of the remote UE from the UDM, and the UDM may The subscription information is obtained from the UDR in advance, and the subscription information indicates whether the remote UE has service continuity authority in the relay transmission mode. When the SMF network element determines that the remote UE has the service continuity authority according to the subscription information, the mapping relationship between the first address and the second address is configured; otherwise, it is executed according to the prior art.
在一种可能的实施例中,当会话管理功能网元释放了中继UE所建立的PDU会话后,或者中继UE请求释放远端UE相关上下文后,SMF网元才标记第一地址处于被释放的状态,会话管理功能网元释放第一地址。也就是说,在远端UE的传输路径切换之前,第一地址被会话管理功能网元标记为使用状态,会话管理功能网元不能将第一地址分配给其它的远端UE,直到会话管理功能网元释放了中继UE所建立的PDU会话后,或者中继UE请求释放远端UE相关上下文后,会话管理功能网元才将第一地址释放。In a possible embodiment, after the session management function network element releases the PDU session established by the relay UE, or after the relay UE requests to release the related context of the remote UE, the SMF network element will mark that the first address is in a blocked state. In the released state, the session management function network element releases the first address. That is, before the transmission path of the remote UE is switched, the first address is marked as used by the session management function network element, and the session management function network element cannot assign the first address to other remote UEs until the session management function After the network element releases the PDU session established by the relay UE, or after the relay UE requests to release the related context of the remote UE, the session management function network element releases the first address.
第四方面,本申请提供一种实现业务连续性的方法,该方法可以由用户面功能网元或用户面功能网元的内部芯片执行,该方法适用于中继UE的传输路径发生切换的场景。该方法中远端UE的传输路径在切换前后由同一个SMF网元负责管理,并且切换前后传输路径上的UPF网元为同一个UPF网元,结合第三方面所提供的方法,该方法包括:用户面功能网元接收来自会话管理功能网元的第一地址和传输通道的映射关系,其中,第一地址既用于在远端用户设备UE的传输路径切换前用户面功能网元传输远端UE的数据,又用于远端UE的传输路径切换后用户面功能网元传输远端UE的数据,传输通道为中继UE和用户面功能网元之间的传输通道,之后用户面功能网元根据映射关系,传输远端UE的数据。In the fourth aspect, the present application provides a method for realizing service continuity, which can be executed by a user plane function network element or an internal chip of a user plane function network element. The method is suitable for a scenario where the transmission path of a relay UE is switched. . In this method, the transmission path of the remote UE is managed by the same SMF network element before and after the handover, and the UPF network elements on the transmission path before and after the handover are the same UPF network element. Combining the method provided by the third aspect, the method includes : The user plane function network element receives the mapping relationship between the first address and the transmission channel from the session management function network element, where the first address is used to transmit remotely to the user plane function network element before the transmission path of the remote user equipment UE is switched. The data of the end UE is also used for the user plane function network element to transmit the data of the remote UE after the transmission path of the remote UE is switched. The transmission channel is the transmission channel between the relay UE and the user plane function network element, and then the user plane function The network element transmits the data of the remote UE according to the mapping relationship.
本申请实施例的有益效果可以参见上述第三方面,在此不再重复赘述。For the beneficial effects of the embodiments of the present application, reference may be made to the above third aspect, which will not be repeated here.
在一种可能的实施例中,若远端UE从非直通通信链路切换为非直通通信链路,第一地址用于在远端UE的传输路径切换前用户面功能网元和第一中继UE之间传输所述远端UE的数据,其中,第一中继UE为在所述远端UE传输路径切换前所述远端UE连接的中继UE。In a possible embodiment, if the remote UE switches from a non-direct communication link to a non-direct communication link, the first address is used for the user plane function network element and the first medium before the transmission path of the remote UE is switched. After transmitting the data of the remote UE between UEs, the first relay UE is the relay UE connected to the remote UE before the transmission path of the remote UE is switched.
在另一种可能的实施例中,若远端UE从直通通信链路切换为非直通通信链路,第一地址用于在远端UE的传输路径切换前用户面功能网元和远端UE的之间传输数据。In another possible embodiment, if the remote UE switches from a direct communication link to a non-direct communication link, the first address is used for the user plane function network element and the remote UE before the transmission path of the remote UE is switched. Transfer data between.
第五方面,本申请提供一种实现业务连续性的方法,该方法可以由中继UE或中继UE的内部芯片执行,该方法适用于中继UE的传输路径发生切换的场景。该方法中远端UE的传输路径在切换前后由同一个SMF网元负责管理,并且切换前后传输路径上的UPF网元为同一个UPF网元,结合上述任一方面所提供的方法,该方法包括:中继UE接收来自会话管理功能网元的第一地址,因第一地址既用于在远端UE的传输路径切换前用户面功 能网元传输所述远端UE的数据,又用于远端UE的传输路径切换后所述用户面功能网元传输所述远端UE的数据,所以中继UE根据第一地址和第四地址的映射关系,传输远端UE的数据,其中,第四地址用于中继UE和远端UE之间传输数据。In the fifth aspect, the present application provides a method for realizing service continuity. The method can be executed by the relay UE or the internal chip of the relay UE. The method is suitable for a scenario where the transmission path of the relay UE is switched. In this method, the transmission path of the remote UE is managed by the same SMF network element before and after the handover, and the UPF network elements on the transmission path before and after the handover are the same UPF network element. Combining the methods provided by any of the above aspects, this method Including: the relay UE receives the first address from the session management function network element, because the first address is not only used for the user plane function network element to transmit the data of the remote UE before the transmission path of the remote UE is switched, but also used for After the transmission path of the remote UE is switched, the user plane function network element transmits the data of the remote UE, so the relay UE transmits the data of the remote UE according to the mapping relationship between the first address and the fourth address. The four addresses are used to transmit data between the relay UE and the remote UE.
本申请实施中,在远端UE的传输路径切换后,远端UE与网络服务器之间并不需要重新建立传输层连接,会话管理功能网元向中继UE配置上述映射关系,使得中继UE可以根据该映射关系,实现远端UE和网络服务器沿用传输路径切换前所使用的地址进行通信,即通过网络侧配置,实现在传输路径切换后远端UE和网络服务器之间通信不中断,保证业务连续性。In the implementation of this application, after the transmission path of the remote UE is switched, there is no need to re-establish the transport layer connection between the remote UE and the network server. The session management function network element configures the above-mentioned mapping relationship to the relay UE, so that the relay UE According to this mapping relationship, the remote UE and the network server can communicate with the address used before the transmission path switch, that is, through the network side configuration, the communication between the remote UE and the network server is not interrupted after the transmission path switch, ensuring Business continuity.
在一种可能的实施例中,中继UE接收来自会话管理功能网元的第一地址之前,包括:中继UE还接收来自远端UE的所述远端UE的标识信息,然后中继UE向所述会话管理功能网元发送第一消息,所述第一消息包括所述远端UE的标识信息,以便于会话管理功能网元根据远端UE的标识信息用于确定第一地址。In a possible embodiment, before the relay UE receives the first address from the session management function network element, the method includes: the relay UE further receives the identification information of the remote UE from the remote UE, and then the relay UE A first message is sent to the session management function network element, where the first message includes the identification information of the remote UE, so that the session management function network element is used to determine the first address according to the identification information of the remote UE.
在一种可能的实施例中,第一消息用于建立中继UE的PDU会话,或者修改中继UE的PDU会话。例如,第一消息为PDU会话建立消息,或第一消息为PDU会话修改请求消息,或者第一消息为远端UE信息上报消息。In a possible embodiment, the first message is used to establish a PDU session of the relay UE or modify the PDU session of the relay UE. For example, the first message is a PDU session establishment message, or the first message is a PDU session modification request message, or the first message is a remote UE information report message.
在一种可能的实施例中,远端UE的标识信息用于指示远端UE的传输路径发生切换。或者,第一消息中承载第一指示,该第一指示用于指示所述远端UE的传输路径发生切换。这样,会话管理功能网元在接收到第一消息后,就可以根据第一消息中的远端UE的标识信息或第一指示,确定出远端UE的传输路径发生切换。In a possible embodiment, the identification information of the remote UE is used to indicate that the transmission path of the remote UE is switched. Alternatively, the first message carries a first indication, and the first indication is used to indicate that the transmission path of the remote UE is switched. In this way, after the session management function network element receives the first message, it can determine that the transmission path of the remote UE is switched according to the identification information or the first indication of the remote UE in the first message.
第六方面,本申请提供一种实现业务连续性的方法,该方法可以由会话管理功能网元或会话管理功能网元的内部芯片执行,该方法适用于中继UE的传输路径发生切换的场景。该方法中远端UE的传输路径在切换前后由同一个SMF网元负责管理,并且切换前后传输路径上的UPF网元为同一个UPF网元,该方法中远端UE从非直通通信链路切换为直通通信链路,该方法包括:会话管理功能网元接收来自远端UE的远端UE的标识信息和第一指示,第一指示用于指示请求切换远端UE的传输路径发生切换;会话管理功能网元向远端UE发送第五地址,第五地址用于远端UE和用户面功能网元之间传输数据;之后会话管理功能网元向用户面功能网元配置第五地址和第一地址之间的映射关系,所述第一地址用于在远端UE的传输路径切换前用户面功能网元传输远端UE的数据。In the sixth aspect, the present application provides a method for realizing service continuity. The method can be executed by the internal chip of the session management function network element or the session management function network element. The method is suitable for the scenario where the transmission path of the relay UE is switched. . In this method, the transmission path of the remote UE is managed by the same SMF network element before and after the handover, and the UPF network element on the transmission path before and after the handover is the same UPF network element. Switching to a through communication link, the method includes: the session management function network element receives the identification information of the remote UE from the remote UE and a first indication, the first indication is used to indicate that the transmission path of the remote UE is requested to be switched; The session management function network element sends a fifth address to the remote UE. The fifth address is used to transmit data between the remote UE and the user plane function network element; then the session management function network element configures the fifth address and address to the user plane function network element. The mapping relationship between the first addresses, where the first address is used to transmit the data of the remote UE by the user plane function network element before the transmission path of the remote UE is switched.
在一种可能的实施例中,会话管理功能网元可以根据远端UE的标识信息确定第一地址,或者会话管理功能网元从远端UE接收该第一地址。本申请实施例的有益效果可以参见上述方面,在此不再重复赘述。In a possible embodiment, the session management function network element may determine the first address according to the identification information of the remote UE, or the session management function network element may receive the first address from the remote UE. For the beneficial effects of the embodiments of the present application, reference may be made to the above aspects, and details are not repeated here.
第七方面,本申请提供一种实现业务连续性的方法,该方法可以由远端UE或远端UE的内部芯片执行,该方法适用于中继UE的传输路径发生切换的场景。该方法中远端UE的传输路径在切换前后由同一个SMF网元负责管理,并且切换前后传输路径上的UPF网元为同一个UPF网元,结合上述任一方面提供的方法,该方法包括:In the seventh aspect, the present application provides a method for realizing service continuity. The method can be executed by the remote UE or the internal chip of the remote UE. The method is suitable for scenarios where the transmission path of the relay UE is switched. In this method, the transmission path of the remote UE is managed by the same SMF network element before and after the handover, and the UPF network elements on the transmission path before and after the handover are the same UPF network element. Combining the method provided by any one of the above aspects, the method includes :
远端UE向会话管理功能网元发送远端UE的标识信息和第一指示,第一指示用于指示请求切换所述远端UE的传输路径;远端UE接收来自会话管理功能网元的第五地址,第五地址用于所述远端UE和用户面功能网元之间传输数据。The remote UE sends the identification information of the remote UE and a first indication to the session management function network element. The first indication is used to indicate a request to switch the transmission path of the remote UE; the remote UE receives the first indication from the session management function network element. Five addresses, the fifth address is used to transmit data between the remote UE and the user plane function network element.
本申请实施例的有益效果可以参见上述方面,在此不再重复赘述。For the beneficial effects of the embodiments of the present application, reference may be made to the above aspects, and details are not repeated here.
在一种可能的实施例中,远端UE将第五地址与第六地址绑定,第六地址用于在远端UE的传输路径切换前远端UE和中继UE之间传输数据。In a possible embodiment, the remote UE binds the fifth address with the sixth address, and the sixth address is used to transmit data between the remote UE and the relay UE before the transmission path of the remote UE is switched.
在一种可能的实施例中,远端UE在传输过程中可以将第六地址替换为第五地址,其中,第六地址用于在远端UE的传输路径切换前所述远端UE和中继UE之间传输数据。In a possible embodiment, the remote UE may replace the sixth address with the fifth address during the transmission process, where the sixth address is used for the remote UE and the middle UE before the transmission path of the remote UE is switched. Then transfer data between UEs.
第八方面,本申请提供一种实现业务连续性的方法,该方法可以由会话管理功能网元或会话管理功能网元的内部芯片执行,该方法适用于中继UE的传输路径发生切换的场景。该方法中远端UE的传输路径在切换前后由同一个SMF网元负责管理,并且切换前后传输路径上的UPF网元为同一个UPF网元,该方法包括:In an eighth aspect, the present application provides a method for realizing service continuity. The method can be executed by the internal chip of the session management function network element or the session management function network element. The method is suitable for the scenario where the transmission path of the relay UE is switched. . In this method, the transmission path of the remote UE is managed by the same SMF network element before and after the handover, and the UPF network elements on the transmission path before and after the handover are the same UPF network element. The method includes:
会话管理功能网元为远端UE分配第七地址,第七地址用于用户面功能网元和服务器之间传输远端UE的数据;The session management function network element allocates a seventh address to the remote UE, and the seventh address is used to transmit data of the remote UE between the user plane function network element and the server;
会话管理功能网元向用户面功能网元配置所述第七地址和第一地址之间的第一映射关系,所述第一地址用于所述第一传输路径上传输所述远端UE的数据,所述用户面功能网元为所述第一传输路径上的节点;The session management function network element configures a first mapping relationship between the seventh address and the first address to the user plane function network element, where the first address is used for transmitting the remote UE on the first transmission path Data, the user plane function network element is a node on the first transmission path;
当远端UE从所述第一传输路径切换到第二传输路径,所述会话管理功能网元向所述用户面功能网元配置所述第七地址和第二地址之间的第二映射关系,所述第二地址用于所述第二传输路径上传输所述远端UE的数据,所述用户面功能网元为所述第二传输路径上的节点。When the remote UE switches from the first transmission path to the second transmission path, the session management function network element configures the second mapping relationship between the seventh address and the second address to the user plane function network element The second address is used to transmit data of the remote UE on the second transmission path, and the user plane function network element is a node on the second transmission path.
本申请实施例的有益效果可以参见上述方面,在此不再重复赘述。For the beneficial effects of the embodiments of the present application, reference may be made to the above aspects, and details are not repeated here.
在一种可能的实施例中,当远端UE从非直通通信链路切换为非直通通信链路,第一地址用于用户面功能网元和第一中继UE之间传输远端UE的数据,第一中继UE为第一传输路径上的节点。第二地址用于所述用户面功能网元和第二中继UE之间传输所述远端UE的数据,二中继UE为所述第二传输路径上的节点。In a possible embodiment, when the remote UE switches from a non-direct communication link to a non-direct communication link, the first address is used to transmit the remote UE between the user plane function network element and the first relay UE. For data, the first relay UE is a node on the first transmission path. The second address is used for transmitting the data of the remote UE between the user plane function network element and the second relay UE, and the second relay UE is a node on the second transmission path.
在一种可能的实施例中,当远端UE从非直通通信链路切换为直通通信链路,第一地址用于用户面功能网元和远端UE之间传输远端UE的数据,第二地址用于用户面功能网元和远端UE之间传输远端UE的数据,远端UE为第二传输路径上的节点。In a possible embodiment, when the remote UE switches from a non-direct communication link to a direct communication link, the first address is used to transmit data of the remote UE between the user plane function network element and the remote UE. The second address is used to transmit data of the remote UE between the user plane function network element and the remote UE, and the remote UE is a node on the second transmission path.
在一种可能的实施例中,当远端UE从非直通通信链路切换为直通通信链路,第一地址用于用户面功能网元和远端UE之间传输远端UE的数据,远端UE为所述第一传输路径上的节点,第二地址用于用户面功能网元和第二中继UE之间传输所述远端UE的数据,所述第二中继UE为所述第二传输路径上的节点。In a possible embodiment, when the remote UE switches from a non-direct communication link to a direct communication link, the first address is used to transmit data of the remote UE between the user plane function network element and the remote UE. The end UE is a node on the first transmission path, and the second address is used to transmit the data of the remote UE between the user plane function network element and the second relay UE, and the second relay UE is the Node on the second transmission path.
第九方面,本申请提供一种实现业务连续性的方法,该方法可以由第一用户面功能网元或第一用户面功能网元的内部芯片执行,该方法适用于中继UE的传输路径发生切换的场景。该方法中远端UE的传输路径在切换前后由同一个SMF网元负责管理,并且切换前后传输路径上的UPF网元为不同UPF网元,该方法包括:第一用户面功能网元接收来自会话管理功能网元的第二消息,第二消息包括第一地址,所述第一地址用于在远端UE的传输路径切换前第一用户面功能网元传输所述远端UE的数据;第一用户面功能网元根据第一地址和第三传输通道的映射关系,传输远端UE的数据,其中,第三传输通道为第二用户面功能网元和第一用户面功能网元之间的传输通道,第二用户面功能网元为远端UE 的传输路径切换后所述远端UE连接的用户面功能网元。In a ninth aspect, this application provides a method for realizing service continuity. The method can be executed by the internal chip of the first user plane function network element or the first user plane function network element. The method is suitable for relaying the transmission path of the UE. The scene where the switch occurred. In this method, the transmission path of the remote UE is managed by the same SMF network element before and after the handover, and the UPF network elements on the transmission path before and after the handover are different UPF network elements. The method includes: the first user plane function network element receives from A second message of the session management function network element, where the second message includes a first address, and the first address is used for the first user plane function network element to transmit the data of the remote UE before the transmission path of the remote UE is switched; The first user plane function network element transmits the data of the remote UE according to the mapping relationship between the first address and the third transmission channel, where the third transmission channel is the second user plane function network element and the first user plane function network element. The second user plane function network element is the user plane function network element to which the remote UE is connected after the transmission path of the remote UE is switched.
本申请实施例的有益效果可以参见上述方面,在此不再重复赘述。For the beneficial effects of the embodiments of the present application, reference may be made to the above aspects, and details are not repeated here.
在一种可能的实施例中,当远端UE从非直通通信链路切换为非直通通信链路,所述第一地址用于在远端UE的传输路径切换前所述第一用户面功能网元和第一中继UE之间传输所述远端UE的数据,所述第一中继UE为在所述远端UE传输路径切换前所述远端UE连接的中继UE。在另一种可能的实施例中,当远端UE从非直通通信链路切换为直通通信链路,第一地址用于在远端UE的传输路径切换前第一用户面功能网元和远端UE之间传输远端UE的数据。In a possible embodiment, when the remote UE switches from a non-direct communication link to a non-direct communication link, the first address is used for the first user plane function before the transmission path of the remote UE is switched. The data of the remote UE is transmitted between the network element and the first relay UE, and the first relay UE is the relay UE connected to the remote UE before the transmission path of the remote UE is switched. In another possible embodiment, when the remote UE switches from a non-direct communication link to a direct communication link, the first address is used for the first user plane function network element and the remote UE before the transmission path of the remote UE is switched. The data of the remote UE is transmitted between the end UEs.
第十方面,本申请提供一种实现业务连续性的方法,该方法可以由第二用户面功能网元或第二用户面功能网元的内部芯片执行,该方法适用于中继UE的传输路径发生切换的场景。该方法中远端UE的传输路径在切换前后由同一个SMF网元负责管理,并且切换前后传输路径上的UPF网元为不同UPF网元,该方法包括:第二用户面功能网元接收来自会话管理功能网元的第三消息,所述第三消息包括第一地址,所述第一地址用于在远端用户设备UE的传输通道切换前第一用户面功能网元传输所述远端UE的数据;In a tenth aspect, this application provides a method for realizing service continuity. The method can be executed by the second user plane function network element or the internal chip of the second user plane function network element. The method is suitable for relaying the transmission path of the UE. The scene where the switch occurred. In this method, the transmission path of the remote UE is managed by the same SMF network element before and after the handover, and the UPF network elements on the transmission path before and after the handover are different UPF network elements. The method includes: the second user plane function network element receives from The third message of the session management function network element, the third message includes a first address, and the first address is used for the first user plane function network element to transmit the remote end before the transmission channel of the remote user equipment UE is switched. UE's data;
第二用户面功能网元根据所述第一地址、第二传输通道和第三传输通道之间的映射关系,传输所述远端UE的数据,所述第二传输通道为所述远端UE切换后所述第二用户面和所述远端UE之间的传输通道,所述第三传输通道为所述第二用户面功能网元和第一用户面功能网元之间的传输通道。The second user plane function network element transmits the data of the remote UE according to the mapping relationship between the first address, the second transmission channel, and the third transmission channel, and the second transmission channel is the remote UE The transmission channel between the second user plane and the remote UE after the handover, and the third transmission channel is the transmission channel between the second user plane function network element and the first user plane function network element.
本申请实施例的有益效果可以参见上述方面,在此不再重复赘述。For the beneficial effects of the embodiments of the present application, reference may be made to the above aspects, and details are not repeated here.
在一种可能的实施例中,当远端UE从非直通通信链路切换为非直通通信链路,所述第一地址用于在远端UE的传输路径切换前所述第一用户面功能网元和第一中继UE之间传输所述远端UE的数据,所述第一中继UE为在所述远端UE传输路径切换前所述远端UE连接的中继UE。在另一种可能的实施例中,当远端UE从非直通通信链路切换为直通通信链路,第一地址用于在远端UE的传输路径切换前第一用户面功能网元和远端UE之间传输远端UE的数据。In a possible embodiment, when the remote UE switches from a non-direct communication link to a non-direct communication link, the first address is used for the first user plane function before the transmission path of the remote UE is switched. The data of the remote UE is transmitted between the network element and the first relay UE, and the first relay UE is the relay UE connected to the remote UE before the transmission path of the remote UE is switched. In another possible embodiment, when the remote UE switches from a non-direct communication link to a direct communication link, the first address is used for the first user plane function network element and the remote UE before the transmission path of the remote UE is switched. The data of the remote UE is transmitted between the end UEs.
在一种可能的实施例中,第二用户面功能网元通过第二传输通道接收第一数据包,所述第一数据包包括所述第一地址;第二用户面功能网元根据所述映射关系,通过所述第三传输通道将所述第一数据包发送至所述第一用户面功能网元。In a possible embodiment, the second user plane function network element receives the first data packet through the second transmission channel, and the first data packet includes the first address; the second user plane function network element receives the first data packet according to the Mapping relationship, sending the first data packet to the first user plane function network element through the third transmission channel.
在一种可能的实施例中,第二用户面功能网元通过第三传输通道接收来自第一用户面功能网元的第三数据包,第三数据包包括所述第一地址;第二用户面功能网元根据映射关系,通过第二传输通道发送第三数据包。In a possible embodiment, the second user plane function network element receives a third data packet from the first user plane function network element through a third transmission channel, and the third data packet includes the first address; the second user The surface function network element sends the third data packet through the second transmission channel according to the mapping relationship.
第十一方面,本申请提供一种实现业务连续性的方法,该方法可以由第一用户面功能网元或第一用户面功能网元的内部芯片执行,该方法适用于中继UE的传输路径发生切换的场景。该方法中远端UE的传输路径在切换前后由同一个SMF网元负责管理,并且切换前后传输路径上的UPF网元为不同UPF网元,该方法包括:In an eleventh aspect, this application provides a method for realizing service continuity. The method can be executed by the internal chip of the first user plane function network element or the first user plane function network element. The method is suitable for relaying UE transmission. The scenario where the path is switched. In this method, the transmission path of the remote UE is managed by the same SMF network element before and after the handover, and the UPF network elements on the transmission path before and after the handover are different UPF network elements. The method includes:
第一用户面功能网元接收来自会话管理功能网元的第二消息,第二消息包括第一地址和第二地址,第一地址用于在远端UE的传输通道切换前第一用户面功能网元传输远端UE的数据,第二地址用于在所述远端UE的传输路径切换后第二用户面功能网元传输所述远 端UE的数据;The first user plane function network element receives a second message from the session management function network element. The second message includes a first address and a second address. The first address is used for the first user plane function before the remote UE's transmission channel is switched. The network element transmits the data of the remote UE, and the second address is used for the second user plane function network element to transmit the data of the remote UE after the transmission path of the remote UE is switched;
第一用户面功能网元根据第一地址、第二地址和第三传输通道之间的映射关系,传输所述远端UE的数据,其中,第三传输通道为所述第二用户面功能网元和第一用户面功能网元之间的传输通道。The first user plane function network element transmits the data of the remote UE according to the mapping relationship between the first address, the second address and the third transmission channel, where the third transmission channel is the second user plane function network The transmission channel between the element and the first user plane functional network element.
本申请实施例的有益效果可以参见上述方面,在此不再重复赘述。For the beneficial effects of the embodiments of the present application, reference may be made to the above aspects, and details are not repeated here.
在一种可能的实施例中,当远端UE从非直通通信链路切换为非直通通信链路,所述第一地址用于在远端UE的传输路径切换前所述第一用户面功能网元和第一中继UE之间传输所述远端UE的数据,所述第一中继UE为在所述远端UE传输路径切换前所述远端UE连接的中继UE。在另一种可能的实施例中,当远端UE从非直通通信链路切换为直通通信链路,第一地址用于在远端UE的传输路径切换前第一用户面功能网元和远端UE之间传输远端UE的数据。In a possible embodiment, when the remote UE switches from a non-direct communication link to a non-direct communication link, the first address is used for the first user plane function before the transmission path of the remote UE is switched. The data of the remote UE is transmitted between the network element and the first relay UE, and the first relay UE is the relay UE connected to the remote UE before the transmission path of the remote UE is switched. In another possible embodiment, when the remote UE switches from a non-direct communication link to a direct communication link, the first address is used for the first user plane function network element and the remote UE before the transmission path of the remote UE is switched. The data of the remote UE is transmitted between the end UEs.
在一种可能的实施例中,第一用户面功能网元通过第三传输通道接收来自第二用户面功能网元的第一数据包,所述第一数据包包括所述第二地址;第一用户面功能网元根据所述映射关系,利用所述第一地址对所述第一数据包进行封装,得到第二数据包,所述第二数据包包括所述第一地址;第一用户面功能网元向所述网络服务器发送第二数据包。In a possible embodiment, a first user plane function network element receives a first data packet from a second user plane function network element through a third transmission channel, where the first data packet includes the second address; A user plane function network element encapsulates the first data packet with the first address according to the mapping relationship to obtain a second data packet, the second data packet includes the first address; the first user The surface function network element sends a second data packet to the network server.
在一种可能的实施例中,第一用户面功能网元接收来自所述网络服务器的第三数据包,所述第三数据包包括所述第一地址;第一用户面功能网元根据所述映射关系,利用所述第二地址对所述第三数据包进行封装,得到封装后的第四数据包;第一用户面功能网元通过所述第三传输通道向所述第二用户面功能网元发送所述第四数据包。In a possible embodiment, the first user plane function network element receives a third data packet from the network server, and the third data packet includes the first address; the first user plane function network element In the mapping relationship, the third data packet is encapsulated by using the second address to obtain the encapsulated fourth data packet; the first user plane function network element transmits to the second user plane through the third transmission channel The functional network element sends the fourth data packet.
第十二方面,本申请提供一种实现业务连续性的方法,该方法可以由第二用户面功能网元或第二用户面功能网元的内部芯片执行,该方法适用于中继UE的传输路径发生切换的场景。该方法中远端UE的传输路径在切换前后由同一个SMF网元负责管理,并且切换前后传输路径上的UPF网元为不同UPF网元,该方法包括:In the twelfth aspect, this application provides a method for realizing service continuity. The method can be executed by the second user plane function network element or the internal chip of the second user plane function network element. The method is suitable for relaying UE transmission. The scenario where the path is switched. In this method, the transmission path of the remote UE is managed by the same SMF network element before and after the handover, and the UPF network elements on the transmission path before and after the handover are different UPF network elements. The method includes:
第二用户面功能网元接收来自会话管理功能网元的第三消息,第三消息包括第二地址,第二地址用于在远端UE的传输通道切换后第二用户面功能网元传输远端UE的数据;The second user plane function network element receives a third message from the session management function network element, the third message includes a second address, and the second address is used to transmit remotely by the second user plane function network element after the transmission channel of the remote UE is switched. Data of the end UE;
第二用户面功能网元根据第二地址、第二传输通道和第三传输通道之间的映射关系,传输远端UE的数据,第二传输通道为所述远端UE切换后第二用户面和远端UE之间的传输通道,第三传输通道为所述第二用户面功能网元和第一用户面功能网元之间的传输通道。The second user plane function network element transmits the data of the remote UE according to the mapping relationship between the second address, the second transmission channel, and the third transmission channel. The second transmission channel is the second user plane after the remote UE is handed over. The third transmission channel is the transmission channel between the second user plane function network element and the first user plane function network element.
本申请实施例的有益效果可以参见上述方面,在此不再重复赘述。For the beneficial effects of the embodiments of the present application, reference may be made to the above aspects, and details are not repeated here.
在一种可能的实施例中,第二用户面功能网元通过所述第二传输通道接收第一数据包,所述第一数据包包括所述第一地址;第二用户面功能网元根据映射关系,通过第三传输通道将所述第一数据包发送至所述第一用户面功能网元。In a possible embodiment, the second user plane function network element receives the first data packet through the second transmission channel, and the first data packet includes the first address; the second user plane function network element is based on Mapping relationship, sending the first data packet to the first user plane function network element through a third transmission channel.
在一种可能的实施例中,第二用户面功能网元通过第三传输通道接收来自所述第一用户面功能网元的第三数据包,所述第三数据包包括所述第一地址;第二用户面功能网元根据所述映射关系,通过所述第二传输通道发送所述第三数据包。In a possible embodiment, the second user plane function network element receives a third data packet from the first user plane function network element through a third transmission channel, and the third data packet includes the first address ; The second user plane function network element sends the third data packet through the second transmission channel according to the mapping relationship.
第十三方面,本申请提供一种实现业务连续性的方法,该方法可以由第二会话管理功能网元或第二会话管理功能网元的内部芯片执行,该方法适用于中继UE的传输路径发生 切换的场景。该方法中远端UE的传输路径在切换前后由不同SMF网元负责管理,并且切换前后传输路径上的UPF网元为不同UPF网元,该方法包括:In the thirteenth aspect, this application provides a method for realizing service continuity. The method can be executed by the second session management function network element or the internal chip of the second session management function network element. The method is suitable for relaying UE transmission. The scenario where the path is switched. In this method, the transmission path of the remote UE is managed by different SMF network elements before and after the handover, and the UPF network elements on the transmission path before and after the handover are different UPF network elements. The method includes:
第二会话管理功能网元接收来自远端用户设备UE的第一消息,所述第一消息包括包括与所述中继UE连接的远端UE的标识信息;The second session management function network element receives a first message from a remote user equipment UE, where the first message includes identification information of the remote UE connected to the relay UE;
第二会话管理功能网元向第二用户面功能网元配置第一地址和第二地址的映射关系,其中,所述第一地址用于在所述远端UE的传输路径切换前第一用户面功能网元传输所述远端UE的数据,所述第二地址用于在所述远端UE的传输路径切换后第二用户面功能网元传输所述远端UE的数据;The second session management function network element configures the mapping relationship between the first address and the second address to the second user plane function network element, wherein the first address is used for the first user before the transmission path of the remote UE is switched The plane function network element transmits the data of the remote UE, and the second address is used for the second user plane function network element to transmit the data of the remote UE after the transmission path of the remote UE is switched;
第二会话管理功能网元向所述第一会话管理功能网元请求建立第四传输通道,所述第一会话管理功能网元为所述远端UE的传输路径切换前服务于所述远端UE的会话管理功能网元,第四传输通道为所述第一用户面功能网元和所述第二用户面功能网元之间的传输通道。The second session management function network element requests the first session management function network element to establish a fourth transmission channel, and the first session management function network element serves the remote end before the transmission path of the remote UE is switched. For the session management function network element of the UE, the fourth transmission channel is a transmission channel between the first user plane function network element and the second user plane function network element.
本申请实施例的有益效果可以参见上述方面,在此不再重复赘述。For the beneficial effects of the embodiments of the present application, reference may be made to the above aspects, and details are not repeated here.
在一种可能的实施例中,当远端UE的在所述第二会话管理功能网元上的上下文信息被删除后,通知所述第一会话管理功能网元释放所述第一地址。In a possible embodiment, after the context information of the remote UE on the second session management function network element is deleted, the first session management function network element is notified to release the first address.
第十四方面,本申请提供一种实现业务连续性的方法,该方法可以由统一数据管理网元或统一数据管理网元的内部芯片执行,该方法适用于中继UE的传输路径发生切换的场景。该方法中远端UE的传输路径在切换前后由不同SMF网元负责管理,并且切换前后传输路径上的UPF网元为不同UPF网元,结合上述第十一方面所示的方法,该方法包括:In a fourteenth aspect, this application provides a method for realizing service continuity. The method can be executed by the internal chip of a unified data management network element or a unified data management network element. This method is suitable for relay UE transmission path switching. Scenes. In this method, the transmission path of the remote UE is managed by different SMF network elements before and after the handover, and the UPF network elements on the transmission path before and after the handover are different UPF network elements. Combining the method shown in the eleventh aspect, the method includes :
统一数据管理网元接收来自第一会话管理功能网元的远端用户设备UE的标识和第一会话管理功能网元的标识,所述第一会话管理功能网元为所述远端UE的传输路径切换前服务于所述远端UE的会话管理功能网元;The unified data management network element receives the identifier of the remote user equipment UE and the identifier of the first session management function network element from the first session management function network element, and the first session management function network element is a transmission of the remote UE A session management function network element serving the remote UE before path switching;
统一数据管理网元接收来自第二会话管理功能网元的所述远端UE的标识,所述第二会话管理功能网元为所述远端UE的传输路径切换后服务于所述远端UE的会话管理功能网元;The unified data management network element receives the identifier of the remote UE from the second session management function network element, and the second session management function network element serves the remote UE after the transmission path of the remote UE is switched Session management function network element;
统一数据管理网元向所述第二会话管理功能网元发送所述第一会话管理功能网元的标识。The unified data management network element sends the identifier of the first session management function network element to the second session management function network element.
本申请实施例的有益效果可以参见上述方面,在此不再重复赘述。For the beneficial effects of the embodiments of the present application, reference may be made to the above aspects, and details are not repeated here.
第十五方面,本申请提供一种通信装置,所述通信装置可以为会话管理功能网元或者设置在会话管理功能网元内部的芯片。所述通信装置具备实现上述由会话管理功能网元或者设置在会话管理功能网元内部的芯片执行的功能,比如,所述通信装置包括执行上述第一方面、第三方面、第六方面、第八方面或第十三方面涉及步骤所对应的模块或单元或手段(means),所述功能或单元或手段可以通过软件实现,或者通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。In a fifteenth aspect, the present application provides a communication device. The communication device may be a session management function network element or a chip set inside the session management function network element. The communication device is capable of realizing the functions performed by the session management function network element or a chip set inside the session management function network element. For example, the communication device includes performing the first, third, sixth, and third The eighth aspect or the thirteenth aspect relates to the modules or units or means corresponding to the steps. The functions or units or means can be realized by software, or by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software.
在一种可能的设计中,所述通信装置包括处理单元、通信单元,其中,通信单元可以用于收发信号,以实现该通信装置和其它装置之间的通信,比如,通信单元用于接收来自中继UE的第一消息;处理单元可以用于执行该通信装置的一些内部操作。处理单元、通信单元执行的功能可以和上述各方面会话管理功能网元涉及的步骤相对应。In a possible design, the communication device includes a processing unit and a communication unit. The communication unit can be used to send and receive signals to achieve communication between the communication device and other devices. For example, the communication unit is used to receive Relay the first message of the UE; the processing unit may be used to perform some internal operations of the communication device. The functions performed by the processing unit and the communication unit may correspond to the steps involved in the above-mentioned various aspects of the session management function network element.
在一种可能的设计中,所述通信装置包括处理器,还可以包括收发器,所述收发器用于收发信号,所述处理器执行程序指令,以完成上述各方面中任意可能的设计或实现方式中的方法。其中,所述通信装置还可以包括一个或多个存储器,所述存储器用于与处理器耦合。所述一个或多个存储器可以和处理器集成在一起,也可以与处理器分离设置,本申请并不限定。存储器可以保存实现上述各方面涉及的功能的必要计算机程序或指令。所述处理器可执行所述存储器存储的计算机程序或指令,当所述计算机程序或指令被执行时,使得所述通信装置实现上述各方面会话管理功能网元涉及的任意可能的设计或实现方式中的方法。In a possible design, the communication device includes a processor, and may also include a transceiver. The transceiver is used to send and receive signals, and the processor executes program instructions to complete any possible design or implementation of the above aspects. The method in the way. Wherein, the communication device may further include one or more memories, and the memories are used for coupling with the processor. The one or more memories may be integrated with the processor, or may be provided separately from the processor, which is not limited in this application. The memory can store necessary computer programs or instructions to realize the functions involved in the above-mentioned various aspects. The processor can execute the computer program or instruction stored in the memory, and when the computer program or instruction is executed, the communication device realizes any possible design or implementation manner involved in the above-mentioned session management function network element. In the method.
在一种可能的设计中,所述通信装置包括处理器和存储器,存储器可以保存实现上述第一方面涉及的功能的必要计算机程序或指令。所述处理器可执行所述存储器存储的计算机程序或指令,当所述计算机程序或指令被执行时,使得所述通信装置实现上述各方面会话管理功能网元涉及的任意可能的设计或实现方式中的方法。In a possible design, the communication device includes a processor and a memory, and the memory can store necessary computer programs or instructions for realizing the functions involved in the first aspect. The processor can execute the computer program or instruction stored in the memory, and when the computer program or instruction is executed, the communication device realizes any possible design or implementation manner involved in the above-mentioned session management function network element. In the method.
在一种可能的设计中,所述通信装置包括至少一个处理器和接口电路,其中,至少一个处理器用于通过所述接口电路与其它装置通信,并执行上述各方面任意可能的设计或实现方式中由会话管理功能网元执行的方法。In a possible design, the communication device includes at least one processor and an interface circuit, where at least one processor is used to communicate with other devices through the interface circuit and execute any possible design or implementation of the above aspects In the method executed by the session management function network element.
第十六方面,本申请提供一种通信装置,所述通信装置可以为用户面功能网元或者设置在用户面功能网元内部的芯片。所述通信装置具备实现上述用户面功能网元或者设置在用户面功能网元内部的芯片执行的功能,比如,所述通信装置包括执行上述第二方面、第四方面涉及步骤所对应的模块或单元或手段,所述功能或单元或手段可以通过软件实现,或者通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。In a sixteenth aspect, the present application provides a communication device. The communication device may be a user plane functional network element or a chip set inside the user plane functional network element. The communication device is capable of realizing the functions performed by the user plane function network element or a chip set inside the user plane function network element. For example, the communication device includes modules or modules corresponding to the steps involved in the second and fourth aspects. Units or means, the functions or units or means can be realized by software, or by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software.
在一种可能的设计中,所述通信装置包括处理单元、通信单元,其中,通信单元可以用于收发信号,以实现该通信装置和其它装置之间的通信,比如,通信单元用于接收来自会话管理功能网元的配置消息;处理单元可以用于执行该通信装置的一些内部操作。处理单元、通信单元执行的功能可以和上述各方面涉及的步骤相对应。In a possible design, the communication device includes a processing unit and a communication unit. The communication unit can be used to send and receive signals to achieve communication between the communication device and other devices. For example, the communication unit is used to receive The configuration message of the session management function network element; the processing unit can be used to perform some internal operations of the communication device. The functions performed by the processing unit and the communication unit may correspond to the steps involved in the above aspects.
在一种可能的设计中,所述通信装置包括处理器,还可以包括收发器,所述收发器用于收发信号,所述处理器执行程序指令,以完成上述各方面中任意可能的设计或实现方式中的方法。其中,所述通信装置还可以包括一个或多个存储器,所述存储器用于与处理器耦合。所述一个或多个存储器可以和处理器集成在一起,也可以与处理器分离设置,本申请并不限定。存储器可以保存实现上述各方面涉及的功能的必要计算机程序或指令。所述处理器可执行所述存储器存储的计算机程序或指令,当所述计算机程序或指令被执行时,使得所述通信装置实现上述用户面功能网元方面任意可能的设计或实现方式中的方法。In a possible design, the communication device includes a processor, and may also include a transceiver. The transceiver is used to send and receive signals, and the processor executes program instructions to complete any possible design or implementation of the above aspects. The method in the way. Wherein, the communication device may further include one or more memories, and the memories are used for coupling with the processor. The one or more memories may be integrated with the processor, or may be provided separately from the processor, which is not limited in this application. The memory can store necessary computer programs or instructions to realize the functions involved in the above-mentioned various aspects. The processor can execute the computer program or instruction stored in the memory, and when the computer program or instruction is executed, the communication device realizes the method in any possible design or implementation manner of the above-mentioned user plane function network element .
在一种可能的设计中,所述通信装置包括处理器和存储器,存储器可以保存实现上述各方面涉及的功能的必要计算机程序或指令。所述处理器可执行所述存储器存储的计算机程序或指令,当所述计算机程序或指令被执行时,使得所述通信装置实现上述各方面任意可能的设计或实现方式中的方法。In a possible design, the communication device includes a processor and a memory, and the memory can store necessary computer programs or instructions for implementing the functions involved in the above aspects. The processor can execute the computer program or instruction stored in the memory, and when the computer program or instruction is executed, the communication device realizes the method in any possible design or implementation manner of the foregoing aspects.
在一种可能的设计中,所述通信装置包括至少一个处理器和接口电路,其中,至少一个处理器用于通过所述接口电路与其它装置通信,并执行上述用户面功能网元方面任意可能的设计或实现方式中的方法。In a possible design, the communication device includes at least one processor and an interface circuit, where at least one processor is used to communicate with other devices through the interface circuit and execute any possible network element of the user plane function described above. The method in the design or implementation.
在一种可能的设计中,该通信装置可以包括第一通信装置和第二通信装置,第一通信 装置为第一用户面功能网元或者设置在第一用户面功能网元内部的芯片、第二通信装置为第二用户面功能网元或者设置在第二用户面功能网元内部的芯片,所述第一通信装置具备实现上述第一用户面功能网元或者设置在第一用户面功能网元内部的芯片执行的功能,比如,所述通信装置包括执行上述第九方面、第十一方面涉及步骤所对应的模块或单元或手段,所述功能或单元或手段可以通过软件实现,或者通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述第二通信装置具备实现上述第二用户面功能网元或者设置在第二用户面功能网元内部的芯片执行的功能,比如,所述通信装置包括执行上述第十方面、第十二方面涉及步骤所对应的模块或单元或手段,所述功能或单元或手段可以通过软件实现,或者通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。In a possible design, the communication device may include a first communication device and a second communication device, and the first communication device is a first user plane function network element or a chip and a second communication device set inside the first user plane function network element. The second communication device is a second user plane function network element or a chip set inside the second user plane function network element, and the first communication device is equipped to implement the above-mentioned first user plane function network element or is set in the first user plane function network element. The function performed by the chip inside the element, for example, the communication device includes the module or unit or means corresponding to the steps involved in the ninth aspect and the eleventh aspect. The function or unit or means can be implemented by software, or by Hardware implementation can also be implemented by hardware executing corresponding software. The second communication device is capable of realizing the functions performed by the second user plane function network element or a chip set inside the second user plane function network element. For example, the communication device includes performing the tenth aspect and the twelfth aspect. Related to the modules or units or means corresponding to the steps, the functions or units or means can be realized by software, or by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software.
第十七方面,本申请提供一种通信装置,所述通信装置可以为中继UE或者设置在中继UE内部的芯片。所述通信装置具备实现上述中继UE或者设置在中继UE内部的芯片执行的功能,比如,所述通信装置包括执行上述第五方面涉及步骤所对应的模块或单元或手段,所述功能或单元或手段可以通过软件实现,或者通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。In a seventeenth aspect, the present application provides a communication device. The communication device may be a relay UE or a chip set inside the relay UE. The communication device has a function to implement the above-mentioned relay UE or a chip set inside the relay UE. For example, the communication device includes a module or unit or means corresponding to the steps involved in the fifth aspect. The function or The unit or means can be realized by software, or by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software.
在一种可能的设计中,所述通信装置包括处理单元、通信单元,其中,通信单元可以用于收发信号,以实现该通信装置和其它装置之间的通信,比如,通信单元用于接收来自会话管理功能网元的配置消息;处理单元可以用于执行该通信装置的一些内部操作。处理单元、通信单元执行的功能可以和上述各方面涉及的步骤相对应。In a possible design, the communication device includes a processing unit and a communication unit. The communication unit can be used to send and receive signals to achieve communication between the communication device and other devices. For example, the communication unit is used to receive The configuration message of the session management function network element; the processing unit can be used to perform some internal operations of the communication device. The functions performed by the processing unit and the communication unit may correspond to the steps involved in the above aspects.
在一种可能的设计中,所述通信装置包括处理器,还可以包括收发器,所述收发器用于收发信号,所述处理器执行程序指令,以完成上述各方面中任意可能的设计或实现方式中的方法。其中,所述通信装置还可以包括一个或多个存储器,所述存储器用于与处理器耦合。所述一个或多个存储器可以和处理器集成在一起,也可以与处理器分离设置,本申请并不限定。存储器可以保存实现上述各方面涉及的功能的必要计算机程序或指令。所述处理器可执行所述存储器存储的计算机程序或指令,当所述计算机程序或指令被执行时,使得所述通信装置实现上述中继UE方面任意可能的设计或实现方式中的方法。In a possible design, the communication device includes a processor, and may also include a transceiver. The transceiver is used to send and receive signals, and the processor executes program instructions to complete any possible design or implementation of the above aspects. The method in the way. Wherein, the communication device may further include one or more memories, and the memories are used for coupling with the processor. The one or more memories may be integrated with the processor, or may be provided separately from the processor, which is not limited in this application. The memory can store necessary computer programs or instructions to realize the functions involved in the above-mentioned various aspects. The processor can execute the computer program or instruction stored in the memory, and when the computer program or instruction is executed, the communication device realizes the method in any possible design or implementation manner of the above-mentioned relay UE aspect.
在一种可能的设计中,所述通信装置包括处理器和存储器,存储器可以保存实现上述各方面涉及的功能的必要计算机程序或指令。所述处理器可执行所述存储器存储的计算机程序或指令,当所述计算机程序或指令被执行时,使得所述通信装置实现上述各方面任意可能的设计或实现方式中的方法。In a possible design, the communication device includes a processor and a memory, and the memory can store necessary computer programs or instructions for implementing the functions involved in the above aspects. The processor can execute the computer program or instruction stored in the memory, and when the computer program or instruction is executed, the communication device realizes the method in any possible design or implementation manner of the foregoing aspects.
在一种可能的设计中,所述通信装置包括至少一个处理器和接口电路,其中,至少一个处理器用于通过所述接口电路与其它装置通信,并执行上述中继UE方面任意可能的设计或实现方式中的方法。In a possible design, the communication device includes at least one processor and an interface circuit, where at least one processor is used to communicate with other devices through the interface circuit, and execute any possible design or design in the aspect of relaying UE described above. The method in the implementation mode.
第十八方面,本申请提供一种通信装置,所述通信装置可以为远端UE或者设置在远端UE内部的芯片。所述通信装置具备实现上述远端UE或者设置在远端UE内部的芯片执行的功能,比如,所述通信装置包括执行上述第七方面涉及步骤所对应的模块或单元或手段,所述功能或单元或手段可以通过软件实现,或者通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。In an eighteenth aspect, the present application provides a communication device. The communication device may be a remote UE or a chip set inside the remote UE. The communication device is capable of implementing functions performed by the remote UE or a chip set inside the remote UE. For example, the communication device includes modules or units or means corresponding to the steps involved in the seventh aspect. The functions or The unit or means can be realized by software, or by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software.
在一种可能的设计中,所述通信装置包括处理单元、通信单元,其中,通信单元可以 用于收发信号,以实现该通信装置和其它装置之间的通信,比如,通信单元用于接收来自会话管理功能网元的配置消息;处理单元可以用于执行该通信装置的一些内部操作。处理单元、通信单元执行的功能可以和上述各方面涉及的步骤相对应。In a possible design, the communication device includes a processing unit and a communication unit. The communication unit can be used to send and receive signals to achieve communication between the communication device and other devices. For example, the communication unit is used to receive The configuration message of the session management function network element; the processing unit can be used to perform some internal operations of the communication device. The functions performed by the processing unit and the communication unit may correspond to the steps involved in the above aspects.
在一种可能的设计中,所述通信装置包括处理器,还可以包括收发器,所述收发器用于收发信号,所述处理器执行程序指令,以完成上述各方面中任意可能的设计或实现方式中的方法。其中,所述通信装置还可以包括一个或多个存储器,所述存储器用于与处理器耦合。所述一个或多个存储器可以和处理器集成在一起,也可以与处理器分离设置,本申请并不限定。存储器可以保存实现上述各方面涉及的功能的必要计算机程序或指令。所述处理器可执行所述存储器存储的计算机程序或指令,当所述计算机程序或指令被执行时,使得所述通信装置实现上述远端UE方面任意可能的设计或实现方式中的方法。In a possible design, the communication device includes a processor, and may also include a transceiver. The transceiver is used to send and receive signals, and the processor executes program instructions to complete any possible design or implementation of the above aspects. The method in the way. Wherein, the communication device may further include one or more memories, and the memories are used for coupling with the processor. The one or more memories may be integrated with the processor, or may be provided separately from the processor, which is not limited in this application. The memory can store necessary computer programs or instructions to realize the functions involved in the above-mentioned various aspects. The processor can execute the computer program or instruction stored in the memory, and when the computer program or instruction is executed, the communication device implements any possible design or implementation method of the remote UE.
在一种可能的设计中,所述通信装置包括处理器和存储器,存储器可以保存实现上述各方面涉及的功能的必要计算机程序或指令。所述处理器可执行所述存储器存储的计算机程序或指令,当所述计算机程序或指令被执行时,使得所述通信装置实现上述各方面任意可能的设计或实现方式中的方法。In a possible design, the communication device includes a processor and a memory, and the memory can store necessary computer programs or instructions for implementing the functions involved in the above aspects. The processor can execute the computer program or instruction stored in the memory, and when the computer program or instruction is executed, the communication device realizes the method in any possible design or implementation manner of the foregoing aspects.
在一种可能的设计中,所述通信装置包括至少一个处理器和接口电路,其中,至少一个处理器用于通过所述接口电路与其它装置通信,并执行上述远端UE方面任意可能的设计或实现方式中的方法。In a possible design, the communication device includes at least one processor and an interface circuit, where at least one processor is used to communicate with other devices through the interface circuit and execute any possible design or design of the remote UE described above. The method in the implementation mode.
第十八方面,本申请提供一种通信装置,所述通信装置可以为统一数据管理网元或者设置在统一数据管理网元内部的芯片。所述通信装置具备实现上述统一数据管理网元或者设置在统一数据管理网元内部的芯片执行的功能,比如,所述通信装置包括执行上述第十四方面涉及步骤所对应的模块或单元或手段,所述功能或单元或手段可以通过软件实现,或者通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。In an eighteenth aspect, the present application provides a communication device. The communication device may be a unified data management network element or a chip set inside the unified data management network element. The communication device has a function to implement the above-mentioned unified data management network element or a chip set inside the unified data management network element. For example, the communication device includes a module or unit or means corresponding to the steps involved in the fourteenth aspect. The functions, units, or means can be realized by software, or by hardware, and can also be realized by hardware executing corresponding software.
在一种可能的设计中,所述通信装置包括处理单元、通信单元,其中,通信单元可以用于收发信号,以实现该通信装置和其它装置之间的通信,比如,通信单元用于接收来自会话管理功能网元的配置消息;处理单元可以用于执行该通信装置的一些内部操作。处理单元、通信单元执行的功能可以和上述各方面涉及的步骤相对应。In a possible design, the communication device includes a processing unit and a communication unit. The communication unit can be used to send and receive signals to achieve communication between the communication device and other devices. For example, the communication unit is used to receive The configuration message of the session management function network element; the processing unit can be used to perform some internal operations of the communication device. The functions performed by the processing unit and the communication unit may correspond to the steps involved in the above aspects.
在一种可能的设计中,所述通信装置包括处理器,还可以包括收发器,所述收发器用于收发信号,所述处理器执行程序指令,以完成上述各方面中任意可能的设计或实现方式中的方法。其中,所述通信装置还可以包括一个或多个存储器,所述存储器用于与处理器耦合。所述一个或多个存储器可以和处理器集成在一起,也可以与处理器分离设置,本申请并不限定。存储器可以保存实现上述各方面涉及的功能的必要计算机程序或指令。所述处理器可执行所述存储器存储的计算机程序或指令,当所述计算机程序或指令被执行时,使得所述通信装置实现上述统一数据管理网元方面任意可能的设计或实现方式中的方法。In a possible design, the communication device includes a processor, and may also include a transceiver. The transceiver is used to send and receive signals, and the processor executes program instructions to complete any possible design or implementation of the above aspects. The method in the way. Wherein, the communication device may further include one or more memories, and the memories are used for coupling with the processor. The one or more memories may be integrated with the processor, or may be provided separately from the processor, which is not limited in this application. The memory can store necessary computer programs or instructions to realize the functions involved in the above-mentioned various aspects. The processor can execute the computer program or instruction stored in the memory, and when the computer program or instruction is executed, the communication device realizes the method in any possible design or implementation of the unified data management network element. .
在一种可能的设计中,所述通信装置包括处理器和存储器,存储器可以保存实现上述各方面涉及的功能的必要计算机程序或指令。所述处理器可执行所述存储器存储的计算机程序或指令,当所述计算机程序或指令被执行时,使得所述通信装置实现上述各方面任意可能的设计或实现方式中的方法。In a possible design, the communication device includes a processor and a memory, and the memory can store necessary computer programs or instructions for implementing the functions involved in the above aspects. The processor can execute the computer program or instruction stored in the memory, and when the computer program or instruction is executed, the communication device realizes the method in any possible design or implementation manner of the foregoing aspects.
在一种可能的设计中,所述通信装置包括至少一个处理器和接口电路,其中,至少一个处理器用于通过所述接口电路与其它装置通信,并执行上述统一数据管理网元方面任意 可能的设计或实现方式中的方法。In a possible design, the communication device includes at least one processor and an interface circuit, where at least one processor is used to communicate with other devices through the interface circuit and execute any possible aspect of the unified data management network element described above. The method in the design or implementation.
第十九方面,本申请提供一种计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机存储介质中存储有计算机可读指令,当计算机读取并执行所述计算机可读指令时,使得计算机执行上述各个方面的任一种可能的设计中的方法。In a nineteenth aspect, this application provides a computer-readable storage medium in which computer-readable instructions are stored. When the computer reads and executes the computer-readable instructions, the computer is allowed to execute the various aspects described above. Any possible design method.
第二十方面,本申请提供一种计算机程序产品,当计算机读取并执行所述计算机程序产品时,使得计算机执行上述各个方面的任一种可能的设计中的方法。In a twentieth aspect, this application provides a computer program product, which when a computer reads and executes the computer program product, causes the computer to execute any one of the possible design methods in the above-mentioned various aspects.
第二十一方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信系统,该通信系统包括会话管理功能网元和用户面功能网元,其中;In a twenty-first aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication system, which includes a session management function network element and a user plane function network element, where;
所述会话管理功能网元可以用于执行上述第一方面或第一方面中的任意一种方法。The session management function network element may be used to execute the first aspect or any one of the methods in the first aspect.
所述用户面功能网元可以用于执行上述第二方面或第二方面中的任意一种方法。The user plane function network element may be used to execute the second aspect or any one of the methods in the second aspect.
第二十二方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信系统,该通信系统包括会话管理功能网元、用户面功能网元和中继UE,其中;In a twenty-second aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication system, which includes a session management function network element, a user plane function network element, and a relay UE, where:
所述会话管理功能网元可以用于执行上述第三方面或第三方面中的任意一种方法。The session management function network element may be used to execute the third aspect or any one of the methods in the third aspect.
所述用户面功能网元可以用于执行上述第四方面或第四方面中的任意一种方法。The user plane function network element may be used to execute any one of the foregoing fourth aspect or the fourth aspect.
所述中继UE可以用于执行上述第五方面或第五方面中的任意一种方法。The relay UE may be used to execute any one of the above-mentioned fifth aspect or the fifth aspect.
第二十三方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信系统,该通信系统包括会话管理功能网元和远端UE,其中;In a twenty-third aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication system, which includes a session management function network element and a remote UE, where:
所述会话管理功能网元可以用于执行上述第六方面或第六方面中的任意一种方法。The session management function network element may be used to execute any one of the above-mentioned sixth aspect or the sixth aspect.
所述远端UE可以用于执行上述第七方面或第七方面中的任意一种方法。The remote UE may be used to execute any method in the seventh aspect or the seventh aspect described above.
第二十四方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信系统,该通信系统包括第一用户面功能网元和第二用户面功能网元,其中;In a twenty-fourth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication system, which includes a first user plane function network element and a second user plane function network element, where;
所述第一用户面功能网元可以用于执行上述第九方面或第九方面中的任意一种方法。The first user plane function network element may be used to execute any one of the aforementioned ninth aspect or the ninth aspect.
所述第二用户面功能网元可以用于执行上述第十方面或第十方面中的任意一种方法。The second user plane function network element may be used to execute any one of the tenth aspect or the tenth aspect described above.
第二十五方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信系统,该通信系统包括第一用户面功能网元和第二用户面功能网元,其中;In a twenty-fifth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication system, which includes a first user plane function network element and a second user plane function network element, wherein:
所述第一用户面功能网元可以用于执行上述第十一方面或第十一方面中的任意一种方法。The first user plane function network element may be used to execute any one of the above-mentioned eleventh aspect or the eleventh aspect.
所述第二用户面功能网元可以用于执行上述第十二方面或第十二方面中的任意一种方法。The second user plane function network element may be used to execute any one of the above-mentioned twelfth aspect or the twelfth aspect.
第二十六方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信系统,该通信系统包括第二会话管理功能网元、和统一数据管理网元,其中;In a twenty-sixth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication system, which includes a second session management function network element and a unified data management network element, where:
所述第二会话管理功能网元可以用于执行上述第十三方面或第十三方面中的任意一种方法。The second session management function network element may be used to execute any one of the above-mentioned thirteenth aspect or the thirteenth aspect.
所述统一数据管理网元可以用于执行上述第十四方面或第十四方面中的任意一种方法。The unified data management network element may be used to execute any one of the fourteenth aspect or the fourteenth aspect described above.
第二十七方面,本申请提供一种芯片,所述芯片包括处理器,所述处理器与存储器耦合,用于读取并执行所述存储器中存储的软件程序,以实现上述各个方面的任一种可能的设计中的方法。In a twenty-seventh aspect, the present application provides a chip that includes a processor, and the processor is coupled with a memory, and is configured to read and execute a software program stored in the memory to implement any of the above aspects. A possible design approach.
本申请的这些方面或其它方面在以下实施例的描述中会更加简明易懂。These and other aspects of the application will be more concise and understandable in the description of the following embodiments.
附图说明Description of the drawings
图1为现有技术提供的一种通信场景示意图;Fig. 1 is a schematic diagram of a communication scenario provided by the prior art;
图2为本申请实施例提供一种通信系统的架构示意图;FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of the architecture of a communication system provided by an embodiment of this application;
图3A至图3C为本申请实施例提供一种应用通信场景示意图;3A to 3C are schematic diagrams of an application communication scenario provided by an embodiment of this application;
图4为本申请实施例提供的第一种实现业务连续性的方法流程示意图;FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of the first method for realizing business continuity provided by an embodiment of this application;
图5A为本申请实施例提供的另一种实现业务连续性的方法流程示意图;FIG. 5A is a schematic flowchart of another method for realizing business continuity provided by an embodiment of this application;
图5B为本申请实施例提供的一种应用通信场景示意图;FIG. 5B is a schematic diagram of an application communication scenario provided by an embodiment of this application;
图6为本申请实施例提供的第二种实现业务连续性的方法流程示意图;FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of a second method for realizing business continuity provided by an embodiment of this application;
图7A为本申请实施例提供的另一种实现业务连续性的方法流程示意图;FIG. 7A is a schematic flowchart of another method for realizing business continuity provided by an embodiment of the application;
图7B为本申请实施例提供的一种应用通信场景示意图;FIG. 7B is a schematic diagram of an application communication scenario provided by an embodiment of this application;
图8为本申请实施例提供的第三种实现业务连续性的方法流程示意图;FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart of a third method for realizing business continuity provided by an embodiment of this application;
图9A为本申请实施例提供的另一种实现业务连续性的方法流程示意图;FIG. 9A is a schematic flowchart of another method for realizing business continuity provided by an embodiment of this application;
图9B为本申请实施例提供的一种应用通信场景示意图;FIG. 9B is a schematic diagram of an application communication scenario provided by an embodiment of this application;
图10A为本申请实施例提供的第四种实现业务连续性的方法流程示意图;FIG. 10A is a schematic flowchart of a fourth method for realizing business continuity provided by an embodiment of this application; FIG.
图10B为本申请实施例提供的一种应用通信场景示意图;FIG. 10B is a schematic diagram of an application communication scenario provided by an embodiment of this application;
图10C为本申请实施例提供的一种应用通信场景示意图;FIG. 10C is a schematic diagram of an application communication scenario provided by an embodiment of this application;
图11A为本申请实施例提供的第五种实现业务连续性的方法流程示意图;FIG. 11A is a schematic flowchart of a fifth method for realizing business continuity provided by an embodiment of this application; FIG.
图11B为本申请实施例提供的一种应用通信场景示意图;FIG. 11B is a schematic diagram of an application communication scenario provided by an embodiment of this application;
图12A为本申请实施例提供的第五种实现业务连续性的方法流程示意图;FIG. 12A is a schematic flowchart of a fifth method for realizing business continuity according to an embodiment of this application;
图12B为本申请实施例提供的一种应用通信场景示意图;FIG. 12B is a schematic diagram of an application communication scenario provided by an embodiment of this application;
图12C为本申请实施例提供的一种应用通信场景示意图;FIG. 12C is a schematic diagram of an application communication scenario provided by an embodiment of this application;
图13A为本申请实施例提供的第五种实现业务连续性的方法流程示意图;FIG. 13A is a schematic flowchart of a fifth method for realizing business continuity according to an embodiment of this application;
图13B为本申请实施例提供的一种应用通信场景示意图;FIG. 13B is a schematic diagram of an application communication scenario provided by an embodiment of this application;
图14为本申请实施例中所涉及的装置的可能的示例性框图;FIG. 14 is a possible exemplary block diagram of a device involved in an embodiment of this application;
图15为本申请实施例提供的一种终端设备的结构示意图;FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device provided by an embodiment of this application;
图16为本申请实施例提供的一种网络设备的结构示意图。FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device provided by an embodiment of this application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
为了使本申请实施例的目的、技术方案和优点更加清楚,下面将结合附图对本申请实施例作进一步地详细描述。In order to make the objectives, technical solutions, and advantages of the embodiments of the present application clearer, the embodiments of the present application will be further described in detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
以下,对本申请实施例中的部分用语进行解释说明,以便于本领域技术人员理解。Hereinafter, some terms in the embodiments of the present application will be explained to facilitate the understanding of those skilled in the art.
1)终端设备(terminal equipment),又称之为终端、用户设备(user equipment,UE)、移动台(mobile station,MS)、移动终端(mobile terminal,MT)等,是一种向用户提供语音和/或数据连通性的设备,例如可以包括具有无线连接功能的手持式设备、或连接到无线调制解调器的处理设备。1) Terminal equipment (terminal equipment), also known as terminal, user equipment (UE), mobile station (MS), mobile terminal (MT), etc., is a way of providing voice to users And/or data connectivity devices, for example, may include a handheld device with a wireless connection function, or a processing device connected to a wireless modem.
该终端可以经无线接入网(radio access network,RAN)与核心网进行通信,与RAN交换语音和/或数据。该终端可以包括用户设备(user equipment,UE)、无线终端、移动终端、订户单元(subscriber unit)、用户站(subscriber station),移动站(mobile station)、远端站(remote station)、接入点(access point,AP)、远端终端(remote terminal)、接入终 端(access terminal)、用户终端(user terminal)、用户代理(user agent)、或用户装备(user device)等。在本申请实施例中,远端UE(远端UE)可以通过接入网设备连接到网络,也可以通过中继UE(relay UE)连接到网络。The terminal can communicate with the core network via a radio access network (RAN), and exchange voice and/or data with the RAN. The terminal may include user equipment (UE), wireless terminal, mobile terminal, subscriber unit (subscriber unit), subscriber station (subscriber station), mobile station (mobile station), remote station (remote station), access Point (access point, AP), remote terminal (remote terminal), access terminal (access terminal), user terminal (user terminal), user agent (user agent), or user equipment (user device), etc. In the embodiments of the present application, a remote UE (remote UE) may be connected to the network through an access network device, or may be connected to the network through a relay UE (relay UE).
例如,可以包括移动电话(或称为“蜂窝”电话),具有移动终端的计算机,便携式、袖珍式、手持式、计算机内置的或者车载的移动装置,智能穿戴式设备等。例如,个人通信业务(personal communication service,PCS)电话、无绳电话、会话发起协议(session initiation protocol,SIP)话机、无线本地环路(wireless local loop,WLL)站、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant,PDA)、等设备。For example, it may include mobile phones (or "cellular" phones), computers with mobile terminals, portable, pocket-sized, handheld, computer-built or vehicle-mounted mobile devices, smart wearable devices, and so on. For example, personal communication service (PCS) phones, cordless phones, session initiation protocol (SIP) phones, wireless local loop (WLL) stations, personal digital assistants, PDA), and other equipment.
或者,终端设备还可以包括受限设备,例如功耗较低的设备,或存储能力有限的设备,或计算能力有限的设备等。例如包括条码、射频识别(radio frequency identification,RFID)、传感器、全球定位系统(global positioning system,GPS)、激光扫描器等信息传感设备。Alternatively, the terminal device may also include restricted devices, such as devices with low power consumption, or devices with limited storage capabilities, or devices with limited computing capabilities. Examples include barcodes, radio frequency identification (RFID), sensors, global positioning system (GPS), laser scanners and other information sensing equipment.
作为示例而非限定,在本申请实施例中,智能穿戴式设备,是应用穿戴式技术对日常穿戴进行智能化设计、开发出可以穿戴的设备的总称,如眼镜、手套、手表、服饰及鞋等。智能穿戴式设备即直接穿在身上,或是整合到用户的衣服或配件的一种便携式设备。As an example and not a limitation, in the embodiments of this application, smart wearable devices are the general term for using wearable technology to intelligently design daily wear and develop wearable devices, such as glasses, gloves, watches, clothing and shoes Wait. A smart wearable device is a portable device that is directly worn on the body or integrated into the user's clothes or accessories.
智能穿戴式设备不仅仅是一种硬件设备,更是通过软件支持以及数据交互、云端交互来实现强大的功能。广义智能穿戴式设备包括功能全、尺寸大、可不依赖智能手机实现完整或者部分的功能,例如:智能手表或智能眼镜等,以及只专注于某一类应用功能,需要和其它设备如智能手机配合使用,如各类进行体征监测的智能手环、智能头盔、智能首饰等。Smart wearable devices are not only a hardware device, but also realize powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction. Broadly speaking, smart wearable devices include full-featured, large-sized, complete or partial functions that can be achieved without relying on smart phones, such as smart watches or smart glasses, etc., and only focus on a certain type of application function, and need to cooperate with other devices such as smart phones. Use, such as all kinds of smart bracelets, smart helmets, smart jewelry, etc. for physical sign monitoring.
或者,该终端还可以是虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)设备、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)设备、工业控制(industrial control)中的无线终端、无人驾驶(driverless)中的无线终端、远端手术(remote medical surgery)中的无线终端、智能电网(smart grid)中的无线终端、运输安全(transportation safety)中的无线终端、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端、智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端等。Alternatively, the terminal may also be a virtual reality (VR) device, an augmented reality (AR) device, a wireless terminal in industrial control, a wireless terminal in driverless, and a remote Wireless terminal in remote medical surgery, wireless terminal in smart grid, wireless terminal in transportation safety, wireless terminal in smart city, smart home ) In the wireless terminal, etc.
2)(无线)接入网((radio)access network,(R)AN)设备,例如包括基站(例如,接入点),可以是指接入网中在空口通过一个或多个小区与无线终端通信的设备。(无线)接入网设备可用于将收到的空中帧与网际协议(IP)分组进行相互转换,作为远端UE与接入网的其余部分之间的路由器,其中接入网的其余部分可包括IP网络。(无线)接入网设备还可协调对空口的属性管理。2) (Radio) access network ((radio) access network, (R) AN) equipment, for example, includes a base station (e.g., access point), which may refer to the radio access network through one or more cells on the air interface. Terminal communication equipment. The (wireless) access network equipment can be used to convert received air frames and Internet Protocol (IP) packets to each other, as a router between the remote UE and the rest of the access network, where the rest of the access network can be Including IP networks. The (wireless) access network equipment can also coordinate the attribute management of the air interface.
例如,(无线)接入网设备可以包括无线网络控制器(radio network controller,RNC)、节点B(Node B,NB)、基站控制器(base station controller,BSC)、基站收发台(base transceiver station,BTS)、家庭基站(例如,home evolved NodeB,或home Node B,HNB)、基带单元(base band unit,BBU),或无线保真(wireless fidelity,Wi-Fi)接入点(access point,AP)等。For example, (wireless) access network equipment may include radio network controller (RNC), node B (Node B, NB), base station controller (BSC), and base transceiver station (base transceiver station). , BTS), home base station (for example, home evolved NodeB, or home Node B, HNB), baseband unit (BBU), or wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) access point (access point, AP) and so on.
(无线)接入网设备也可以包括长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统或演进的LTE系统(LTE-Advanced,LTE-A)或者第四代移动通信技术(the 4th generation mobile communication technology,4G)系统中的演进型基站(NodeB或eNB或e-NodeB,evolutional Node B)。The (wireless) access network equipment may also include a long term evolution (LTE) system or an evolved LTE system (LTE-Advanced, LTE-A) or the 4th generation mobile communication technology (4G) ) Evolved base station (NodeB or eNB or e-NodeB, evolutional Node B) in the system.
或者,(无线)接入网设备也可以包括5G系统或新无线(new radio,NR)系统中的下一代节点B(next generation node B,gNB)、收发点(transmission and reception point, TRP),或传输点(transmission point,TP)。Alternatively, the (wireless) access network equipment may also include the next generation node B (gNB) and the transmission and reception point (TRP) in the 5G system or the new radio (NR) system, Or transmission point (TP).
或者,(无线)接入网设备可以也可以包括云接入网(cloud radio access network,CloudRAN)系统中的集中式单元(centralized unit,CU)和/或分布式单元(distributed unit,DU),本申请实施例并不限定。在本申请实施例中,技术术语“(无线)接入网设备”和“接入网设备”可以互换使用。Alternatively, the (wireless) access network equipment may also include a centralized unit (CU) and/or a distributed unit (DU) in a cloud radio access network (CloudRAN) system, The embodiments of the application are not limited. In the embodiments of the present application, the technical terms "(wireless) access network equipment" and "access network equipment" can be used interchangeably.
3)核心网(core network,CN)设备,与多个接入网连接,包括电路交换(Circuit Switched,CS)域和/或数据交换(Packet Switched,PS)域,CS网元有移动交换中心,访问位置寄存器和网关移动交换中心,PS网元有通用分组无线服务(general packet radio service,GPRS)节点和网关GPRS支持节点。一些网元如归属位置寄存器,访问位置寄存器,鉴权中心可以CS域和PS域共享。3) The core network (CN) equipment is connected to multiple access networks, including the circuit switched (CS) domain and/or the data switching (Packet Switched, PS) domain. The CS network element has a mobile switching center , Visit location register and gateway mobile switching center, PS network element has general packet radio service (general packet radio service, GPRS) node and gateway GPRS support node. Some network elements such as home location register, visitor location register, authentication center can be shared by CS domain and PS domain.
4)本申请实施例中“多个”是指两个或两个以上,鉴于此,本申请实施例中也可以将“多个”理解为“至少两个”。“至少一个”,可理解为一个或多个,例如理解为一个、两个或更多个。4) In the embodiments of the present application, "multiple" refers to two or more than two. In view of this, "multiple" can also be understood as "at least two" in the embodiments of the present application. "At least one" can be understood as one or more, for example, one, two or more.
例如,包括至少一个,是指包括一个、两个或更多个,而且不限制包括的是哪几个,例如,包括A、B和C中的至少一个,那么包括的可以是A、B、C、A和B、A和C、B和C、或A和B和C。For example, including at least one refers to including one, two or more, and does not limit which ones are included. For example, including at least one of A, B, and C, then the included can be A, B, C, A and B, A and C, B and C, or A and B and C.
“和/或”,描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。"And/or" describes the association relationship of the associated objects, indicating that there can be three types of relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A alone exists, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone.
另外,字符“/”,如无特殊说明,一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。本申请实施例中的术语“系统”和“网络”可被互换使用。In addition, the character "/", unless otherwise specified, generally indicates that the associated objects before and after are in an "or" relationship. The terms "system" and "network" in the embodiments of this application can be used interchangeably.
除非有相反的说明,本申请实施例提及“第一”、“第二”等序数词用于对多个对象进行区分,不用于限定多个对象的顺序、时序、优先级或者重要程度。Unless otherwise stated, ordinal numbers such as “first” and “second” mentioned in the embodiments of the present application are used to distinguish multiple objects, and are not used to limit the order, timing, priority, or importance of multiple objects.
如上介绍了本申请实施例涉及的一些概念,下面介绍本申请实施例的技术特征。Some concepts related to the embodiments of the present application are introduced as above, and the technical features of the embodiments of the present application are introduced below.
鉴于此,本申请实施例提供一种实现业务连续性的方法,该方法中会话管理功能网元向UPF网元配置传输路径切换前后UPF网元传输所述远端UE的数据所使用的第一地址和第二地址之间的映射关系,使得UPF网元可以根据该映射关系,实现远端UE和网络服务器沿用传输路径切换前所使用的地址进行通信,从而保证远端UE的业务的连续性。In view of this, the embodiments of the present application provide a method for realizing service continuity. In this method, the session management function network element configures the transmission path to the UPF network element before and after the UPF network element transmits the data of the remote UE. The mapping relationship between the address and the second address enables the UPF network element to implement communication between the remote UE and the network server using the address used before the transmission path switch based on the mapping relationship, thereby ensuring the continuity of the service of the remote UE .
其中,方法和装置是基于同一发明构思的,由于方法及装置解决问题的原理相似,因此装置与方法的实施可以相互参见,重复之处不再赘述。本申请实施例的描述中,“和/或”,描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。字符“/”一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。本申请中所涉及的至少一个是指一个或多个;多个,是指两个或两个以上。另外,需要理解的是,本申请实施例中,核心网设备和接入网设备均可以称为网络设备。在本申请的描述中,为方便说明,本申请实施例可以用“第一”、“第二”等词汇来区分描述,可以理解的是,该类词汇不能理解为指示或暗示相对重要性,也不能理解为指示或暗示顺序。Among them, the method and the device are based on the same inventive concept. Since the principles of the method and the device to solve the problem are similar, the implementation of the device and the method can be referred to each other, and the repetition will not be repeated. In the description of the embodiments of the present application, “and/or” describes the association relationship of the associated objects, indicating that there can be three types of relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A alone exists, and both A and B exist separately. There are three cases of B. The character "/" generally indicates that the associated objects before and after are in an "or" relationship. At least one involved in this application refers to one or more; multiple refers to two or more. In addition, it should be understood that, in the embodiments of the present application, both the core network device and the access network device may be referred to as network devices. In the description of this application, for the convenience of explanation, the embodiments of this application may use words such as "first" and "second" to distinguish the description. It is understandable that such words cannot be understood as indicating or implying relative importance. Nor can it be understood as indicating or implying order.
本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统,例如:长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统,全球互联微波接入(worldwide interoperability for microwave access,WiMAX)通信系统,第五代(5th Generation,5G)通信系统,如新一代无线接入技术(new radio access technology,NR)及未来的通信系统,如6G系统等。具体的,例如,可以应 用于机器型态通讯(machine type communication,MTC)的通信场景,也可以应用于基于蜂窝的窄带物联网(narrow band internet of things,NB-IoT)的通信场景,也可以应用于任意下行小数据包的传输场景。The technical solutions of the embodiments of this application can be applied to various communication systems, such as long term evolution (LTE) systems, worldwide interoperability for microwave access (WiMAX) communication systems, and the fifth generation (5th generation). Generation, 5G) communication systems, such as new radio access technology (NR) and future communication systems, such as 6G systems. Specifically, for example, it can be applied to machine type communication (MTC) communication scenarios, and it can also be applied to cellular-based narrowband internet of things (NB-IoT) communication scenarios, or It is applied to any downlink small data packet transmission scenario.
下面将结合附图,对本申请实施例进行详细描述。The embodiments of the present application will be described in detail below in conjunction with the accompanying drawings.
图2为本申请实施例适用的一种可能的通信系统的架构示意图。如图2所示统的通信系统架构同样分为无线接入网和核心网两部分。无线接入网为下一代无线接入网(next generation radio access networks,NG-RAN),用于实现无线接入有关的功能。核心网包括:接入和移动性管理功能(access and mobility management function,AMF)网元、会话管理功能(session management function,SMF)网元、用户面功能(user plane function,UPF)网元、统一数据管理(unified data management,UDM)网元等。其中,AMF网元主要负责移动性管理。AMF网元也可称为AMF设备或AMF实体。SMF网元主要负责会话管理。SMF网元也可称为SMF设备或SMF实体。UPF网元主要负责对用户报文进行处理,例如转发等。UE可以通过建立从UE到NG-RAN到UPF到数据网络(data network,DN)之间的会话来访问DN。UDM网元主要用于存储远端UE的签约信息。FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of the architecture of a possible communication system to which the embodiments of this application are applicable. As shown in Figure 2, the unified communication system architecture is also divided into two parts: the wireless access network and the core network. The radio access network is the next generation radio access network (NG-RAN), which is used to implement functions related to radio access. The core network includes: access and mobility management function (AMF) network elements, session management function (SMF) network elements, user plane function (UPF) network elements, unified Data management (unified data management, UDM) network elements, etc. Among them, the AMF network element is mainly responsible for mobility management. AMF network elements may also be called AMF devices or AMF entities. The SMF network element is mainly responsible for session management. The SMF network element may also be referred to as an SMF device or an SMF entity. The UPF network element is mainly responsible for processing user messages, such as forwarding. The UE can access the DN by establishing a session from the UE to the NG-RAN to the UPF to the data network (DN). The UDM network element is mainly used to store the subscription information of the remote UE.
应理解的是,本申请实施例提供的通信系统架构仅为一种示例,可以应用于5G系统、先进的长期演进(advanced long term evolution,LTE-A)系统、全球微波互联接入(worldwide interoperability for microwave access,WiMAX),或无线局域网络(wireless local area networks,WLAN)系统等。It should be understood that the communication system architecture provided by the embodiments of the present application is only an example, which can be applied to 5G systems, advanced long term evolution (LTE-A) systems, and worldwide microwave interconnection access (worldwide interoperability). for microwave access, WiMAX), or wireless local area networks (WLAN) systems, etc.
此外,所述通信系统架构还可以适用于面向未来的通信技术,本申请实施例描述的通信系统架构是为了更加清楚的说明本申请实施例的技术方案,并不构成对于本申请实施例提供的技术方案的限定,本领域普通技术人员可知,随着网络架构的演变,本申请实施例提供的技术方案对于类似的技术问题,同样适用。In addition, the communication system architecture may also be suitable for future-oriented communication technologies. The communication system architecture described in the embodiments of the present application is intended to more clearly illustrate the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application, and does not constitute a reference to the embodiments of the present application. As for the limitation of technical solutions, those of ordinary skill in the art will know that with the evolution of the network architecture, the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application are equally applicable to similar technical problems.
为便于说明,以该方法应用于图2所示的通信系统架构为例。以下描述中,交互的设备可以包括远端UE、中继UE、RAN、SMF、UPF和UDM等。For ease of description, take the method applied to the communication system architecture shown in FIG. 2 as an example. In the following description, the interactive equipment may include remote UE, relay UE, RAN, SMF, UPF, UDM, and so on.
本申请实施例提供一种实现业务连续性的方法,该方法可以应用于远端UE从直接接入RAN切换为远端UE通过中继UE接入RAN的场景,如图3A所示,该场景中,当远端UE与RAN之间通信信号不好时,远端UE从直接接入RAN切换为通过中继UE接入RAN,即从直通通信链路切换为非直通通信链路。这样,在传输路径切换后,远端UE就可以通过中继UE和UPF之间的传输路径,传输与网络服务器之间的上下行数据。在该场景中,传输路径切换指的是:远端UE从利用自身建立的PDU会话连接到网络的第一传输路径,切换为远端UE通过中继UE的PDU会话连接到网络的第二传输路径。The embodiment of the application provides a method for realizing service continuity. The method can be applied to a scenario where a remote UE switches from directly accessing the RAN to a scenario where the remote UE accesses the RAN through a relay UE, as shown in FIG. 3A. When the communication signal between the remote UE and the RAN is not good, the remote UE switches from directly accessing the RAN to accessing the RAN through the relay UE, that is, switching from the direct communication link to the non-direct communication link. In this way, after the transmission path is switched, the remote UE can transmit the uplink and downlink data with the network server through the transmission path between the relay UE and the UPF. In this scenario, transmission path switching refers to: the remote UE switches from the first transmission path that uses its own PDU session to connect to the network, and switches to the second transmission path that the remote UE connects to the network by relaying the UE’s PDU session. path.
或者,本申请实施例所提供的方法可以应用于远端UE从接入第一中继UE切换为远端UE接入第二中继UE的场景,如图3B所示,该场景中,当远端UE的位置移动或者远端UE与第一中继UE之间通信信号不好时,远端UE就从连接第一中继UE切换为连接第二中继UE,即从第一非直通通信链路切换为第二非直通通信链路。这样,在传输路径切换后,远端UE就可以通过第二中继UE和UPF之间的传输路径,传输与网络服务器之间的上下行数据。在该场景中,传输路径切换指的是:远端UE从利用第一中继UE建立的PDU会话连接到网络的第一传输路径,切换为远端UE通过第二中继UE的PDU会话连接到网络的第二传输路径。Alternatively, the method provided in the embodiments of the present application can be applied to a scenario where the remote UE switches from accessing the first relay UE to the remote UE accessing the second relay UE. As shown in FIG. 3B, in this scenario, when When the location of the remote UE moves or the communication signal between the remote UE and the first relay UE is not good, the remote UE switches from connecting to the first relay UE to connecting to the second relay UE, that is, from the first non-direct connection The communication link is switched to the second non-direct communication link. In this way, after the transmission path is switched, the remote UE can transmit the uplink and downlink data with the network server through the transmission path between the second relay UE and the UPF. In this scenario, transmission path switching refers to: the remote UE connects to the first transmission path of the network from the PDU session established by the first relay UE to the remote UE through the PDU session connection of the second relay UE. The second transmission path to the network.
或者,本申请实施例所提供的方法可以应用于远端UE从接入中继UE切换为远端UE 直接接入RAN的场景,如图3C所示,该场景中,当远端UE与中继UE之间通信信号不好时,远端UE切换为直接接入RAN,即从非直通通信链路切换为直通通信链路。这样,在传输路径切换后,远端UE就可以通过直通通信链路,传输与网络服务器之间的上下行数据。在该场景中,传输路径切换指的是:远端UE从利用中继UE建立的PDU会话连接到网络的第一传输路径,切换为远端UE通过自身建立的PDU会话连接到网络的第二传输路径。Alternatively, the method provided in the embodiments of the present application can be applied to a scenario where a remote UE switches from an access relay UE to a remote UE directly accessing the RAN. As shown in FIG. 3C, in this scenario, when the remote UE is When the communication signal between the UEs is not good, the remote UE switches to directly access the RAN, that is, switches from a non-direct communication link to a direct communication link. In this way, after the transmission path is switched, the remote UE can transmit the uplink and downlink data with the network server through the direct communication link. In this scenario, transmission path switching refers to: the remote UE connects to the first transmission path of the network from the PDU session established by the relay UE, and switches to the second transmission path that the remote UE connects to the network through the PDU session established by itself. Transmission path.
需要说明是,本申请中,直通通信链路指的是:远端UE建立PDU会话,远端UE利用自己的PDU会话连接到网络。非直通通信链路指的是:中继UE建立PDU会话,远端UE通过中继UE的PDU会话连接到网络。It should be noted that, in this application, the direct communication link refers to: a remote UE establishes a PDU session, and the remote UE uses its own PDU session to connect to the network. The non-direct communication link refers to: the relay UE establishes a PDU session, and the remote UE connects to the network through the PDU session of the relay UE.
下面结合附图介绍本申请实施例提供的技术方案。The following describes the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application in conjunction with the accompanying drawings.
实施例一Example one
参见图4所示,为本申请实施例提供的第一种实现业务连续性的方法流程示意图,该方法中,远端UE的传输路径在切换前后由同一个SMF网元负责管理,并且切换前后传输路径上的UPF网元为同一个UPF网元,该方法包括如下步骤。Refer to Figure 4, which is a schematic flow chart of the first method for realizing service continuity provided by the embodiment of this application. In this method, the transmission path of the remote UE is managed by the same SMF network element before and after the handover, and before and after the handover The UPF network elements on the transmission path are the same UPF network element, and the method includes the following steps.
步骤401、远端UE切换至中继UE,通过中继UE连接到网络,远端UE可以与中继UE建立PC5通信链接,远端UE将在该PC5通信链接中用于通信的第四地址(假设用IP3表示)通知至中继UE。Step 401: The remote UE switches to the relay UE, and connects to the network through the relay UE. The remote UE can establish a PC5 communication link with the relay UE, and the remote UE will use the fourth address for communication in the PC5 communication link. (Assuming that it is represented by IP3), it is notified to the relay UE.
示例性地,如图3A所示,远端UE从直接接入RAN切换为通过中继UE接入RAN,即从直通通信链路切换为非直通通信链路,在远端的传输路径切换之前的直通通信链路中,远端UE在发送数据所使用的地址为第一地址,即传输路径切换之前远端UE使用的地址为第一地址,传输路径切换之后远端UE和中继UE通信所使用的地址为第四地址。Exemplarily, as shown in FIG. 3A, the remote UE switches from directly accessing the RAN to accessing the RAN through the relay UE, that is, switching from the direct communication link to the non-direct communication link, before the remote transmission path is switched In the direct communication link, the address used by the remote UE to send data is the first address, that is, the address used by the remote UE before the transmission path is switched is the first address, and the remote UE communicates with the relay UE after the transmission path is switched. The address used is the fourth address.
或者,如图3B所示,远端UE从接入第一中继UE切换为接入第二中继UE,即从第一非直通通信链路切换为第二非直通通信链路,在远端的传输路径切换之前的第一非直通通信链路中,远端UE在向第一中继UE发送数据所使用的地址也为第四地址,即传输路径切换之前远端UE和第一中继UE通信所使用的地址为第四地址,传输路径切换之后远端UE和第二中继UE通信所使用的地址仍为第四地址。Or, as shown in FIG. 3B, the remote UE switches from accessing the first relay UE to accessing the second relay UE, that is, switches from the first non-direct communication link to the second non-direct communication link, and the remote In the first non-direct communication link before the transmission path switch of the remote end, the address used by the remote UE to send data to the first relay UE is also the fourth address, that is, the remote UE and the first intermediate link before the transmission path switch After the address used for UE communication is the fourth address, the address used for communication between the remote UE and the second relay UE is still the fourth address after the transmission path is switched.
步骤402、中继UE向SMF网元发送第一消息。Step 402: The relay UE sends the first message to the SMF network element.
其中,该第一消息可以是PDU会话建立消息,或者是PDU会话修改请求消息。若第一消息是PDU会话建立消息,中继UE建立PDU会话之后,为远端UE分配了第二地址(假设用IP2-1表示)。另外,第一消息还可以是远端UE信息上报(remote user report)消息。Wherein, the first message may be a PDU session establishment message or a PDU session modification request message. If the first message is a PDU session establishment message, after the relay UE establishes the PDU session, the remote UE is assigned a second address (assumed to be represented by IP2-1). In addition, the first message may also be a remote user report (remote user report) message.
示例性地,结合图3B来说,远端UE从第一中继UE切换至第二中继UE,远端UE向该第二中继UE发送中继接入请求消息,消息中至少包括远端UE的标识信息(例如远端UE ID)。该远端UE的标识信息还可以用于指示远端UE的传输路径发生切换,以便于SMF网元确定远端UE的传输路径发生切换。Exemplarily, with reference to FIG. 3B, the remote UE is handed over from the first relay UE to the second relay UE, and the remote UE sends a relay access request message to the second relay UE. The message includes at least the remote UE. The identification information of the end UE (for example, the remote UE ID). The identification information of the remote UE may also be used to indicate that the transmission path of the remote UE is switched, so that the SMF network element can determine that the transmission path of the remote UE is switched.
在一种可能的实施例中,第一消息还可能包括第一指示,例如传输路径切换指示(path switch indication),第一指示用于指示请求切换远端UE的传输路径。示例性地,结合图3B来说,远端UE从第一中继UE切换至第二中继UE,远端UE向该第二中继UE发送中继接入请求消息,第二中继UE收到该中继接入请求消息后,第二中继UE向SMF网元发送会话建立消息,或者是PDU会话修改请求消息,且在该消息中承载远端UE的标识信息和 第一指示,以便于SMF网元根据第一指示确定远端UE的传输路径发生切换。In a possible embodiment, the first message may also include a first indication, such as a transmission path switching indication (path switching indication), where the first indication is used to indicate a request to switch the transmission path of the remote UE. Exemplarily, with reference to FIG. 3B, the remote UE switches from the first relay UE to the second relay UE, the remote UE sends a relay access request message to the second relay UE, and the second relay UE After receiving the relay access request message, the second relay UE sends a session establishment message or a PDU session modification request message to the SMF network element, and the message carries the identification information of the remote UE and the first indication. So that the SMF network element determines that the transmission path of the remote UE is switched according to the first indication.
步骤403、SMF网元确定与远端UE的标识对应的第一地址和第二地址。Step 403: The SMF network element determines the first address and the second address corresponding to the identifier of the remote UE.
其中,第一地址指的是远端UE在传输路径切换之前,UPF网元传输远端UE的数据所使用的地址。第二地址指的是远端UE在传输路径切换之后,UPF网元传输远端UE的数据所使用的地址。The first address refers to the address used by the UPF network element to transmit the data of the remote UE before the remote UE is switched. The second address refers to the address used by the UPF network element to transmit the data of the remote UE after the transmission path is switched.
需要说明的是,本申请实施例中的地址可以是地址和端口号中的至少一种。例如,第一地址可以为IPv4地址+端口号;或者第一地址为IPv6地址。It should be noted that the address in the embodiment of the present application may be at least one of an address and a port number. For example, the first address may be an IPv4 address+port number; or the first address may be an IPv6 address.
示例性地,结合图3A来说,第一地址指的是传输路径切换之前的通信链路中远端UE使用的地址,该地址是SMF网元为远端UE配置的,第二地址指的是传输路径切换之后的通信链路中,中继UE在建立了PDU会话后为远端UE配置的地址。结合图3B来说,第一地址指的是传输路径切换之前的通信链路中,第一中继UE在建立了PDU会话后为远端UE配置的地址,第二地址指的是传输路径切换之后的通信链路中,第二中继UE在建立了PDU会话后为远端UE配置的地址。Exemplarily, with reference to FIG. 3A, the first address refers to the address used by the remote UE in the communication link before the transmission path switch, the address is configured by the SMF network element for the remote UE, and the second address refers to It is the address configured by the relay UE for the remote UE after the PDU session is established in the communication link after the transmission path is switched. With reference to Figure 3B, the first address refers to the address configured by the first relay UE for the remote UE after the PDU session is established in the communication link before the transmission path switch, and the second address refers to the transmission path switch In the subsequent communication link, the second relay UE configures the address for the remote UE after establishing the PDU session.
针对第一地址,具体来说,SMF网元可以采用如下任意一种或多种方式确定第一地址。For the first address, specifically, the SMF network element may use any one or more of the following methods to determine the first address.
方式一,SMF网元可以根据远端UE的标识信息,从UDM或者从SMF网元本地存储中获取该远端UE在传输路径切换前的上下文信息,然后从上下文中确定第一地址。Manner 1: The SMF network element can obtain the context information of the remote UE before the transmission path switching from the UDM or from the local storage of the SMF network element according to the identification information of the remote UE, and then determine the first address from the context.
方式二,第一消息还包括第一地址。或者,中继UE向SMF网元发送第二消息,该第二消息包括第一地址。其中,第一地址是中继UE从远端UE获取的。若在传输路径切换之前,远端UE的通信链路如图3A所示,则第一地址可以是远端UE从SMF获取的;若在传输路径切换之前,远端UE的通信链路如图3B所示,则第一地址可以是远端UE从第一中继UE获取的。Manner 2: The first message also includes the first address. Alternatively, the relay UE sends a second message to the SMF network element, where the second message includes the first address. Wherein, the first address is obtained by the relay UE from the remote UE. If the communication link of the remote UE is as shown in Figure 3A before the transmission path is switched, the first address can be obtained by the remote UE from SMF; if the communication link of the remote UE is as shown in the figure before the transmission path is switched As shown in 3B, the first address may be obtained by the remote UE from the first relay UE.
针对第二地址,具体来说,SMF网元从中继UE获取第二地址。示例性地,结合图3A来说,该方式包括:在远端UE向中继UE发送中继接入请求消息后,中继UE建立PDU会话,SMF网元为中继UE配置第三地址(例如用IP2表示),中继UE为远端UE配置第二地址(例如用IP2-1表示)。之后,中继UE还可以向SMF网元发送第三消息,该第三消息包括第二地址。这样,SMF网元就可以从中继UE获取第二地址。For the second address, specifically, the SMF network element obtains the second address from the relay UE. Exemplarily, with reference to FIG. 3A, the method includes: after the remote UE sends a relay access request message to the relay UE, the relay UE establishes a PDU session, and the SMF network element configures a third address for the relay UE ( For example, it is represented by IP2), and the relay UE configures a second address for the remote UE (for example, it is represented by IP2-1). After that, the relay UE may also send a third message to the SMF network element, where the third message includes the second address. In this way, the SMF network element can obtain the second address from the relay UE.
在一种可能的实施例中,该方法还包括步骤404,SMF在收到第一消息后,确定远端UE是否具有实现业务连续性的权限,若有,则继续执行后续步骤,否则,则不执行。In a possible embodiment, the method further includes step 404. After receiving the first message, the SMF determines whether the remote UE has the authority to achieve service continuity, and if so, continues to perform the subsequent steps, otherwise, Do not execute.
具体地,SMF网元可以从UDM获取该远端UE的签约信息,UDM可以预先从UDR获取该签约信息,该签约信息指示了远端UE在中继传输模式下是否具有业务连续性的权限。当SMF网元根据签约信息,确定该远端UE具有业务连续性的权限时,则执行后续步骤,否则,则按照现有技术执行。Specifically, the SMF network element may obtain the subscription information of the remote UE from the UDM, and the UDM may obtain the subscription information from the UDR in advance. The subscription information indicates whether the remote UE has service continuity authority in the relay transmission mode. When the SMF network element determines that the remote UE has the service continuity authority according to the subscription information, the subsequent steps are executed, otherwise, it is executed according to the prior art.
需要说明的是,签约信息可能指示与远端UE的标识信息对应远端UE具有业务连续性的权限,但是远端UE可以存在多个对应的地址,因此SMF网元无法确定到底哪个地址具有业务连续性的权限,这样,远端UE还需要向SMF网元发送包括第一地址的消息,以便于SMF确定该第一地址具有业务连续性的权限。It should be noted that the subscription information may indicate that the remote UE corresponding to the identification information of the remote UE has service continuity authority, but the remote UE may have multiple corresponding addresses, so the SMF network element cannot determine which address has the service. Continuity authority. In this way, the remote UE also needs to send a message including the first address to the SMF network element, so that the SMF can determine that the first address has the authority for business continuity.
步骤405,中继UE配置第二地址和第四地址之间的映射关系,并利用该映射关系传输远端UE的上下行数据。Step 405: The relay UE configures the mapping relationship between the second address and the fourth address, and uses the mapping relationship to transmit uplink and downlink data of the remote UE.
具体来说,针对上行传输,远端UE向中继UE发送上行数据,中继UE接收来自远端UE的第一数据包,该第一数据包包括第四地址,中继UE根据第二地址和第四地址之 间的映射关系,利用第二地址对第一数据包进行封装,得到封装后的第二数据包,然后将第二数据包发送至网络侧。针对下行传输,中继UE接收来自网络侧的第三数据包后,该第三数据包包括第二地址,中继UE根据第二地址和第四地址之间的映射关系,利用第四地址对第三数据包进行封装,得到封装后的第四数据包,然后将第四数据包发送至远端UE。Specifically, for uplink transmission, the remote UE sends uplink data to the relay UE, the relay UE receives a first data packet from the remote UE, the first data packet includes a fourth address, and the relay UE according to the second address The mapping relationship between the fourth address and the second address is used to encapsulate the first data packet to obtain the encapsulated second data packet, and then the second data packet is sent to the network side. For downlink transmission, after the relay UE receives the third data packet from the network side, the third data packet includes the second address, and the relay UE uses the fourth address pair according to the mapping relationship between the second address and the fourth address. The third data packet is encapsulated to obtain the encapsulated fourth data packet, and then the fourth data packet is sent to the remote UE.
步骤406,SMF网元向UPF网元发送配置消息,该配置消息中包括第一地址和第二地址的映射关系。Step 406: The SMF network element sends a configuration message to the UPF network element, where the configuration message includes the mapping relationship between the first address and the second address.
需要说明的是,步骤405和步骤406之间没有时序关系,既可以先执行步骤405,后执行步骤406,也可以先执行步骤406,后执行步骤405,或者同时执行步骤405和步骤406,本申请对此不作限定。It should be noted that there is no timing relationship between step 405 and step 406. Step 405 can be performed first, and then step 406, or step 406 can be performed first, and then step 405 can be performed, or step 405 and step 406 can be performed at the same time. The application is not limited.
步骤407,UPF网元根据该映射关系,传输远端UE的数据。Step 407: The UPF network element transmits the data of the remote UE according to the mapping relationship.
具体来说,针对上行传输,远端UE向中继UE发送上行数据,UPF网元接收来自中继UE的第一数据包,该第一数据包包括第二地址,UPF网元根据该映射关系,利用第一地址对第一数据包进行封装,得到封装后的第二数据包,然后将第二数据包发送至网络服务器,这样,在远端UE的传输路径切换前后,通过上述映射关系的配置,远端UE与网络服务器之间并不需要重新建立传输层连接,实现在传输路径切换后远端UE和网络服务器之间通信不中断,保证业务连续性。Specifically, for uplink transmission, the remote UE sends uplink data to the relay UE, the UPF network element receives the first data packet from the relay UE, the first data packet includes the second address, and the UPF network element Encapsulate the first data packet with the first address to obtain the encapsulated second data packet, and then send the second data packet to the network server. In this way, before and after the transmission path of the remote UE is switched, the mapping relationship is Configuration, there is no need to re-establish the transport layer connection between the remote UE and the network server, so that the communication between the remote UE and the network server is not interrupted after the transmission path is switched, ensuring business continuity.
针对下行传输,UPF网元接收来自网络服务器的第三数据包,该第三数据包包括第一地址,UPF网元根据该映射关系,利用第二地址对第三数据包进行封装,得到封装后的第四数据包,然后将第四数据包发送至中继UE,这样,在远端UE的传输路径切换前后,通过上述映射关系的配置,远端UE与网络服务器之间并不需要重新建立传输层连接,实现在传输路径切换后远端UE和网络服务器之间通信不中断,保证业务连续性。For downlink transmission, the UPF network element receives the third data packet from the network server. The third data packet includes the first address. The UPF network element uses the second address to encapsulate the third data packet according to the mapping relationship. Then the fourth data packet is sent to the relay UE. In this way, before and after the transmission path of the remote UE is switched, through the configuration of the above mapping relationship, the remote UE and the network server do not need to be re-established The transmission layer connection realizes the uninterrupted communication between the remote UE and the network server after the transmission path is switched, ensuring business continuity.
以下进一步结合图3B所示的场景,对上述方法进行举例说明。具体地,该示例包括如下步骤,如图5A所示。The above method will be further described with an example in combination with the scenario shown in FIG. 3B below. Specifically, this example includes the following steps, as shown in FIG. 5A.
步骤500,远端UE在传输路径切换之前,远端UE通过第一中继UE连接到网络,SMF网元为第一中继UE分配地址(例如用IP1表示),第一中继UE在与UPF网元建立传输通道后,为远端UE分配第一地址(例如用IP1-1表示)。SMF网元可以记录第一中继UE的标识、PDU会话标识、DNN、S-NSSAI、IP1、远端UE的标识信息、第一地址之间的关联关系,该关联关系可以存储在UDR或UDM中。SMF网元还可以从UDR或UDM获取该关联关系。In step 500, before the remote UE switches the transmission path, the remote UE connects to the network through the first relay UE, the SMF network element allocates an address (for example, represented by IP1) to the first relay UE, and the first relay UE is in communication with the After the UPF network element establishes the transmission channel, it allocates a first address (for example, represented by IP1-1) to the remote UE. The SMF network element can record the association relationship between the identity of the first relay UE, the PDU session identifier, DNN, S-NSSAI, IP1, the identification information of the remote UE, and the first address. The association relationship can be stored in the UDR or UDM middle. The SMF network element may also obtain the association relationship from the UDR or UDM.
需要说明的是,在一种可能的实施例中,SMF网元在为远端UE配置了第一地址(例如图5B中的IP1-1)之后,SMF网元记录“IP1-1处于使用状态”的指示信息,并将可以存储传输路径之前的PDU会话的上下文中,也就是说,第一地址未被释放,SMF网元不可以分配该第一地址给其它的远端UE。It should be noted that, in a possible embodiment, after the SMF network element configures the first address for the remote UE (for example, IP1-1 in Figure 5B), the SMF network element records "IP1-1 is in use "" and can be stored in the context of the PDU session before the transmission path, that is, the first address has not been released, and the SMF network element cannot allocate the first address to other remote UEs.
步骤501,当远端UE发现当前非直通通信链路的通信质量不好或下降,无法满足当前业务需求时,远端UE进行中继重选,发现第二中继UE,并与第二中继UE建立PC5链接;远端UE将该PC5链接对应第四地址(假设用IP3表示)通知至第二中继UE。Step 501: When the remote UE finds that the communication quality of the current non-direct communication link is poor or degraded, and cannot meet the current service requirements, the remote UE performs relay reselection, finds the second relay UE, and communicates with the second intermediate UE. Then the UE establishes a PC5 link; the remote UE notifies the fourth address (assumed to be represented by IP3) corresponding to the PC5 link to the second relay UE.
步骤502,远端UE向第二中继UE发送中继连接请求消息,该中继连接请求消息可以包括远端终端标识信息。Step 502: The remote UE sends a relay connection request message to the second relay UE, where the relay connection request message may include remote terminal identification information.
在一种可能的实施例中,该中继连接请求消息中还可以包括第一指示,例如传输路径切换指示(path switch indication),以便于网络设备确定该远端UE的传输路径发生切换。 可选的,当远端UE签约的service continuity mode(业务持续模式)为业务连续时,该中继连接请求消息中才包括传输路径切换指示(path switch indication)(即远端UE才可以要求网络保障业务连续性)。In a possible embodiment, the relay connection request message may further include a first indication, such as a transmission path switching indication (path switching indication), so that the network device can determine that the transmission path of the remote UE is switched. Optionally, when the service continuity mode (service continuity mode) subscribed by the remote UE is service continuity, the relay connection request message includes the transmission path switch indication (that is, the remote UE can request the network Guarantee business continuity).
可选的,若远端UE在与第二中继UE建立PC5通信连接时,已向第二中继UE发送了远端UE的标识信息,则该中继连接请求消息中可以不用承载远端UE的标识信息。Optionally, if the remote UE has already sent the identification information of the remote UE to the second relay UE when establishing the PC5 communication connection with the second relay UE, the relay connection request message may not carry the remote end Identification information of the UE.
可选的,第二中继UE单独发送请求标识信息的消息,远端UE再返回远端UE的标识信息。Optionally, the second relay UE separately sends a message requesting identification information, and the remote UE returns the identification information of the remote UE.
步骤503,第二中继UE向AMF网元发起PDU会话建立消息或PDU会话修改请求消息,该消息中包括远端UE的标识和传输路径切换指示。Step 503: The second relay UE initiates a PDU session establishment message or a PDU session modification request message to the AMF network element. The message includes the identifier of the remote UE and the transmission path switching instruction.
需要说明的是,若已有PDU会话可支持远端UE的会话需求时,则第二中继UE发起PDU会话修改请求消息,若没有PDU会话可支持远端UE的会话需求时,则第二中继UE发起PDU会话建立请求消息。It should be noted that if an existing PDU session can support the session requirement of the remote UE, the second relay UE initiates a PDU session modification request message; if no PDU session can support the session requirement of the remote UE, the second relay UE The relay UE initiates a PDU session establishment request message.
可选的,该消息还可以是PDU会话建立之后发送的远端UE信息上报(远端UE Report)消息。Optionally, the message may also be a remote UE information report (remote UE Report) message sent after the PDU session is established.
可选的,第二中继UE可以先建立PDU会话(专为非直通通信链接的PDU会话,会话上下文中不包括远端UE信息),再执行步骤503进行会话修改(上报远端UE信息)。Optionally, the second relay UE may first establish a PDU session (a PDU session dedicated to a non-direct communication link, and the remote UE information is not included in the session context), and then perform step 503 to modify the session (report the remote UE information) .
步骤504,AMF网元将该消息中远端UE的标识信息(或者还包括第一指示)转发至SMF网元。Step 504: The AMF network element forwards the identification information (or the first indication) of the remote UE in the message to the SMF network element.
步骤505,SMF网元可以根据远端UE的标识信息确定远端UE的传输路径是否发生切换,或者SMF网元可以根据第一指示确定远端UE的传输路径是否发生切换。In step 505, the SMF network element may determine whether the transmission path of the remote UE is switched according to the identification information of the remote UE, or the SMF network element may determine whether the transmission path of the remote UE is switched according to the first indication.
具体地,SMF网元判断远端UE的传输路径是否切换的方式可以是:方式一,SMF网元根据第一指示(例如path switch indication)确定,若SMF网元接收到第一指示,则确定远端UE的传输路径切换,否则,则传输路径没有发生切换。Specifically, the way for the SMF network element to determine whether the transmission path of the remote UE is switched may be: Method 1, the SMF network element determines according to the first indication (for example, path switching indication), and if the SMF network element receives the first indication, it determines The transmission path of the remote UE is switched; otherwise, the transmission path does not switch.
方式二,SMF网元判断是否已经存在远端UE的相应上下文,即远端UE是否已经有与第二中继UE的PDU会话属性如DNN,S-NSSAI相关联的PDU会话,也就是说,远端UE请求相同会话属性的PDU会话进行数据传输。如果存在,则确定远端UE的传输路径发生切换,否则,则传输路径没有发生切换。Method 2: The SMF network element determines whether the corresponding context of the remote UE already exists, that is, whether the remote UE already has a PDU session associated with the PDU session attributes of the second relay UE, such as DNN, S-NSSAI, that is, The remote UE requests a PDU session with the same session attribute for data transmission. If it exists, it is determined that the transmission path of the remote UE is switched; otherwise, the transmission path is not switched.
需要说明的是,如果SMF网元根据方式二判断,则上述步骤502至步骤504中不需要包括第一指示。It should be noted that, if the SMF network element judges according to the second method, the above-mentioned steps 502 to 504 do not need to include the first instruction.
步骤506、SMF网元确定远端UE的传输路径发生切换后,进一步从UDM获取远端UE的签约信息,该签约信息指示了远端UE是否具有业务连续性的权限。若是,则SMF网元继续执行后续步骤,否则,则按照现有方式执行。Step 506: After determining that the transmission path of the remote UE is switched, the SMF network element further obtains the subscription information of the remote UE from the UDM, and the subscription information indicates whether the remote UE has the authority of business continuity. If it is, the SMF network element continues to execute the subsequent steps, otherwise, it executes in the existing manner.
可选地,当SMF网元确定远端UE的传输路径发生切换,则SMF网元释放了第一中继UE的PDU会话,但标记第一地址(例如图5B中的IP1-1)处于使用状态,即SMF网元暂时不将该第一地址分配给其它远端UE。Optionally, when the SMF network element determines that the transmission path of the remote UE is switched, the SMF network element releases the PDU session of the first relay UE, but marks that the first address (for example, IP1-1 in FIG. 5B) is in use Status, that is, the SMF network element temporarily does not allocate the first address to other remote UEs.
步骤507,SMF网元确定远端UE的传输路径切换之前的非直通通信链路使用的第一地址(即图5B中的IP1-1),以及确定远端UE的传输路径切换之后的非直通通信链路使用的第二地址(即图5B中的IP2-1)。Step 507: The SMF network element determines the first address used by the non-direct communication link before the transmission path of the remote UE is switched (ie, IP1-1 in FIG. 5B), and determines the non-direct communication after the transmission path of the remote UE is switched. The second address used by the communication link (ie, IP2-1 in Figure 5B).
针对第一地址,具体来说,SMF网元可以采用上述步骤403中的方式一或方式二中的任意一种方式,确定第一地址。具体可以参见上述步骤403,该处不再重复赘述。With regard to the first address, specifically, the SMF network element may adopt any one of the method 1 or the method 2 in step 403 to determine the first address. For details, please refer to the above step 403, which will not be repeated here.
具体来说,SMF网元可以从第二中继UE获取第二地址。也就是说,在远端UE切换连接至第二中继UE后,第二中继UE建立PDU会话,SMF网元为第二中继UE配置第三地址(例如用IP2表示),第二中继UE为远端UE配置第二地址(即图5B中的IP2-1)。之后,第二中继UE还可以向SMF网元发送第三消息,该第三消息包括第二地址。这样,SMF网元就可以从第二中继UE获取第二地址。Specifically, the SMF network element may obtain the second address from the second relay UE. That is, after the remote UE switches and connects to the second relay UE, the second relay UE establishes a PDU session, and the SMF network element configures a third address (for example, represented by IP2) for the second relay UE. Subsequently, the UE configures a second address (ie, IP2-1 in FIG. 5B) for the remote UE. After that, the second relay UE may also send a third message to the SMF network element, where the third message includes the second address. In this way, the SMF network element can obtain the second address from the second relay UE.
步骤508,SMF网元向UPF网元发送配置消息,该配置消息包括第一地址和第二地址之间的映射关系,该配置消息用于指示UPF网元将下行数据中的第一地址转换为第二地址,且将上行数据中的第二地址转换为第一地址。Step 508: The SMF network element sends a configuration message to the UPF network element. The configuration message includes the mapping relationship between the first address and the second address. The configuration message is used to instruct the UPF network element to convert the first address in the downlink data to The second address, and the second address in the uplink data is converted into the first address.
步骤509,第二中继UE确定第二地址(即图5B中的IP2-1)和PC5链接对应第四地址(即图5B中的IP3)之间的第一映射关系,以及第二地址和第二中继UE所建立的PDU会话之间的第二映射关系,该第一映射关系和第二映射关系用于转发远端UE的上下行数据。Step 509: The second relay UE determines the first mapping relationship between the second address (that is, IP2-1 in FIG. 5B) and the fourth address corresponding to the PC5 link (that is, IP3 in FIG. 5B), and the second address and A second mapping relationship between the PDU sessions established by the second relay UE, where the first mapping relationship and the second mapping relationship are used to forward uplink and downlink data of the remote UE.
步骤510,UPF网元配置有第一地址和第二地址之间的映射关系,且还建立第一地址与第二中继UE所建立的PDU会话之间的关联关系。In step 510, the UPF network element is configured with a mapping relationship between the first address and the second address, and an association relationship between the first address and the PDU session established by the second relay UE is also established.
结合图5B来说,当第二中继UE和UPF网元完成上述配置之后,针对上行传输数据,第二中继UE将来自远端UE的数据包中IP 3地址转换为IP 2-1地址,然后通过第二中继UE所建立的PDU会话进行传输。UPF网元通过该会话接收到该数据包之后,利用IP1-1,将接收来自中继UE的第一数据包进行封装,得到封装后的第二数据包,然后将第二数据包发送至网络服务器,这样,对网络服务器来说,在远端UE的传输路径切换前后,远端UE都是使用相同的IP1-1与网络侧服务器进行通信,所以可以保证业务的连续性。针对下行传输数据,UPF网元接收来自网络服务器的第三数据包,将数据包中IP 1-1地址转换为IP 2-1地址进行重新封装,得到封装后的第四数据包,然后将第四数据包发送至第二中继UE,第二中继UE再利用IP3对该数据包进行重新封装,将该数据包转发至远端UE,这样,对远端UE来说,在远端UE的传输路径切换前后,远端UE都是使用相同的IP3地址与第二中继UE进行通信,所以可以保证业务的连续性。With reference to Figure 5B, after the second relay UE and the UPF network element complete the above configuration, for the uplink transmission data, the second relay UE converts the IP 3 address in the data packet from the remote UE to the IP 2-1 address , And then transmit through the PDU session established by the second relay UE. After the UPF network element receives the data packet through the session, it uses IP1-1 to encapsulate the first data packet received from the relay UE to obtain the encapsulated second data packet, and then send the second data packet to the network Server, in this way, for the network server, before and after the transmission path of the remote UE is switched, the remote UE uses the same IP1-1 to communicate with the network side server, so service continuity can be guaranteed. For the downstream transmission data, the UPF network element receives the third data packet from the network server, converts the IP 1-1 address in the data packet to the IP 2-1 address for re-encapsulation, obtains the encapsulated fourth data packet, and then Four data packets are sent to the second relay UE. The second relay UE re-encapsulates the data packet using IP3 and forwards the data packet to the remote UE. In this way, for the remote UE, the remote UE Before and after the transmission path is switched, the remote UE uses the same IP3 address to communicate with the second relay UE, so service continuity can be guaranteed.
需要说明的是,当SMF网元释放了第二中继UE所建立的PDU会话后,或者第二中继UE请求释放远端UE相关上下文(对应第二中继UE与远端UE的PC5连接释放后)后,SMF网元才标记第一地址处于被释放的状态。也就是说,第一地址被释放,SMF网元可以分配该第一地址给其它的远端UE。It should be noted that when the SMF network element releases the PDU session established by the second relay UE, or the second relay UE requests to release the remote UE related context (corresponding to the PC5 connection between the second relay UE and the remote UE) After the release), the SMF network element marks the first address in the released state. That is, the first address is released, and the SMF network element can allocate the first address to other remote UEs.
本申请实施例中,在远端UE的传输路径切换后,远端UE与网络服务器之间并不需要重新建立传输层连接,SMF网元向UPF网元配置上述第一地址和第二地址之间的映射关系,以及SMF网元向切换之后所连接的中继UE配置第二地址和第四地址之间的映射关系,使得UPF网元可以根据该映射关系,实现远端UE和网络服务器沿用传输路径切换前所使用的地址进行通信,即通过网络侧配置,实现在传输路径切换后远端UE和网络服务器之间通信不中断,保证业务连续性。In the embodiment of this application, after the transmission path of the remote UE is switched, there is no need to re-establish the transport layer connection between the remote UE and the network server. The SMF network element configures the UPF network element with one of the above-mentioned first address and second address. And the mapping relationship between the second address and the fourth address configured by the SMF network element to the connected relay UE after the handover, so that the UPF network element can use the mapping relationship between the remote UE and the network server The address used before the transmission path switch is used for communication, that is, through the network side configuration, the communication between the remote UE and the network server is not interrupted after the transmission path is switched, and service continuity is ensured.
实施例二Example two
参见图6所示,为本申请实施例提供的第二种实现业务连续性的方法流程示意图,该方法中,远端UE的传输路径在切换前后由同一个SMF网元负责管理,并且切换前后传输路径上的UPF网元为同一个UPF网元,该方法包括如下步骤。Refer to Figure 6, which is a schematic flow diagram of the second method for realizing service continuity provided by the embodiment of this application. In this method, the transmission path of the remote UE is managed by the same SMF network element before and after the handover, and before and after the handover The UPF network elements on the transmission path are the same UPF network element, and the method includes the following steps.
步骤601和步骤602同上述步骤401和步骤402。Step 601 and step 602 are the same as step 401 and step 402 described above.
在步骤601之前,即在传输路径切换前,SMF还为远端UE分配第七地址,并向UPF配置第七地址和第一地址之间的映射关系。Before step 601, that is, before the transmission path is switched, the SMF also allocates a seventh address to the remote UE, and configures the mapping relationship between the seventh address and the first address to the UPF.
步骤603,SMF网元确定与远端UE的标识对应的第七地址和第二地址之间的映射关系。Step 603: The SMF network element determines the mapping relationship between the seventh address and the second address corresponding to the identifier of the remote UE.
其中,第一地址指的是该远端UE在传输路径切换之前,UPF网元传输远端UE的数据所使用的地址。第二地址指的是该远端UE在传输路径切换之后,UPF网元传输远端UE的数据所使用的地址。示例性地,结合图3A来说,第一地址指的是传输路径切换之前的直通通信链路中远端UE用于传输数据所使用的IP地址,第二地址指的是传输路径切换之后的非直通通信链路中远端UE和UPF网元之间用于传输数据所使用的IP地址;结合图7B来说,第一地址指的是传输路径切换之前的非直通通信链路中远端UE和UPF网元之间用于传输数据所使用的地址IP1-1,第二地址指的是传输路径切换之后的非直通通信链路中远端UE和UPF网元之间用于传输数据所使用的IP2-1。另外,第一地址和第二地址的具体确定方法可以参见上述步骤403,在此不再重复赘述。The first address refers to the address used by the UPF network element to transmit data of the remote UE before the remote UE is switched. The second address refers to the address used by the UPF network element to transmit the data of the remote UE after the remote UE is switched. Exemplarily, with reference to FIG. 3A, the first address refers to the IP address used by the remote UE to transmit data in the direct communication link before the transmission path is switched, and the second address refers to the IP address after the transmission path is switched. The IP address used for data transmission between the remote UE and the UPF network element in the non-direct communication link; with reference to Figure 7B, the first address refers to the remote end of the non-direct communication link before the transmission path is switched The address IP1-1 used for data transmission between the UE and the UPF network element. The second address refers to the address used for data transmission between the remote UE and the UPF network element in the non-direct communication link after the transmission path is switched. IP2-1 used. In addition, for the specific method for determining the first address and the second address, refer to the above step 403, which will not be repeated here.
另外,第七地址指的是SMF网元为该远端UE分配对网络服务器侧可见的地址,该第七地址用于UPF网元和网络服务器侧之间传输远端UE的数据。SMF网元可以根据远端UE的标识确定该第七地址。示例性地,结合图7B来说,第七地址指的是SMF网元为远端UE分配的IP7,该IP7对网络服务器侧是可见的。In addition, the seventh address refers to that the SMF network element allocates an address visible to the network server side for the remote UE, and the seventh address is used to transmit data of the remote UE between the UPF network element and the network server side. The SMF network element may determine the seventh address according to the identity of the remote UE. Exemplarily, with reference to FIG. 7B, the seventh address refers to the IP7 allocated by the SMF network element to the remote UE, and the IP7 is visible to the network server side.
步骤604同上述步骤404,步骤605同上述步骤405。Step 604 is the same as the above step 404, and step 605 is the same as the above step 405.
步骤606,SMF网元向UPF网元发送配置消息,配置消息中包括第二地址和第七地址之间的映射关系。Step 606: The SMF network element sends a configuration message to the UPF network element. The configuration message includes the mapping relationship between the second address and the seventh address.
步骤607,UPF网元根据二地址和第七地址之间的映射关系,传输远端UE的数据。Step 607: The UPF network element transmits the data of the remote UE according to the mapping relationship between the second address and the seventh address.
具体来说,针对上行传输,远端UE向中继UE发送上行数据,UPF网元接收来自中继UE的第一数据包,该第一数据包包括第二地址,UPF网元根据该映射关系,利用第七地址对第一数据包进行封装,得到封装后的第二数据包,然后将第二数据包发送至网络服务器,这样,对网络服务器来说,在远端UE的传输路径切换前后,通过上述映射关系的配置,远端UE与网络服务器之间并不需要重新建立传输层连接,实现在传输路径切换后远端UE和网络服务器之间通信不中断,保证业务连续性。Specifically, for uplink transmission, the remote UE sends uplink data to the relay UE, the UPF network element receives the first data packet from the relay UE, the first data packet includes the second address, and the UPF network element , Use the seventh address to encapsulate the first data packet to obtain the encapsulated second data packet, and then send the second data packet to the network server. In this way, for the network server, before and after the transmission path of the remote UE is switched Through the configuration of the above mapping relationship, the remote UE and the network server do not need to re-establish the transport layer connection, so that the communication between the remote UE and the network server is not interrupted after the transmission path is switched, and the business continuity is ensured.
针对下行传输,UPF网元接收来自网络服务器的第三数据包,该第三数据包包括第七地址,UPF网元根据该映射关系,利用第二地址对第三数据包进行封装,得到封装后的第四数据包,然后将第四数据包发送至中继UE,这样,对远端UE来说,通过上述映射关系的配置,远端UE与网络服务器之间并不需要重新建立传输层连接,实现在传输路径切换后远端UE和网络服务器之间通信不中断,保证业务连续性。For downlink transmission, the UPF network element receives the third data packet from the network server. The third data packet includes the seventh address. The UPF network element uses the second address to encapsulate the third data packet according to the mapping relationship. Then send the fourth data packet to the relay UE. In this way, for the remote UE, through the above mapping relationship configuration, the remote UE and the network server do not need to re-establish the transport layer connection , To realize the uninterrupted communication between the remote UE and the network server after the transmission path is switched, ensuring business continuity.
以下进一步结合图3B所示的场景,对上述方法进行举例说明。具体地,该示例包括如下步骤,如图7A所示。The above method will be further described with an example in combination with the scenario shown in FIG. 3B below. Specifically, this example includes the following steps, as shown in FIG. 7A.
步骤700a同上述步骤500。Step 700a is the same as step 500 described above.
步骤700b,SMF网元在获取远端UE的地址信息(如图7B中的IP1-1)后,再为远端UE分配第七地址(如图7B中的IP7),该第七地址用于UPF网元和网络服务器之间传输远端UE的数据。Step 700b: After obtaining the address information of the remote UE (IP1-1 in FIG. 7B), the SMF network element allocates a seventh address (IP7 in FIG. 7B) to the remote UE. The seventh address is used for The data of the remote UE is transmitted between the UPF network element and the network server.
步骤700c,SMF网元向UPF网元配置第一地址和第七地址之间的映射关系。Step 700c: The SMF network element configures the mapping relationship between the first address and the seventh address to the UPF network element.
步骤701至步骤707同上述步骤501至步骤507。Steps 701 to 707 are the same as the above steps 501 to 507.
步骤708,SMF网元向UPF网元配置第二地址(如图7B中的IP2-1)和第七地址(如图7B中的IP7)之间的映射关系。In step 708, the SMF network element configures the mapping relationship between the second address (IP2-1 in FIG. 7B) and the seventh address (IP7 in FIG. 7B) to the UPF network element.
步骤709,第二中继UE确定第二地址和第四地址(如图7B中的IP3)之间的映射关系,利用该映射关系传输远端UE的数据。Step 709: The second relay UE determines the mapping relationship between the second address and the fourth address (IP3 in FIG. 7B), and uses the mapping relationship to transmit data of the remote UE.
步骤710,UPF网元配置第二地址和第七地址之间的映射关系,利用该映射关系传输远端UE的数据。Step 710: The UPF network element configures a mapping relationship between the second address and the seventh address, and uses the mapping relationship to transmit data of the remote UE.
结合图7B来说,当第二中继UE和UPF网元完成上述映射关系的配置之后,针对上行传输数据,第二中继UE检测到来自远端UE的包含IP3的数据包,则将数据包之后的IP3转换为IP2-1,并将转换后的数据包映射到第二中继UE的PDU会话进行传输,UPF网元检测到所接收到的数据包包含IP2-1,则将数据包之后的IP2-1转换为IP7,并将转换后的数据包发送至网络服务器。针对下行传输数据,当UPF网元检测到来自网络服务器的包含IP7的数据包后,将该数据包的IP7转换为IP2-1,并映射到UPF网元所建立的PDU会话中进行传输,第二中继UE将从UPF网元所接收到数据包中的IP2-1转换为IP3,并将转换后的数据包发送远端UE。With reference to Figure 7B, after the second relay UE and the UPF network element have completed the configuration of the above mapping relationship, for the uplink transmission data, the second relay UE detects the data packet containing IP3 from the remote UE, and then transfers the data The IP3 after the packet is converted to IP2-1, and the converted data packet is mapped to the PDU session of the second relay UE for transmission. The UPF network element detects that the received data packet contains IP2-1, and then the data packet After that, IP2-1 is converted to IP7, and the converted data packet is sent to the network server. For downlink transmission data, when the UPF network element detects a data packet containing IP7 from the network server, it converts the IP7 of the data packet to IP2-1 and maps it to the PDU session established by the UPF network element for transmission. The second relay UE converts IP2-1 in the data packet received from the UPF network element to IP3, and sends the converted data packet to the remote UE.
本申请实施例中,在远端UE的传输路径切换后,远端UE与网络服务器之间并不需要重新建立传输层连接,SMF网元向UPF网元配置上述第七地址和第二地址之间的映射关系,使得UPF网元可以根据该映射关系,实现远端UE和网络服务器沿用传输路径切换前所使用的地址进行通信,即通过网络侧配置,实现在传输路径切换后远端UE和网络服务器之间通信不中断,保证业务连续性。In the embodiment of this application, after the transmission path of the remote UE is switched, there is no need to re-establish the transport layer connection between the remote UE and the network server. The SMF network element configures the UPF network element with one of the seventh address and the second address. According to the mapping relationship between the UPF network element, the remote UE and the network server can communicate with the remote UE and the network server using the address used before the transmission path switch, that is, through the network side configuration, the remote UE and the network server can be The communication between network servers is not interrupted to ensure business continuity.
实施例三Example three
参见图8所示,为本申请实施例提供的第三种实现业务连续性的方法流程示意图,该方法中,远端UE的传输路径在切换前后由同一个SMF网元负责管理,并且切换前后传输路径上的UPF网元为同一个UPF网元,该方法包括如下步骤。Refer to Figure 8 for a schematic flow chart of the third method for realizing service continuity provided by the embodiment of this application. In this method, the transmission path of the remote UE is managed by the same SMF network element before and after the handover, and before and after the handover The UPF network elements on the transmission path are the same UPF network element, and the method includes the following steps.
步骤801,远端UE切换至中继UE,通过中继UE连接到网络,并与中继UE建立PC5链接;远端UE将在该PC5通信链接中用于通信的第四地址(假设用IP3表示)通知至中继UE。Step 801, the remote UE switches to the relay UE, connects to the network through the relay UE, and establishes a PC5 link with the relay UE; the remote UE will use the fourth address for communication in the PC5 communication link (assuming IP3 Means) notify the relay UE.
示例性地,如图3A所示,远端UE从直接接入RAN切换为通过中继UE接入RAN,即从直通通信链路切换为非直通通信链路,或者,如图3B所示,远端UE从接入第一中继UE切换为接入第二中继UE,即从第一非直通通信链路切换为第二非直通通信链路。Exemplarily, as shown in FIG. 3A, the remote UE switches from directly accessing the RAN to accessing the RAN through a relay UE, that is, switching from a direct communication link to a non-direct communication link, or, as shown in FIG. 3B, The remote UE switches from accessing the first relay UE to accessing the second relay UE, that is, switches from the first non-direct communication link to the second non-direct communication link.
步骤802,在中继UE请求建立PDU会话时,中继UE向SMF网元发送第一消息。第一消息包括该远端UE的标识信息。Step 802: When the relay UE requests to establish a PDU session, the relay UE sends a first message to the SMF network element. The first message includes the identification information of the remote UE.
其中,该第一消息可以是PDU会话建立消息,或者是PDU会话修改请求消息。若第一消息是PDU会话建立消息,中继UE建立PDU会话之后,为远端UE分配了第二地址(假设用IP2-1表示)。另外,第一消息还可以是远端UE信息上报(remote user report)消息。Wherein, the first message may be a PDU session establishment message or a PDU session modification request message. If the first message is a PDU session establishment message, after the relay UE establishes the PDU session, the remote UE is assigned a second address (assumed to be represented by IP2-1). In addition, the first message may also be a remote user report (remote user report) message.
示例性地,结合图3B来说,远端UE从第一中继UE切换至第二中继UE,远端UE向该第二中继UE发送中继接入请求消息,消息中至少包括远端UE的标识信息(远端UE ID)。该远端UE的标识信息还可以用于指示远端UE的传输路径发生切换,以便于SMF 网元确定远端UE的传输路径发生切换。Exemplarily, with reference to FIG. 3B, the remote UE is handed over from the first relay UE to the second relay UE, and the remote UE sends a relay access request message to the second relay UE. The message includes at least the remote UE. Identification information of the end UE (remote UE ID). The identification information of the remote UE may also be used to indicate that the transmission path of the remote UE is switched, so that the SMF network element can determine that the transmission path of the remote UE is switched.
在一种可能的实施例中,该中继连接请求消息中还可以包括第一指示,第一指示用于指示请求切换远端UE的传输路径,例如传输路径切换指示(path switch indication),以便于网络设备确定该远端UE的传输路径发生切换。可选的,当远端UE签约的service continuity mode(业务持续模式)为业务连续时,该中继连接请求消息中才包括传输路径切换指示(path switch indication)(即远端UE才可以要求网络保障业务连续性)。示例性地,结合图3B来说,远端UE从第一中继UE切换至第二中继UE,远端UE向该第二中继UE发送中继接入请求消息,第二中继UE收到该中继接入请求消息后,第二中继UE向SMF网元发送会话建立消息,或者是PDU会话修改请求消息,且在该消息中承载远端UE的标识信息和第一指示,以便于SMF网元根据第一指示确定远端UE的传输路径发生切换。In a possible embodiment, the relay connection request message may further include a first indication, where the first indication is used to indicate a request to switch the transmission path of the remote UE, for example, a transmission path switch indication (path switch indication), so that The network device determines that the transmission path of the remote UE is switched. Optionally, when the service continuity mode (service continuity mode) subscribed by the remote UE is service continuity, the relay connection request message includes the transmission path switch indication (that is, the remote UE can request the network Guarantee business continuity). Exemplarily, with reference to FIG. 3B, the remote UE switches from the first relay UE to the second relay UE, the remote UE sends a relay access request message to the second relay UE, and the second relay UE After receiving the relay access request message, the second relay UE sends a session establishment message or a PDU session modification request message to the SMF network element, and the message carries the identification information of the remote UE and the first indication. So that the SMF network element determines that the transmission path of the remote UE is switched according to the first indication.
步骤803,SMF网元确定远端UE在传输路径切换之前通信链路所使用的第一地址。Step 803: The SMF network element determines the first address used by the communication link of the remote UE before the transmission path is switched.
其中,第一地址指的是远端UE在传输路径切换之前,UPF网元传输远端UE的数据所使用的地址。第一地址可以指的是IP地址和端口号中的至少一种。其中,第一地址的具体确定方法可以参照上述实施例一中的步骤403所示的方式一和方式二,在此不再重复赘述。The first address refers to the address used by the UPF network element to transmit the data of the remote UE before the remote UE is switched. The first address may refer to at least one of an IP address and a port number. Among them, the specific method for determining the first address can refer to the method one and the method two shown in step 403 in the first embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
在一种可能的实施例中,该方法还包括步骤804,SMF在收到第一消息后,确定远端UE是否具有实现业务连续性的权限,若有,则继续执行后续步骤,否则,则不执行。In a possible embodiment, the method further includes step 804. After receiving the first message, the SMF determines whether the remote UE has the authority to achieve business continuity, and if so, continues to perform the subsequent steps, otherwise, Do not execute.
其中,具体确定远端UE是否具有实现业务连续性的权限的方法可以参见上述实施例一中的步骤404,在此不再重复赘述。For the specific method for determining whether the remote UE has the authority to achieve service continuity, refer to step 404 in the above-mentioned embodiment 1, which will not be repeated here.
步骤805,SMF网元向中继UE发送第一地址。Step 805: The SMF network element sends the first address to the relay UE.
步骤806,中继UE接收来自SMF网元的第一地址,并且配置第一地址和第四地址之间的映射关系,并利用该映射关系传输远端UE的上下行数据。中继UE还要配置第一地址和中继UE所建立的传输通道之间的映射关系。Step 806: The relay UE receives the first address from the SMF network element, configures the mapping relationship between the first address and the fourth address, and uses the mapping relationship to transmit uplink and downlink data of the remote UE. The relay UE also needs to configure the mapping relationship between the first address and the transmission channel established by the relay UE.
可选的,中继UE从远端UE获取第一地址。相应地,远端UE可以从路径切换前所连接中继UE获取第一地址,或者对于路径切换前是直联情况下的远端UE自己知道第一地址。具体来说,针对上行传输,远端UE向中继UE发送上行数据,中继UE接收来自远端UE的第一数据包,该第一数据包包括第四地址,中继UE根据第一地址和第四地址之间的映射关系,利用第一地址对第一数据包进行封装,得到封装后的第二数据包,然后将第二数据包通过所建立的传输通道发送至网络侧。针对下行传输,中继UE接收来自网络侧的第三数据包后,该第三数据包包括第一地址,中继UE根据第一地址和第四地址之间的映射关系,利用第四地址对第三数据包进行封装,得到封装后的第四数据包,然后将第四数据包发送至远端UE。Optionally, the relay UE obtains the first address from the remote UE. Correspondingly, the remote UE can obtain the first address from the connected relay UE before the path switch, or the remote UE itself knows the first address when the remote UE is directly connected before the path switch. Specifically, for uplink transmission, the remote UE sends uplink data to the relay UE, the relay UE receives a first data packet from the remote UE, the first data packet includes a fourth address, and the relay UE according to the first address The mapping relationship between the fourth address and the first address is used to encapsulate the first data packet to obtain the encapsulated second data packet, and then the second data packet is sent to the network side through the established transmission channel. For downlink transmission, after the relay UE receives the third data packet from the network side, the third data packet includes the first address, and the relay UE uses the fourth address pair according to the mapping relationship between the first address and the fourth address. The third data packet is encapsulated to obtain the encapsulated fourth data packet, and then the fourth data packet is sent to the remote UE.
步骤807,SMF网元向UPF网元发送配置消息,该配置消息用于配置第一地址和中继UE所建立的传输通道之间的映射关系。Step 807: The SMF network element sends a configuration message to the UPF network element, where the configuration message is used to configure the mapping relationship between the first address and the transmission channel established by the relay UE.
具体地,配置消息可以包括第一地址与中继UE所建立的PDU会话对应的隧道端点标识之间的映射关系。即步骤807中的中继UE所建立的传输通道可以指的是中继UE所建立的PDU会话。Specifically, the configuration message may include a mapping relationship between the first address and the tunnel endpoint identifier corresponding to the PDU session established by the relay UE. That is, the transmission channel established by the relay UE in step 807 may refer to the PDU session established by the relay UE.
需要说明的是,步骤806和步骤807之间没有时序关系,既可以先执行步骤806,后执行步骤807,也可以先执行步骤807,后执行步骤806,或者同时执行步骤806和步骤 807,本申请对此不作限定。It should be noted that there is no time sequence relationship between step 806 and step 807. Step 806 can be executed first, and then step 807 can be executed, or step 807 can be executed first, and then step 806 can be executed, or step 806 and step 807 can be executed at the same time. The application is not limited.
步骤808,UPF网元根据该第一地址和中继UE所建立的传输通道之间的映射关系,传输网络服务器和远端UE之间的上下行数据。Step 808: The UPF network element transmits the uplink and downlink data between the network server and the remote UE according to the mapping relationship between the first address and the transmission channel established by the relay UE.
当中继UE和UPF网元完成上述映射关系的配置后,针对上行传输,远端UE向中继UE发送数据包,中继UE利用第一地址对该数据包进行封装,并通过中继UE所建立的传输通道将该数据包发送至UPF网元。UPF网元通过中继UE所建立的传输通道接收来自中继UE的数据包,然后将数据包发送至网络服务器,这样,通过上述映射关系的配置,远端UE与网络服务器之间并不需要重新建立传输层连接,实现在传输路径切换后远端UE和网络服务器之间通信不中断,保证业务连续性。After the relay UE and the UPF network element have completed the configuration of the above mapping relationship, for uplink transmission, the remote UE sends a data packet to the relay UE, and the relay UE encapsulates the data packet with the first address, and passes it through the relay UE. The established transmission channel sends the data packet to the UPF network element. The UPF network element receives the data packet from the relay UE through the transmission channel established by the relay UE, and then sends the data packet to the network server. In this way, through the above mapping relationship configuration, there is no need for the remote UE and the network server. The transmission layer connection is re-established to realize the uninterrupted communication between the remote UE and the network server after the transmission path is switched, ensuring business continuity.
针对下行传输,UPF网元接收来自网络服务器的数据包,该数据包包括第一地址,UPF网元根据该映射关系,通过传输通道向中继UE发送数据包,中继UE再利用第四地址对该数据包进行封装,并将封装后的数据包发送至远端UE,这样,通过上述映射关系的配置,远端UE与网络服务器之间并不需要重新建立传输层连接,实现在传输路径切换后远端UE和网络服务器之间通信不中断,保证业务连续性。For downlink transmission, the UPF network element receives a data packet from the network server, the data packet includes the first address, the UPF network element sends the data packet to the relay UE through the transmission channel according to the mapping relationship, and the relay UE reuses the fourth address Encapsulate the data packet and send the encapsulated data packet to the remote UE. In this way, through the configuration of the mapping relationship described above, the remote UE and the network server do not need to re-establish the transport layer connection, so that the transmission path After the handover, the communication between the remote UE and the network server is not interrupted, ensuring business continuity.
以下进一步结合图3B所示的场景,对上述方法进行举例说明。具体地,该示例包括如下步骤,如图9A所示。The above method will be further described with an example in combination with the scenario shown in FIG. 3B below. Specifically, this example includes the following steps, as shown in FIG. 9A.
步骤900至步骤906同实施例一图5A所示的步骤501至步骤506。Steps 900 to 906 are the same as steps 501 to 506 shown in FIG. 5A in the first embodiment.
步骤907,SMF网元确定远端UE的传输路径切换之前的非直通通信链路使用的第一地址(即图9B中的IP1-1),以及确定远端UE的传输路径切换之后的非直通通信链路对应的传输通道(即图9B中的第二非直通通信链路)。In step 907, the SMF network element determines the first address used by the non-direct communication link before the transmission path of the remote UE is switched (ie, IP1-1 in FIG. 9B), and determines the non-direct communication after the transmission path of the remote UE is switched. The transmission channel corresponding to the communication link (that is, the second non-direct communication link in FIG. 9B).
具体来说,SMF网元可以从UDM或从SMF网元本地存储中获取与远端UE的标识对应的上下文信息,根据该上下文信息确定第一地址。或者SMF网元可以从接收的来自中继UE的消息中确定第一地址。Specifically, the SMF network element may obtain the context information corresponding to the identifier of the remote UE from the UDM or from the local storage of the SMF network element, and determine the first address according to the context information. Or the SMF network element may determine the first address from the message received from the relay UE.
步骤908,SMF网元向UPF网元发送配置消息,该配置消息包括第一地址和中继UE所建立的传输通道之间的映射关系。Step 908: The SMF network element sends a configuration message to the UPF network element, where the configuration message includes the mapping relationship between the first address and the transmission channel established by the relay UE.
步骤909,SMF网元向第二中继UE发送第一地址。Step 909: The SMF network element sends the first address to the second relay UE.
步骤910,第二中继UE确定第一地址(即图9B中的IP1-1)和PC5链接对应的第四地址(即图9B中的IP3)之间的映射关系,第二中继UE根据映射关系传输远端UE的数据。Step 910: The second relay UE determines the mapping relationship between the first address (ie IP1-1 in FIG. 9B) and the fourth address corresponding to the PC5 link (ie IP3 in FIG. 9B), and the second relay UE determines the mapping relationship according to The mapping relationship transmits the data of the remote UE.
步骤911,因UPF网元配置有第一地址与第二中继UE所建立的传输通道之间的关联关系,UPF网元根据第一地址和传输通道之间的映射关系,传输远端UE的数据。Step 911, because the UPF network element is configured with the association relationship between the first address and the transmission channel established by the second relay UE, the UPF network element transmits the remote UE’s data according to the mapping relationship between the first address and the transmission channel. data.
结合图9B来说,当第二中继UE和UPF网元完成上述配置之后,针对上行传输数据,第二中继UE将来自远端UE的数据包中IP3地址转换为IP1-1地址,然后通过第二中继UE所建立的PDU会话进行传输。UPF网元通过该会话接收到该数据包之后,将第二数据包发送至网络服务器,这样,对网络服务器来说,在远端UE的传输路径切换前后,远端UE都是使用相同的IP1-1与网络侧服务器进行通信,所以可以保证业务的连续性。针对下行传输数据,UPF网元将以IP1-1封装的数据包通过第二中继UE的PDU会话转发至第二中继UE,第二中继UE利用IP3地址将该数据包进行封装,得到封装后的数据包,并将封装后的数据包发送至远端UE,这样,对远端UE来说,在远端UE的传输路径切换前后,远端UE都是使用相同的IP3地址与第二中继UE进行通信,所以可以保证业务的连续性。With reference to Figure 9B, after the second relay UE and the UPF network element complete the above configuration, for uplink transmission data, the second relay UE converts the IP3 address in the data packet from the remote UE to an IP1-1 address, and then The transmission is performed through the PDU session established by the second relay UE. After the UPF network element receives the data packet through the session, it sends the second data packet to the network server. In this way, for the network server, the remote UE uses the same IP1 before and after the transmission path of the remote UE is switched. -1 to communicate with the server on the network side, so business continuity can be guaranteed. For downlink transmission data, the UPF network element forwards the data packet encapsulated in IP1-1 to the second relay UE through the PDU session of the second relay UE, and the second relay UE encapsulates the data packet with the IP3 address to obtain The encapsulated data packet is sent to the remote UE. In this way, for the remote UE, before and after the transmission path of the remote UE is switched, the remote UE uses the same IP3 address and the first The second relay UE communicates, so the continuity of the service can be guaranteed.
本申请实施例中,在远端UE的传输路径切换后,远端UE与网络服务器之间并不需要重新建立传输层连接,SMF网元向UPF网元配置上述置第一地址和中继UE所建立的传输通道之间的映射关系,以及中继UE配置上述第一地址和第四地址之间的映射关系,使得UPF网元可以根据该映射关系,实现远端UE和网络服务器沿用传输路径切换前所使用的地址进行通信,即通过网络侧配置,实现在传输路径切换后远端UE和网络服务器之间通信不中断,保证业务连续性。In the embodiment of the present application, after the transmission path of the remote UE is switched, there is no need to re-establish the transport layer connection between the remote UE and the network server. The SMF network element configures the UPF network element with the above-mentioned first address and relay UE. The mapping relationship between the established transmission channels and the mapping relationship between the first address and the fourth address configured by the relay UE, so that the UPF network element can realize the remote UE and the network server to use the transmission path according to the mapping relationship The address used before the handover is used for communication, that is, through the network side configuration, the communication between the remote UE and the network server is not interrupted after the transmission path is switched, and the business continuity is ensured.
实施例四Example four
参见图10A所示,为本申请实施例提供的第四种实现业务连续性的方法流程示意图,该方法适用于图3C所示的场景,远端UE的传输路径在切换前后由同一个SMF网元负责管理,并且切换前后传输路径上的UPF网元为同一个UPF网元,该方法包括如下步骤。Refer to Figure 10A, which is a schematic flow chart of the fourth method for realizing service continuity provided by an embodiment of this application. This method is suitable for the scenario shown in Figure 3C. The transmission path of the remote UE is transferred from the same SMF network before and after handover The element is responsible for management, and the UPF network elements on the transmission path before and after the switch are the same UPF network element. The method includes the following steps.
步骤1000,远端UE在传输路径切换之前,远端UE通过第一中继UE连接到网络,SMF网元为第一中继UE分配地址(例如图10B中的IP1),第一中继UE在与UPF网元建立传输通道后,第一中继UE为远端UE分配第一地址(例如图10B中的IP1-1)。SMF网元可以记录第一中继UE的标识、PDU会话标识、DNN、S-NSSAI、IP1、远端UE的标识信息、第一地址之间的关联关系,该关联关系可以作为远端UE的签约信息存储在UDR或UDM中。SMF网元还可以从UDR或UDM获取该映射关系。Step 1000: Before the remote UE switches the transmission path, the remote UE connects to the network through the first relay UE, the SMF network element allocates an address (for example, IP1 in FIG. 10B) to the first relay UE, and the first relay UE After establishing a transmission channel with the UPF network element, the first relay UE allocates a first address (for example, IP1-1 in FIG. 10B) to the remote UE. The SMF network element can record the association relationship between the identity of the first relay UE, the PDU session identifier, DNN, S-NSSAI, IP1, the identification information of the remote UE, and the first address. The association relationship can be used as the remote UE’s The subscription information is stored in UDR or UDM. The SMF network element may also obtain the mapping relationship from the UDR or UDM.
步骤1001,远端UE向AMF网元发送第一消息。该第一消息中包括远端UE的标识,该第一消息可以是PDU会话建立消息该。在一种可能的情况下,该第一消息中还可以包括第一指示,例如传输路径切换指示(path switch indication),第一指示用于指示请求切换远端UE的传输路径。Step 1001: The remote UE sends a first message to the AMF network element. The first message includes the identifier of the remote UE, and the first message may be a PDU session establishment message. In a possible situation, the first message may also include a first indication, such as a transmission path switching indication (path switching indication), where the first indication is used to indicate a request to switch the transmission path of the remote UE.
需要说明的是,远端UE向AMF网元发送第一消息之前,可能已断开与第一中继UE的连接;或者,当远端UE与第二中继UE建立连接后,远端UE与第一中继UE断开连接,其中,第二中继UE指的是远端UE在传输路径切换之后所接入的中继UE。It should be noted that before the remote UE sends the first message to the AMF network element, the connection with the first relay UE may have been disconnected; or, after the remote UE establishes a connection with the second relay UE, the remote UE Disconnect from the first relay UE, where the second relay UE refers to the relay UE accessed by the remote UE after the transmission path is switched.
步骤1002,AMF网元将该消息中远端UE的标识信息(或者还包括第一指示)转发至SMF网元。Step 1002: The AMF network element forwards the identification information (or the first indication) of the remote UE in the message to the SMF network element.
可选地,该方法还包括步骤1003,SMF网元可以根据远端UE的标识信息确定远端UE的传输路径是否发生切换,或者SMF网元可以根据第一指示确定远端UE的传输路径是否发生切换。Optionally, the method further includes step 1003. The SMF network element may determine whether the transmission path of the remote UE is switched according to the identification information of the remote UE, or the SMF network element may determine whether the transmission path of the remote UE is switched according to the first indication A switch occurs.
可选地,该方法还包括步骤1004,SMF网元确定远端UE的传输路径发生切换后,进一步从UDM获取远端UE的签约信息,该签约信息指示了远端UE是否具有业务连续性的权限、若是,则SMF网元继续执行后续步骤,否则,则按照现有方式执行。Optionally, the method further includes step 1004. After the SMF network element determines that the transmission path of the remote UE is switched, it further obtains the subscription information of the remote UE from the UDM. The subscription information indicates whether the remote UE has service continuity. If yes, the SMF network element continues to perform the subsequent steps, otherwise, it executes in accordance with the existing method.
步骤1005,SMF网元为新创建的PDU会话配置第五地址(例如图10B中的IP5),确定远端UE的传输路径切换之前的非直通通信链路使用的第一地址(即图10B中的IP1-1)。Step 1005: The SMF network element configures a fifth address (for example, IP5 in FIG. 10B) for the newly created PDU session, and determines the first address used by the non-direct communication link before the transmission path of the remote UE is switched (that is, in FIG. 10B). IP1-1).
针对第一地址,具体来说,SMF网元可以采用上述实施一中的步骤403中方式一或方式二中的任意一种方式,确定第一地址。具体可以参见上述步骤403,该处不再重复赘述。Regarding the first address, specifically, the SMF network element may adopt any one of the method 1 or the method 2 in step 403 in the foregoing implementation 1 to determine the first address. For details, please refer to the above step 403, which will not be repeated here.
步骤1006,SMF网元向远端UE发送第五地址,该第五地址用于远端UE和UPF网元之间传输数据。Step 1006: The SMF network element sends a fifth address to the remote UE, where the fifth address is used to transmit data between the remote UE and the UPF network element.
步骤1007,因在传输路径切换之前,远端UE与第一中继之间建立有PC5通信链接,远端UE通过第六地址(如图10B中的IP3)传输数据至第一中继UE,所以远端UE将第 五地址(如图10B中的IP5)与第六地址((如图10B中的IP3))之间建立映射关系,并根据该映射关系传输远端UE的数据。Step 1007, because the PC5 communication link is established between the remote UE and the first relay before the transmission path is switched, the remote UE transmits data to the first relay UE through the sixth address (IP3 in FIG. 10B), Therefore, the remote UE establishes a mapping relationship between the fifth address (IP5 in FIG. 10B) and the sixth address ((IP3 in FIG. 10B)), and transmits the data of the remote UE according to the mapping relationship.
具体地,在传输上行数据时,远端UE可以将上行数据包中的第六地址转换为第五地址,在传输下行数据时,远端UE可以将下行数据包中的第五地址转换为第六地址。Specifically, when transmitting uplink data, the remote UE can convert the sixth address in the uplink data packet to a fifth address, and when transmitting downlink data, the remote UE can convert the fifth address in the downlink data packet to a fifth address. Six address.
步骤1008,SMF网元向UPF网元发送配置消息,该配置消息用于配置第五地址(如图10B中的IP5)和第一地址(如图10B中的IP1-1)之间的映射关系,该映射关系用于传输远端UE的数据。Step 1008: The SMF network element sends a configuration message to the UPF network element, where the configuration message is used to configure the mapping relationship between the fifth address (IP5 in Figure 10B) and the first address (IP1-1 in Figure 10B) , The mapping relationship is used to transmit the data of the remote UE.
步骤1009,UPF网元配置第五地址(如图10B中的IP5)和第一地址(如图10B中的IP1-1)之间的映射关系,根据该映射关系传输远端UE的数据。Step 1009: The UPF network element configures the mapping relationship between the fifth address (IP5 in FIG. 10B) and the first address (IP1-1 in FIG. 10B), and transmits data of the remote UE according to the mapping relationship.
结合图10B来说,当远端UE和UPF网元完成上述配置之后,针对上行传输数据,远端UE的网络层接收IP3封装的数据包,再使用IP5重新封装数据包,远端UE利用所建立的PDU会话传输该封装后的数据包至UPF网元,UPF网将接收的数据包中IP5转换为IP1-1,并将转换后的数据包发送至网络服务器。针对下行传输数据,UPF网元从网络服务器侧接收到包含IP1-1的数据包后,将该数据包中的IP1-1转换为IP5,并且利用远端UE的PDU会话传输该转换后的数据包,远端UE接收到该转换后的数据包后,将该数据包中的IP5转换为IP3。With reference to Figure 10B, after the remote UE and the UPF network element have completed the above configuration, for the uplink transmission data, the network layer of the remote UE receives the IP3 encapsulated data packet, and then uses IP5 to re-encapsulate the data packet. The remote UE uses all the data packets. The established PDU session transmits the encapsulated data packet to the UPF network element, and the UPF network converts IP5 in the received data packet to IP1-1, and sends the converted data packet to the network server. For downlink transmission data, after the UPF network element receives a data packet containing IP1-1 from the network server side, it converts IP1-1 in the data packet to IP5, and uses the PDU session of the remote UE to transmit the converted data After receiving the converted data packet, the remote UE converts IP5 in the data packet to IP3.
在另一种可能的实施例中,针对实施四所适用的图3C所示的场景,SMF网元还可以为该远端UE分配对网络服务器侧可见的第七地址,该第七地址用于UPF网元和网络服务器侧之间传输远端UE的数据。示例性地,结合图10B来说,第七地址指的是SMF网元为远端UE分配的IP7,该IP7对网络服务器侧是可见的。这样的话,上述步骤1008可以被替换为:SMF网元向UPF网元发送配置消息,该配置消息用于配置第五地址(如图10C中的IP5)和第七地址(如图10C中的IP7)之间的映射关系,该映射关系用于传输远端UE的数据。In another possible embodiment, for the scenario shown in FIG. 3C to which the fourth implementation is applicable, the SMF network element may also allocate a seventh address visible to the network server side for the remote UE, and the seventh address is used for The data of the remote UE is transmitted between the UPF network element and the network server side. Exemplarily, with reference to FIG. 10B, the seventh address refers to the IP7 allocated by the SMF network element to the remote UE, and the IP7 is visible to the network server side. In this case, the above step 1008 can be replaced by: the SMF network element sends a configuration message to the UPF network element, the configuration message is used to configure the fifth address (IP5 in Figure 10C) and the seventh address (IP7 in Figure 10C) ) Mapping relationship, which is used to transmit data of the remote UE.
上述步骤1009可以被替换为:UPF网元根据第七地址(如图10C中的IP5)和第五地址(如图10C中的IP7),传输远端UE的数据。The above step 1009 can be replaced by: the UPF network element transmits the data of the remote UE according to the seventh address (IP5 in FIG. 10C) and the fifth address (IP7 in FIG. 10C).
结合图10C来说,当第二中继UE和UPF网元完成上述映射关系的配置之后,针对上行传输数据,第一中继UE检测到来自远端UE的包含IP3的数据包,则将数据包的IP3转换为IP5,并将转换后的数据包映射到第一中继UE的PDU会话进行传输,UPF网元检测到所接收到的数据包包含IP5,则将数据包之后的IP5转换为IP7,并将转换后的数据包发送至网络服务器。针对下行传输数据,当UPF网元检测到来自网络服务器的包含IP7的数据包后,将该数据包的IP7转换为IP5,并映射到UPF网元所建立的PDU会话中进行传输,第一中继UE将从UPF网元所接收到数据包中的IP5转换为IP3,并将转换后的数据包发送远端UE。With reference to Figure 10C, after the second relay UE and the UPF network element have completed the configuration of the above mapping relationship, for the uplink transmission data, the first relay UE detects the data packet containing IP3 from the remote UE, and then transfers the data The IP3 of the packet is converted to IP5, and the converted data packet is mapped to the PDU session of the first relay UE for transmission. The UPF network element detects that the received data packet contains IP5, and then converts the IP5 after the data packet to IP7, and send the converted data packet to the network server. For downlink transmission data, when the UPF network element detects a data packet containing IP7 from the network server, it converts the IP7 of the data packet to IP5 and maps it to the PDU session established by the UPF network element for transmission. Subsequently, the UE converts IP5 in the data packet received from the UPF network element to IP3, and sends the converted data packet to the remote UE.
本申请实施例中,在远端UE的传输路径切换后,远端UE与网络服务器之间并不需要重新建立传输层连接,SMF网元向UPF网元配置上述置第一地址和中继UE所建立的传输通道之间的映射关系,实现远端UE和网络服务器沿用传输路径切换前所使用的地址进行通信,即通过网络侧配置,实现在传输路径切换后远端UE和网络服务器之间通信不中断,保证业务连续性。In the embodiment of the present application, after the transmission path of the remote UE is switched, there is no need to re-establish the transport layer connection between the remote UE and the network server. The SMF network element configures the UPF network element with the above-mentioned first address and relay UE. The mapping relationship between the established transmission channels enables the remote UE and the network server to communicate using the address used before the transmission path switch, that is, through the network side configuration, the remote UE and the network server are realized after the transmission path switch Communication is not interrupted to ensure business continuity.
实施例五Example five
参见图11A所示,为本申请实施例提供的第五种实现业务连续性的方法流程示意图,该方法适用于图3A和图3B所示的场景,远端UE的传输路径在切换前后由同一个SMF网元负责管理,并且切换前后传输路径上的UPF网元为不同UPF网元。假设,在切换之前的第一传输路径中包括第一UPF网元,切换之后的第二传输路径中包括第二UPF网元,该方法包括如下步骤。Refer to Figure 11A, which is a schematic flowchart of the fifth method for realizing service continuity provided by an embodiment of this application. This method is suitable for the scenarios shown in Figure 3A and Figure 3B. One SMF network element is responsible for management, and the UPF network elements on the transmission path before and after the handover are different UPF network elements. Assuming that the first transmission path before the handover includes a first UPF network element, and the second transmission path after the handover includes a second UPF network element, the method includes the following steps.
步骤1101、远端UE切换至中继UE,通过中继UE连接到网络,远端UE可以与中继UE建立PC5通信链接,远端UE将在该PC5通信链接中用于通信的第四地址(如图11B中的IP3)通知至第二中继UE。Step 1101, the remote UE is switched to the relay UE, and the remote UE is connected to the network through the relay UE. The remote UE can establish a PC5 communication link with the relay UE. The remote UE will use the fourth address for communication in the PC5 communication link. (IP3 in FIG. 11B) is notified to the second relay UE.
示例性地,如图3A所示,远端UE从直接接入RAN切换为通过中继UE接入RAN,即从直通通信链路切换为非直通通信链路,或者,如图3B所示,远端UE从接入第一中继UE切换为接入第二中继UE,即从第一非直通通信链路切换为第二非直通通信链路。Exemplarily, as shown in FIG. 3A, the remote UE switches from directly accessing the RAN to accessing the RAN through a relay UE, that is, switching from a direct communication link to a non-direct communication link, or, as shown in FIG. 3B, The remote UE switches from accessing the first relay UE to accessing the second relay UE, that is, switches from the first non-direct communication link to the second non-direct communication link.
步骤1102、SMF网元接收来自中继UE的第一消息。Step 1102: The SMF network element receives the first message from the relay UE.
其中,该第一消息可以是PDU会话建立消息,或者是PDU会话修改请求消息。示例性地,结合图3B来说,远端UE从第一中继UE切换至第二中继UE,远端UE向该第二中继UE发送中继接入请求消息,该中继接入请求消息中至少包括远端UE的标识信息(远端UE ID)。该远端UE的标识信息还可以用于指示远端UE的传输路径发生切换,以便于SMF网元确定远端UE的传输路径发生切换。Wherein, the first message may be a PDU session establishment message or a PDU session modification request message. Exemplarily, with reference to FIG. 3B, the remote UE switches from the first relay UE to the second relay UE, and the remote UE sends a relay access request message to the second relay UE, and the relay access The request message includes at least the remote UE's identification information (remote UE ID). The identification information of the remote UE may also be used to indicate that the transmission path of the remote UE is switched, so that the SMF network element can determine that the transmission path of the remote UE is switched.
需要说明的是,远端UE向AMF网元发送第一消息之前,可能已断开与第一中继UE的连接;或者,当第二中继UE与第二UPF网元建立第二传输通道后,远端UE与第一中继UE断开连接,其中第二传输通道可以是第二中继UE所建立的PDU会话。It should be noted that the remote UE may have disconnected from the first relay UE before sending the first message to the AMF network element; or, when the second relay UE establishes a second transmission channel with the second UPF network element After that, the remote UE is disconnected from the first relay UE, where the second transmission channel may be a PDU session established by the second relay UE.
在一种可能的实施例中,第一消息还可以包括第一指示,例如传输路径切换指示(path switch indication),第一指示用于指示请求切换远端UE的传输路径。示例性地,结合图3B来说,远端UE从第一中继UE切换至第二中继UE,远端UE向该第二中继UE发送中继接入请求消息,第二中继UE收到该中继接入请求消息后,第二中继UE向SMF网元发送PDU会话建立消息,或者是PDU会话修改请求消息,且在该消息中承载远端UE的标识信息和第一指示,以便于SMF网元根据第一指示确定远端UE的传输路径发生切换。In a possible embodiment, the first message may further include a first indication, such as a transmission path switching indication (path switching indication), where the first indication is used to indicate a request to switch the transmission path of the remote UE. Exemplarily, with reference to FIG. 3B, the remote UE switches from the first relay UE to the second relay UE, the remote UE sends a relay access request message to the second relay UE, and the second relay UE After receiving the relay access request message, the second relay UE sends a PDU session establishment message or a PDU session modification request message to the SMF network element, and the message carries the identification information of the remote UE and the first indication , So that the SMF network element determines that the transmission path of the remote UE is switched according to the first indication.
步骤1103,SMF网元确定远端UE在传输路径切换之前通信链路所使用的第一地址(如图11B中的IP1-1)。Step 1103: The SMF network element determines the first address used by the communication link of the remote UE before the transmission path switching (IP1-1 in FIG. 11B).
其中,第一地址指的是远端UE在传输路径切换之前传输路径上的第一UPF网元传输远端UE的数据所使用的地址。第一地址可以指的是IP地址和端口号中的至少一种。其中,第一地址的具体确定方法可以参照上述实施例一中的步骤403中方式一和方式二,在此不再重复赘述。The first address refers to the address used by the first UPF network element on the transmission path of the remote UE to transmit data of the remote UE before the transmission path is switched. The first address may refer to at least one of an IP address and a port number. Among them, the specific method for determining the first address can refer to the first method and the second method in step 403 in the first embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
步骤1104,SMF网元向中继UE发送第一地址。Step 1104: The SMF network element sends the first address to the relay UE.
可选地,中继UE从远端UE获取第一地址。Optionally, the relay UE obtains the first address from the remote UE.
步骤1105,中继UE接收来自SMF网元的第一地址,并且配置第一地址和第四地址(如图11B中的IP3)之间的映射关系,并利用该映射关系传输远端UE的上下行数据。Step 1105: The relay UE receives the first address from the SMF network element, configures the mapping relationship between the first address and the fourth address (IP3 in Figure 11B), and uses the mapping relationship to transmit the remote UE's top and bottom. Row data.
具体来说,针对上行传输,远端UE向中继UE发送上行数据,中继UE接收来自远端UE的第一数据包,该第一数据包包括第四地址,中继UE根据第一地址和第四地址之间的映射关系,利用第一地址对第一数据包进行封装,得到封装后的第二数据包,然后将第二数据包发送至网络侧。针对下行传输,中继UE接收来自网络侧的第三数据包后,该 第三数据包包括第一地址,中继UE根据第一地址和第四地址之间的映射关系,利用第四地址对第三数据包进行封装,得到封装后的第四数据包,然后将第四数据包发送至远端UE。Specifically, for uplink transmission, the remote UE sends uplink data to the relay UE, the relay UE receives a first data packet from the remote UE, the first data packet includes a fourth address, and the relay UE according to the first address The mapping relationship between the fourth address and the first address is used to encapsulate the first data packet to obtain the encapsulated second data packet, and then the second data packet is sent to the network side. For downlink transmission, after the relay UE receives the third data packet from the network side, the third data packet includes the first address, and the relay UE uses the fourth address pair according to the mapping relationship between the first address and the fourth address. The third data packet is encapsulated to obtain the encapsulated fourth data packet, and then the fourth data packet is sent to the remote UE.
在一种可能的实施例中,该方法还包括步骤1106,SMF网元在收到第一消息后,确定远端UE是否具有实现业务连续性的权限,若有,则继续执行后续步骤,否则,则不执行。In a possible embodiment, the method further includes step 1106. After receiving the first message, the SMF network element determines whether the remote UE has the authority to achieve service continuity, and if so, continues to perform the subsequent steps, otherwise , It is not executed.
其中,具体确定远端UE是否具有实现业务连续性的权限的方法可以参见上述实施例一中的步骤404,在此不再重复赘述。For the specific method for determining whether the remote UE has the authority to achieve service continuity, refer to step 404 in the above-mentioned embodiment 1, which will not be repeated here.
步骤1107,SMF网元判断与远端UE相关联的UPF有两个,即远端UE切换之前的第一传输路径中的第一UPF网元、远端UE切换之后的第二传输路径中的第二UPF网元。若关联两个UPF,SMF网元指示第一UPF网元和第二UPF网元建立第三传输通道,该第三传输通道可以是第一UPF网元和第二UPF网元之间的转发隧道,SMF网元还可以配置第一UPF网元和第二UPF网元的动作。Step 1107: The SMF network element determines that there are two UPFs associated with the remote UE, that is, the first UPF network element in the first transmission path before the remote UE is switched, and the second transmission path after the remote UE is switched. The second UPF network element. If two UPFs are associated, the SMF network element instructs the first UPF network element and the second UPF network element to establish a third transmission channel, which can be a forwarding tunnel between the first UPF network element and the second UPF network element , The SMF network element can also configure the actions of the first UPF network element and the second UPF network element.
具体地,SMF网元指示第一UPF网元建立检测具有第一地址的数据包,并建立转发隧道。第一UPF网元向SMF网元返回所配置的隧道端点标识(TEID of UPF1)。SMF网元指示第二UPF网元对数据进行转发,将从TEID of UPF1接收的数据转发至中继UE建立的PDU会话,并建立转发隧道;第一UPF网元返回所配置的隧道端点标识(TEID of UPF2);SMF网元将TEID of UPF2发送给第一UPF网元,指示将转发数据发往TEID of UPF2。Specifically, the SMF network element instructs the first UPF network element to establish and detect the data packet with the first address, and establish a forwarding tunnel. The first UPF network element returns the configured tunnel endpoint identifier (TEID of UPF1) to the SMF network element. The SMF network element instructs the second UPF network element to forward the data, forwards the data received from the TEID of UPF1 to the PDU session established by the relay UE, and establishes the forwarding tunnel; the first UPF network element returns the configured tunnel endpoint identifier ( TEID of UPF2); The SMF network element sends the TEID of UPF2 to the first UPF network element, and instructs the forwarding data to be sent to the TEID of UPF2.
步骤1108,SMF网元指示第一UPF网元建立第一地址和第三传输通道的映射关系,第一UPF网元根据该映射关系传输远端UE的数据。Step 1108: The SMF network element instructs the first UPF network element to establish a mapping relationship between the first address and the third transmission channel, and the first UPF network element transmits data of the remote UE according to the mapping relationship.
结合图11B来说,SMF网元指示第一UPF网元建立IP1-1和第三传输通道之间的映射关系。具体的,SMF网元指示第一UPF网元检测IP1-1数据包,并建立转发隧道。第一UPF网元返回所配置的隧道端点标识(TEID of UPF1),其中,TEID(Tunnel Endpoint ID)为隧道结束端点标识。With reference to FIG. 11B, the SMF network element instructs the first UPF network element to establish a mapping relationship between IP1-1 and the third transmission channel. Specifically, the SMF network element instructs the first UPF network element to detect the IP1-1 data packet and establish a forwarding tunnel. The first UPF network element returns the configured tunnel endpoint identifier (TEID of UPF1), where TEID (Tunnel Endpoint ID) is the tunnel end endpoint identifier.
步骤1109,SMF网元指示第二UPF网元建立第一地址、第二传输通道和第三传输通道之间的映射关系。Step 1109: The SMF network element instructs the second UPF network element to establish a mapping relationship between the first address, the second transmission channel, and the third transmission channel.
具体的,SMF网元指示第二UPF网元进行数据转发,将从TEID of UPF1接收的数据转发至第二中继UE的PDU会话,并建立转发隧道。第二UPF网元返回所配置的隧道端点标识(TEID of UPF2)。另外,在一种可能的实现中,SMF网元还可以将TEID of UPF2发送给第一UPF网元,指示将转发数据发往TEID of UPF2。Specifically, the SMF network element instructs the second UPF network element to forward data, forward the data received from the TEID of UPF1 to the PDU session of the second relay UE, and establish a forwarding tunnel. The second UPF network element returns the configured tunnel endpoint identifier (TEID of UPF2). In addition, in a possible implementation, the SMF network element may also send the TEID of UPF2 to the first UPF network element, instructing the forwarding data to be sent to the TEID of UPF2.
步骤1110,第二UPF网元和第一UPF网元根据第一地址、第二传输通道和第三传输通道之间的映射关系,传输远端UE的数据。Step 1110: The second UPF network element and the first UPF network element transmit data of the remote UE according to the mapping relationship between the first address, the second transmission channel, and the third transmission channel.
结合图11B来说,针对下行数据传输,第一UPF网元检测到IP1-1数据后,通过第三传输通道发送至第二UPF网元,第二UPF网元将从第三传输通道所接收的数据发送到第二传输通道,第二中继UE将收到数据包中的IP 1-1转换为IP3,并将转换后的数据发送给远端UE。针对上行数据传输,第二中继UE检测到包含IP3的数据包后,将数据包之后的IP3转换为IP1-1,并且利用第二中继UE所建立的PDU会话传输到第二UPF网元,第二UPF网元将从第二传输通道所接收到的用IP1-1封装的数据包发送到第三传输通道,第一UPF网元通过第三传输通道接收到来自第二UPF网元的IP1-1数据包后,再发送至网络服务器。With reference to Figure 11B, for downlink data transmission, after the first UPF network element detects IP1-1 data, it is sent to the second UPF network element through the third transmission channel, and the second UPF network element will receive it from the third transmission channel The data of is sent to the second transmission channel, and the second relay UE converts the IP 1-1 in the received data packet to IP3, and sends the converted data to the remote UE. For uplink data transmission, after the second relay UE detects a data packet containing IP3, it converts the IP3 after the data packet to IP1-1, and uses the PDU session established by the second relay UE to transmit to the second UPF network element , The second UPF network element sends the IP1-1 encapsulated data packet received from the second transmission channel to the third transmission channel, and the first UPF network element receives the data packet from the second UPF network element through the third transmission channel. After the IP1-1 data packet, it is sent to the network server.
本申请实施例中,在远端UE的传输路径切换后,远端UE与网络服务器之间并不需 要重新建立传输层连接,SMF网元向第一UPF网元和第二UPF网元配置上述映射关系,以及中继UE配置上述映射关系,使得UPF网元可以根据该映射关系,实现远端UE和网络服务器沿用传输路径切换前所使用的地址进行通信,即通过网络侧配置,实现在传输路径切换后远端UE和网络服务器之间通信不中断,保证业务连续性。In the embodiment of this application, after the transmission path of the remote UE is switched, there is no need to re-establish the transport layer connection between the remote UE and the network server. The SMF network element configures the above-mentioned configuration to the first UPF network element and the second UPF network element. The mapping relationship and the configuration of the above-mentioned mapping relationship by the relay UE enable the UPF network element to implement the communication between the remote UE and the network server using the address used before the transmission path switch based on the mapping relationship. After the path is switched, the communication between the remote UE and the network server is not interrupted, ensuring business continuity.
实施例六Example Six
参见图12A所示,为本申请实施例提供的第六种实现业务连续性的方法流程示意图,该方法适用于图3A和图3B所示的场景,远端UE的传输路径在切换前后由同一个SMF网元负责管理,并且切换前后传输路径上的UPF网元为不同UPF网元。假设,在切换之前的第一传输路径中包括第一UPF网元,切换之后的第二传输路径中包括第二UPF网元,该方法包括如下步骤。Refer to Figure 12A, which is a schematic flow chart of the sixth method for realizing service continuity provided by an embodiment of this application. This method is suitable for the scenarios shown in Figures 3A and 3B. One SMF network element is responsible for management, and the UPF network elements on the transmission path before and after the handover are different UPF network elements. Assuming that the first transmission path before the handover includes a first UPF network element, and the second transmission path after the handover includes a second UPF network element, the method includes the following steps.
步骤1201、远端UE切换至中继UE,通过中继UE连接到网络,远端UE可以与中继UE建立PC5通信链接,远端UE将在该PC5通信链接中用于通信的第四地址(如图11B中的IP3)通知至第二中继UE。中继UE在与第二UPF网元建立PDU会话后,为远端UE配置第二地址(如图12B至的IP2-1)。Step 1201: The remote UE switches to the relay UE, and connects to the network through the relay UE. The remote UE can establish a PC5 communication link with the relay UE. The remote UE will use the fourth address for communication in the PC5 communication link. (IP3 in FIG. 11B) is notified to the second relay UE. After the relay UE establishes a PDU session with the second UPF network element, it configures a second address for the remote UE (as shown in Figure 12B to IP2-1).
示例性地,如图3A所示,远端UE从直接接入RAN切换为通过中继UE接入RAN,即从直通通信链路切换为非直通通信链路,或者,如图3B所示,远端UE从接入第一中继UE切换为接入第二中继UE,即从第一非直通通信链路切换为第二非直通通信链路。Exemplarily, as shown in FIG. 3A, the remote UE switches from directly accessing the RAN to accessing the RAN through a relay UE, that is, switching from a direct communication link to a non-direct communication link, or, as shown in FIG. 3B, The remote UE switches from accessing the first relay UE to accessing the second relay UE, that is, switches from the first non-direct communication link to the second non-direct communication link.
步骤1202至步骤1207同上述步骤1102至步骤1107。Step 1202 to step 1207 are the same as the above step 1102 to step 1107.
步骤1208,SMF网元指示第一UPF网元建立第一地址、第二地址和第三传输通道的映射关系,以便于第一UPF网元根据该映射关系传输远端UE的数据。Step 1208: The SMF network element instructs the first UPF network element to establish a mapping relationship between the first address, the second address, and the third transmission channel, so that the first UPF network element transmits data of the remote UE according to the mapping relationship.
结合图12B来说,SMF网元指示第一UPF网元建立IP1-1、IP2-1和第三传输通道之间的映射关系。具体的,SMF网元指示第一UPF网元检测IP1-1数据包,并建立转发隧道。第一UPF网元返回所配置的隧道端点标识(TEID of UPF1),其中,TEID(Tunnel Endpoint ID)为隧道结束端点标识。With reference to FIG. 12B, the SMF network element instructs the first UPF network element to establish a mapping relationship between IP1-1, IP2-1, and the third transmission channel. Specifically, the SMF network element instructs the first UPF network element to detect the IP1-1 data packet and establish a forwarding tunnel. The first UPF network element returns the configured tunnel endpoint identifier (TEID of UPF1), where TEID (Tunnel Endpoint ID) is the tunnel end endpoint identifier.
步骤1209,SMF网元指示第二UPF网元建立第二地址、第二传输通道和第三传输通道之间的映射关系。Step 1209: The SMF network element instructs the second UPF network element to establish a mapping relationship between the second address, the second transmission channel, and the third transmission channel.
具体的,SMF网元指示第二UPF网元进行数据转发,将从TEID of UPF1接收的数据转发至第二中继UE的PDU会话,并建立转发隧道。第二UPF网元返回所配置的隧道端点标识(TEID of UPF2)。另外,在一种可能的实现中,SMF网元还可以将TEID of UPF2发送给第一UPF网元,指示将转发数据发往TEID of UPF2。Specifically, the SMF network element instructs the second UPF network element to forward data, forward the data received from the TEID of UPF1 to the PDU session of the second relay UE, and establish a forwarding tunnel. The second UPF network element returns the configured tunnel endpoint identifier (TEID of UPF2). In addition, in a possible implementation, the SMF network element may also send the TEID of UPF2 to the first UPF network element, instructing the forwarding data to be sent to the TEID of UPF2.
步骤1210,第二UPF网元和第一UPF网元根据第二地址、第二传输通道和第三传输通道之间的映射关系,传输远端UE的数据。Step 1210: The second UPF network element and the first UPF network element transmit data of the remote UE according to the mapping relationship between the second address, the second transmission channel, and the third transmission channel.
结合图12B来说,针对下行数据传输,第一UPF网元从网络服务器侧接收数据包,当检测到包含IP1-1的数据后,将数据包之后的IP1-1转换为IP2-1,并通过第三传输通道发送至第二UPF网元,第二UPF网元将从第三传输通道所接收的数据发送至第二传输通道,第二中继UE将数据包中的IP2-1转换为IP3后发送给远端UE。针对上行数据传输,第二中继UE检测到包含IP 3的数据包,将数据包之后的IP3转换为IP2-1,并利用第二中继UE所建立的PDU会话进行传输,第二中继UE将从第二传输通道所接收到的IP 2-1数据发送第三传输通道,第一UPF网元从第三传输通道接收到数据后,将该数据包中的IP2-1 转换为IP1-1,并将转换后的数据包发送至网络服务器侧。With reference to Figure 12B, for downlink data transmission, the first UPF network element receives a data packet from the network server side, and when it detects data containing IP1-1, it converts the IP1-1 after the data packet to IP2-1, and Send to the second UPF network element through the third transmission channel, the second UPF network element sends the data received from the third transmission channel to the second transmission channel, and the second relay UE converts the IP2-1 in the data packet to After IP3, it is sent to the remote UE. For uplink data transmission, the second relay UE detects a data packet containing IP 3, converts the IP3 after the data packet to IP2-1, and uses the PDU session established by the second relay UE for transmission. The UE sends the IP 2-1 data received from the second transmission channel to the third transmission channel. After the first UPF network element receives the data from the third transmission channel, it converts the IP2-1 in the data packet to IP1- 1. Send the converted data packet to the network server side.
本申请实施例中,在远端UE的传输路径切换前后,对网络服务器来说,对侧远端UE的地址并未改变,对远端UE来说,对侧网络服务器的地址并未改变,所以可以保证业务的连续性。In the embodiment of the present application, before and after the transmission path of the remote UE is switched, for the network server, the address of the remote UE on the opposite side has not changed, and for the remote UE, the address of the network server on the opposite side has not changed. Therefore, business continuity can be guaranteed.
在另一种可能的实施例中,上述步骤1208可以被替换为:SMF网元指示第一UPF网元建立第一地址和第三传输通道的映射关系。In another possible embodiment, the above step 1208 may be replaced with: the SMF network element instructs the first UPF network element to establish the mapping relationship between the first address and the third transmission channel.
结合图12C来说,针对下行数据传输,第一UPF网元从网络服务器侧接收数据包,当检测到包含IP1-1的数据包后,通过第三传输通道将该数据包发送至第二UPF网元,第二UPF网元将从第三传输通道所接收的数据包利用IP2-1重新封装,发送至第二传输通道,第二中继UE将数据包中的IP2-1转换为IP3后发送给远端UE。针对上行数据传输,第二中继UE检测到包含IP 3的数据包,将数据包之后的IP3转换为IP2-1,并利用第二中继UE所建立的PDU会话进行传输,第二中继UE将从第二传输通道所接收到的IP 2-1数据包利用IP1-1重新封装,再发送第三传输通道,第一UPF网元从第三传输通道接收到数据包后,将该数据包发送至网络服务器侧。With reference to Figure 12C, for downlink data transmission, the first UPF network element receives a data packet from the network server side, and when it detects a data packet containing IP1-1, it sends the data packet to the second UPF through the third transmission channel. Network element, the second UPF network element re-encapsulates the data packet received from the third transmission channel with IP2-1 and sends it to the second transmission channel. After the second relay UE converts the IP2-1 in the data packet to IP3 Sent to the remote UE. For uplink data transmission, the second relay UE detects a data packet containing IP 3, converts the IP3 after the data packet to IP2-1, and uses the PDU session established by the second relay UE for transmission. The UE re-encapsulates the IP 2-1 data packet received from the second transmission channel with IP1-1, and then sends the third transmission channel. After the first UPF network element receives the data packet from the third transmission channel, the data The packet is sent to the web server side.
实施例七Example Seven
参见图13A所示,为本申请实施例提供的第七种实现业务连续性的方法流程示意图,该方法适用于图3A和3B所示的场景,远端UE的传输路径在切换前后由不同SMF网元负责管理,并且切换前后传输路径上的UPF网元为不同UPF网元。假设,在切换之前的第一传输路径中包括第一UPF网元,切换之后的第二传输路径中包括第二UPF网元,在切换前的传输路径由第一SMF负责会话管理,在切换后的传输路径由第二SMF负责会话管理,该方法包括如下步骤。Refer to FIG. 13A, which is a schematic flow chart of the seventh method for realizing service continuity provided by an embodiment of this application. This method is suitable for the scenarios shown in FIGS. 3A and 3B. The network elements are responsible for management, and the UPF network elements on the transmission path before and after the switch are different UPF network elements. Assuming that the first transmission path before the handover includes the first UPF network element, the second transmission path after the handover includes the second UPF network element, and the first SMF is responsible for session management on the transmission path before the handover. The second SMF is responsible for the session management of the transmission path, and the method includes the following steps.
步骤1301、远端UE切换至中继UE,通过中继UE连接到网络,远端UE可以与中继UE建立PC5通信链接,远端UE将在该PC5通信链接中用于通信的第四地址(如图13B中的IP3)通知至第二中继UE。Step 1301: The remote UE switches to the relay UE, and connects to the network through the relay UE. The remote UE can establish a PC5 communication link with the relay UE. The remote UE will use the fourth address for communication in the PC5 communication link. (IP3 in Fig. 13B) is notified to the second relay UE.
需要说明的是,在远端UE切换传输路径之前,第一SMF网元在为远端UE配置了第一地址(例如图5B中的IP1-1)之后,第一SMF网元记录“IP1-1处于使用状态”的指示信息,并将可以存储传输路径之前的PDU会话的上下文中,也就是说,第一地址未被释放,SMF网元不可以分配该第一地址给其它的远端UE。It should be noted that before the remote UE switches the transmission path, after the first SMF network element configures the first address (for example, IP1-1 in FIG. 5B) for the remote UE, the first SMF network element records "IP1- 1 is in use", and can store the context of the PDU session before the transmission path, that is, the first address has not been released, and the SMF network element cannot allocate the first address to other remote UEs. .
示例性地,如图3A所示,远端UE从直接接入RAN切换为通过中继UE接入RAN,即从直通通信链路切换为非直通通信链路,或者,如图3B所示,远端UE从接入第一中继UE切换为接入第二中继UE,即从第一非直通通信链路切换为第二非直通通信链路。Exemplarily, as shown in FIG. 3A, the remote UE switches from directly accessing the RAN to accessing the RAN through a relay UE, that is, switching from a direct communication link to a non-direct communication link, or, as shown in FIG. 3B, The remote UE switches from accessing the first relay UE to accessing the second relay UE, that is, switches from the first non-direct communication link to the second non-direct communication link.
步骤1302、在远端UE的传输路径发生切换后,第二SMF网元接收来自中继UE的第一消息。Step 1302: After the transmission path of the remote UE is switched, the second SMF network element receives the first message from the relay UE.
其中,该第一消息可以是PDU会话建立消息,或者是PDU会话修改请求消息。示例性地,结合图3B来说,远端UE从第一中继UE切换至第二中继UE,远端UE向该第二中继UE发送中继接入请求消息,该中继接入请求消息中至少包括远端UE的标识信息(远端UE ID)。该远端UE的标识信息还可以用于指示远端UE的传输路径发生切换,以便于第二SMF网元确定远端UE的传输路径发生切换。Wherein, the first message may be a PDU session establishment message or a PDU session modification request message. Exemplarily, with reference to FIG. 3B, the remote UE switches from the first relay UE to the second relay UE, and the remote UE sends a relay access request message to the second relay UE, and the relay access The request message includes at least the remote UE's identification information (remote UE ID). The identification information of the remote UE may also be used to indicate that the transmission path of the remote UE is switched, so that the second SMF network element can determine that the transmission path of the remote UE is switched.
在一种可能的实施例中,第一消息还可以包括第一指示,例如传输路径切换指示(path switch indication),第一指示用于指示请求切换远端UE的传输路径。示例性地,结合图3B 来说,远端UE从第一中继UE切换至第二中继UE,远端UE向该第二中继UE发送中继接入请求消息,第二中继UE收到该中继接入请求消息后,第二中继UE向SMF网元发送PDU会话建立消息,或者是PDU会话修改请求消息,且在该消息中承载远端UE的标识信息和第一指示,以便于SMF网元根据第一指示确定远端UE的传输路径发生切换。In a possible embodiment, the first message may further include a first indication, such as a transmission path switching indication (path switching indication), where the first indication is used to indicate a request to switch the transmission path of the remote UE. Exemplarily, with reference to FIG. 3B, the remote UE switches from the first relay UE to the second relay UE, the remote UE sends a relay access request message to the second relay UE, and the second relay UE After receiving the relay access request message, the second relay UE sends a PDU session establishment message or a PDU session modification request message to the SMF network element, and the message carries the identification information of the remote UE and the first indication , So that the SMF network element determines that the transmission path of the remote UE is switched according to the first indication.
在一种可能的实施例中,该方法还包括步骤1303,SMF网元在收到第一消息后,确定远端UE是否具有实现业务连续性的权限,若有,则继续执行后续步骤,否则,则不执行。In a possible embodiment, the method further includes step 1303. After receiving the first message, the SMF network element determines whether the remote UE has the authority to achieve service continuity, and if so, continues to perform the subsequent steps, otherwise , It is not executed.
其中,具体确定远端UE是否具有实现业务连续性的权限的方法可以参见上述实施例一中的步骤404,在此不再重复赘述。步骤1304a,第二SMF网元根据第一消息中远端UE的标识,向UDM发送请求消息,该请求消息用于请求远端UE在传输路径切换之前通信链路所使用的地址(如图13B中的IP1-1)和SMF网元信息。步骤1304b,第二SMF网元从UDM接收通知消息,该通知消息包括第一地址和第一SMF网元信息。For the specific method for determining whether the remote UE has the authority to achieve service continuity, refer to step 404 in the above-mentioned embodiment 1, which will not be repeated here. Step 1304a: The second SMF network element sends a request message to the UDM according to the identifier of the remote UE in the first message. The request message is used to request the remote UE to use the address of the communication link before the transmission path is switched (as shown in Figure 13B IP1-1) and SMF network element information. Step 1304b: The second SMF network element receives a notification message from UDM, where the notification message includes the first address and the first SMF network element information.
需要说明的是,远端UE在传输路径切换之前,因切换前的传输路径由第一SMF负责会话管理,第一SMF网元将远端UE的标识信息和第一SMF网元之间的关联关系上报给UDM,由UDM储存。It should be noted that before the transmission path of the remote UE is switched, the first SMF is responsible for the session management of the transmission path before the switch. The first SMF network element associates the identification information of the remote UE with the first SMF network element. The relationship is reported to UDM and stored by UDM.
可选的,如果步骤1302消息中包括远端UE在传输路径切换之前通信链路所使用的地址,则该请求消息用于请求负责管理远端UE在传输路径切换之前通信链路的SMF网元信息。相应地,步骤1304b消息中不包括第一地址。Optionally, if the step 1302 message includes the address used by the communication link of the remote UE before the transmission path switching, the request message is used to request the SMF network element responsible for managing the communication link of the remote UE before the transmission path switching information. Correspondingly, the first address is not included in the step 1304b message.
其中,第一地址指的是远端UE在传输路径切换之前,第一UPF网元传输远端UE的数据所使用的地址。第一地址可以指的是IP地址和端口号中的至少一种。其中,第一地址的具体确定方法可以参照上述实施例一中的步骤403,在此不再重复赘述。The first address refers to the address used by the first UPF network element to transmit data of the remote UE before the remote UE is switched. The first address may refer to at least one of an IP address and a port number. For the specific method for determining the first address, reference may be made to step 403 in the first embodiment above, which will not be repeated here.
步骤1305,第二SMF网元向中继UE发送第一地址。Step 1305: The second SMF network element sends the first address to the relay UE.
步骤1306,中继UE接收来自第二SMF网元的第一地址,并且配置第一地址和第四地址(如图13B中的IP3)之间的映射关系,并利用该映射关系传输远端UE的上下行数据。Step 1306: The relay UE receives the first address from the second SMF network element, configures the mapping relationship between the first address and the fourth address (IP3 in Figure 13B), and uses the mapping relationship to transmit the remote UE Upstream and downstream data.
具体来说,针对上行传输,远端UE向中继UE发送上行数据,中继UE接收来自远端UE的第一数据包,该第一数据包包括第四地址,中继UE根据第一地址和第四地址之间的映射关系,利用第一地址对第一数据包进行封装,得到封装后的第二数据包,然后将第二数据包发送至网络侧。针对下行传输,中继UE接收来自网络侧的第三数据包后,该第三数据包包括第一地址,中继UE根据第一地址和第四地址之间的映射关系,利用第四地址对第三数据包进行封装,得到封装后的第四数据包,然后将第四数据包发送至远端UE。Specifically, for uplink transmission, the remote UE sends uplink data to the relay UE, the relay UE receives a first data packet from the remote UE, the first data packet includes a fourth address, and the relay UE according to the first address The mapping relationship between the fourth address and the first address is used to encapsulate the first data packet to obtain the encapsulated second data packet, and then the second data packet is sent to the network side. For downlink transmission, after the relay UE receives the third data packet from the network side, the third data packet includes the first address, and the relay UE uses the fourth address pair according to the mapping relationship between the first address and the fourth address. The third data packet is encapsulated to obtain the encapsulated fourth data packet, and then the fourth data packet is sent to the remote UE.
步骤1307,第一SMF和第二SMF网元分别指示第一UPF和第二UPF网元建立第三传输通道,该第三传输通道是第一UPF网元和第二UPF网元之间的转发隧道。Step 1307: The first SMF and the second SMF network element respectively instruct the first UPF and the second UPF network element to establish a third transmission channel, and the third transmission channel is a forwarding between the first UPF network element and the second UPF network element tunnel.
可选的,第二SMF网元判断与远端UE相关联的UPF有两个,即远端UE切换之前的第一传输路径中的第一UPF、远端UE切换之后的第二传输路径中的第二UPF。之后再向第一SMF请求建立第三传输通道。。Optionally, the second SMF network element determines that there are two UPFs associated with the remote UE, that is, the first UPF in the first transmission path before the remote UE is handed over, and the second transmission path after the remote UE is handed over The second UPF. Then it requests the first SMF to establish the third transmission channel. .
具体地,第一SMF网元指示第一UPF网元建立检测具有第一地址的数据包,并建立转发隧道。第一UPF网元向SMF网元返回所配置的隧道端点标识(TEID of UPF1)。第二SMF网元指示第二UPF网元对数据进行转发,将从TEID of UPF1接收的数据转发至中继UE建立的PDU会话,并建立转发隧道;第一UPF网元返回所配置的隧道端点标识(TEID  of UPF2);第一SMF网元将TEID of UPF2发送给第一UPF网元,指示将转发数据发往TEID of UPF2。Specifically, the first SMF network element instructs the first UPF network element to establish and detect the data packet with the first address, and establish a forwarding tunnel. The first UPF network element returns the configured tunnel endpoint identifier (TEID of UPF1) to the SMF network element. The second SMF network element instructs the second UPF network element to forward the data, forwards the data received from the TEID of UPF1 to the PDU session established by the relay UE, and establishes the forwarding tunnel; the first UPF network element returns the configured tunnel endpoint Identification (TEID of UPF2); the first SMF network element sends TEID of UPF2 to the first UPF network element, indicating that the forwarded data is sent to TEID of UPF2.
步骤1308,第一SMF网元指示第一UPF网元建立第一地址和第三传输通道的映射关系,第一UPF网元根据该映射关系传输远端UE的数据。Step 1308: The first SMF network element instructs the first UPF network element to establish a mapping relationship between the first address and the third transmission channel, and the first UPF network element transmits data of the remote UE according to the mapping relationship.
结合图13B来说,第一SMF网元指示第一UPF网元建立IP1-1和第三传输通道之间的映射关系。具体的,SMF网元指示第一UPF网元检测IP1-1数据包,并建立转发隧道。第一UPF网元返回所配置的隧道端点标识(TEID of UPF1),其中,TEID(Tunnel Endpoint ID)为隧道结束端点标识。With reference to FIG. 13B, the first SMF network element instructs the first UPF network element to establish a mapping relationship between IP1-1 and the third transmission channel. Specifically, the SMF network element instructs the first UPF network element to detect the IP1-1 data packet and establish a forwarding tunnel. The first UPF network element returns the configured tunnel endpoint identifier (TEID of UPF1), where TEID (Tunnel Endpoint ID) is the tunnel end endpoint identifier.
步骤1309,第二SMF网元指示第二UPF网元建立第一地址、第二传输通道和第三传输通道之间的映射关系。Step 1309: The second SMF network element instructs the second UPF network element to establish a mapping relationship between the first address, the second transmission channel, and the third transmission channel.
结合图13B来说,第二SMF网元指示第二UPF网元建立IP1-1、第二传输通道和第三传输通道之间的映射关系。With reference to FIG. 13B, the second SMF network element instructs the second UPF network element to establish a mapping relationship between IP1-1, the second transmission channel, and the third transmission channel.
其中,第二传输通道是中继UE所建立PDU会话的传输隧道。The second transmission channel is a transmission tunnel that relays the PDU session established by the UE.
具体的,SMF网元指示第二UPF网元进行数据转发,将从TEID of UPF1接收的数据转发至第二中继UE的PDU会话,并建立转发隧道。第二UPF网元返回所配置的隧道端点标识(TEID of UPF2)。另外,在一种可能的实现中,SMF网元还可以将TEID of UPF2发送给第一UPF网元,指示将转发数据发往TEID of UPF2。Specifically, the SMF network element instructs the second UPF network element to forward data, forward the data received from the TEID of UPF1 to the PDU session of the second relay UE, and establish a forwarding tunnel. The second UPF network element returns the configured tunnel endpoint identifier (TEID of UPF2). In addition, in a possible implementation, the SMF network element may also send the TEID of UPF2 to the first UPF network element, instructing the forwarding data to be sent to the TEID of UPF2.
步骤1310,第二UPF网元和第一UPF网元根据第一地址、第二传输通道和第三传输通道之间的映射关系,传输远端UE的数据Step 1310: The second UPF network element and the first UPF network element transmit data of the remote UE according to the mapping relationship between the first address, the second transmission channel, and the third transmission channel.
结合图13B来说,针对下行数据传输,第一UPF网元检测到IP1-1数据后,通过第三传输通道发送至第二UPF网元,第二UPF网元将从第三传输通道所接收的数据发送到第二传输通道,第二中继UE将收到数据包中的IP 1-1转换为IP3,并将转换后的数据发送给远端UE。针对上行数据传输,第二中继UE检测到包含IP3的数据包后,将数据包之后的IP3转换为IP1-1,并且利用第二中继UE所建立的PDU会话传输到第二UPF网元,第二UPF网元将从第二传输通道所接收到的数据包发送到第三传输通道,第一UPF网元通过第三传输通道接收到来自第二UPF网元的IP1-1数据包后,再发送至网络服务器。With reference to Figure 13B, for downlink data transmission, after the first UPF network element detects IP1-1 data, it is sent to the second UPF network element through the third transmission channel, and the second UPF network element will receive it from the third transmission channel The data of is sent to the second transmission channel, and the second relay UE converts the IP 1-1 in the received data packet to IP3, and sends the converted data to the remote UE. For uplink data transmission, after the second relay UE detects a data packet containing IP3, it converts the IP3 after the data packet to IP1-1, and uses the PDU session established by the second relay UE to transmit to the second UPF network element , The second UPF network element sends the data packet received from the second transmission channel to the third transmission channel. After the first UPF network element receives the IP1-1 data packet from the second UPF network element through the third transmission channel , And then sent to the web server.
在另一种可能的实施例中,上述步骤1309中:SMF网元还指示第二UPF网元建立第一地址和第二地址的映射关系。相应地,步骤1306中:中继UE配置第二地址与第四地址之间的映射关系。In another possible embodiment, in the foregoing step 1309: the SMF network element further instructs the second UPF network element to establish a mapping relationship between the first address and the second address. Correspondingly, in step 1306: the relay UE configures the mapping relationship between the second address and the fourth address.
具体转发流程与图12C中描述相似。针对下行数据传输,第一UPF网元从网络服务器侧接收数据包,当检测到包含IP1-1的数据包后,通过第三传输通道将该数据包发送至第二UPF网元,第二UPF网元将从第三传输通道所接收的数据包利用IP2-1重新封装,发送至第二传输通道,第二中继UE将数据包中的IP2-1转换为IP3后发送给远端UE。针对上行数据传输,第二中继UE检测到包含IP 3的数据包,将数据包之后的IP3转换为IP2-1,并利用第二中继UE所建立的PDU会话进行传输,第二中继UE将从第二传输通道所接收到的IP 2-1数据包利用IP1-1重新封装,再发送第三传输通道,第一UPF网元从第三传输通道接收到数据包后,将该数据包发送至网络服务器侧。The specific forwarding process is similar to that described in Figure 12C. For downlink data transmission, the first UPF network element receives a data packet from the network server side, and when it detects a data packet containing IP1-1, it sends the data packet to the second UPF network element through the third transmission channel, and the second UPF The network element re-encapsulates the data packet received from the third transmission channel with IP2-1 and sends it to the second transmission channel. The second relay UE converts the IP2-1 in the data packet to IP3 and sends it to the remote UE. For uplink data transmission, the second relay UE detects a data packet containing IP 3, converts the IP3 after the data packet to IP2-1, and uses the PDU session established by the second relay UE for transmission. The UE re-encapsulates the IP 2-1 data packet received from the second transmission channel with IP1-1, and then sends the third transmission channel. After the first UPF network element receives the data packet from the third transmission channel, the data The packet is sent to the web server side.
需要说明的是,当远端UE的上下文未被释放情况下,第一SMF网元标记第一地址为使用状态。当第二SMF网元确定释放了第二中继UE所建立的PDU会话后,或者第二中继UE请求释放远端UE的上下文(对应第二中继UE与远端UE的PC5连接释放后)后, 第二SMF网元通知第一SMF网元释放该远端UE的上下文。第一SMF网元收到通知后,标记第一地址为被释放的状态。也就是说,第一地址被释放,SMF网元可以分配该第一地址给其它的远端UE。It should be noted that when the context of the remote UE is not released, the first SMF network element marks the first address as a use state. When the second SMF network element determines that the PDU session established by the second relay UE is released, or the second relay UE requests to release the context of the remote UE (corresponding to the release of the PC5 connection between the second relay UE and the remote UE) ), the second SMF network element notifies the first SMF network element to release the context of the remote UE. After receiving the notification, the first SMF network element marks the first address as a released state. That is, the first address is released, and the SMF network element can allocate the first address to other remote UEs.
本申请实施例中,在远端UE的传输路径切换后,远端UE与网络服务器之间并不需要重新建立传输层连接,SMF网元向第一UPF网元和第二UPF网元配置上述映射关系,以及中继UE配置上述映射关系,使得UPF网元可以根据该映射关系,实现远端UE和网络服务器沿用传输路径切换前所使用的地址进行通信,即通过网络侧配置,实现在传输路径切换后远端UE和网络服务器之间通信不中断,保证业务连续性。In the embodiment of this application, after the transmission path of the remote UE is switched, there is no need to re-establish the transport layer connection between the remote UE and the network server. The SMF network element configures the above-mentioned configuration to the first UPF network element and the second UPF network element. The mapping relationship and the configuration of the above-mentioned mapping relationship by the relay UE enable the UPF network element to implement the communication between the remote UE and the network server using the address used before the transmission path switch based on the mapping relationship. After the path is switched, the communication between the remote UE and the network server is not interrupted, ensuring business continuity.
针对于上述实施例一至实施例七,需要说明的是:(1)上述实施例一和实施例七可以分别在不同场景中单独实施,或者也可以在同一场景中结合实施,又或者,不同实施例中所涉及的不同方案也可以结合实施(比如实施例一中所涉及的部分或全部方案可以与实施例三结合实施),具体不做限定。Regarding the foregoing Embodiments 1 to 7, it should be noted that: (1) The foregoing Embodiments 1 and 7 can be implemented separately in different scenarios, or they can be implemented in combination in the same scenario, or different implementations. The different solutions involved in the examples can also be implemented in combination (for example, part or all of the solutions involved in the first embodiment can be implemented in combination with the third embodiment), which is not specifically limited.
(2)本申请实施例中所描述的各个流程图的步骤编号仅为执行流程的一种示例,并不构成对步骤执行的先后顺序的限制,本申请实施例中相互之间没有时序依赖关系的步骤之间没有严格的执行顺序。(2) The step numbers of the flowcharts described in the embodiments of the present application are only an example of the execution process, and do not constitute a restriction on the order of execution of the steps. There is no timing dependency between the embodiments of the present application. There is no strict order of execution between the steps.
上述主要从网络设备和终端设备之间交互的角度对本申请实施例提供的方案进行了介绍。可以理解的是,为了实现上述功能,网络设备或终端设备可以包括执行各个功能相应的硬件结构和/或软件模块。本领域技术人员应该很容易意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,本申请的实施例能够以硬件或硬件和计算机软件的结合形式来实现。某个功能究竟以硬件还是计算机软件驱动硬件的方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。The foregoing mainly introduces the solution provided by the embodiment of the present application from the perspective of interaction between the network device and the terminal device. It can be understood that, in order to implement the above-mentioned functions, the network device or the terminal device may include a hardware structure and/or software module corresponding to each function. Those skilled in the art should easily realize that in combination with the units and algorithm steps of the examples described in the embodiments disclosed herein, the embodiments of the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a certain function is executed by hardware or computer software-driven hardware depends on the specific application and design constraint conditions of the technical solution. Professionals and technicians can use different methods for each specific application to implement the described functions, but such implementation should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
本申请实施例可以根据上述方法示例对终端设备和网络设备进行功能单元的划分,例如,可以对应各个功能划分各个功能单元,也可以将两个或两个以上的功能集成在一个单元中。上述集成的单元既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能单元的形式实现。The embodiment of the present application may divide the terminal device and the network device into functional units according to the foregoing method examples. For example, each functional unit may be divided corresponding to each function, or two or more functions may be integrated into one unit. The above-mentioned integrated unit can be implemented in the form of hardware or software functional unit.
在采用集成的单元的情况下,图14示出了本申请实施例中所涉及的装置的可能的示例性框图。如图14所示,装置1400可以包括:处理单元1402和通信单元1403。处理单元1402用于对装置1400的动作进行控制管理。通信单元1403用于支持装置1400与其他设备的通信。可选地,通信单元1403也称为收发单元,可以包括接收单元和/或发送单元,分别用于执行接收和发送操作。装置1400还可以包括存储单元1401,用于存储装置1400的程序代码和/或数据。In the case of using an integrated unit, FIG. 14 shows a possible exemplary block diagram of a device involved in an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 14, the apparatus 1400 may include: a processing unit 1402 and a communication unit 1403. The processing unit 1402 is used to control and manage the actions of the device 1400. The communication unit 1403 is used to support communication between the apparatus 1400 and other devices. Optionally, the communication unit 1403 is also called a transceiving unit, and may include a receiving unit and/or a sending unit, which are used to perform receiving and sending operations, respectively. The device 1400 may further include a storage unit 1401 for storing program codes and/or data of the device 1400.
该装置1400可以为上述任一实施例中的终端设备、或者还可以为设置在终端设备中的芯片。处理单元1402可以支持装置1400执行上文中各方法示例中终端设备的动作。或者,处理单元1402主要执行方法示例中的终端设备的内部动作,通信单元1403可以支持装置1400与网络设备之间的通信。The apparatus 1400 may be the terminal device in any of the foregoing embodiments, or may also be a chip provided in the terminal device. The processing unit 1402 may support the apparatus 1400 to execute the actions of the terminal device in the above method examples. Alternatively, the processing unit 1402 mainly executes the internal actions of the terminal device in the method example, and the communication unit 1403 can support communication between the apparatus 1400 and the network device.
该装置1400可以为上述任一实施例中的网络设备、或者还可以为设置网络设备中的芯片。处理单元1402可以支持装置1400执行上文中各方法示例中网络设备的动作。或者,处理单元1402主要执行方法示例中的网络设备的内部动作,通信单元1403可以支持装置1400与网络设备之间的通信。The apparatus 1400 may be the network device in any of the foregoing embodiments, or may also be a chip in the network device. The processing unit 1402 may support the apparatus 1400 to execute the actions of the network device in the above method examples. Alternatively, the processing unit 1402 mainly executes the internal actions of the network device in the method example, and the communication unit 1403 can support communication between the apparatus 1400 and the network device.
应理解以上装置中单元的划分仅仅是一种逻辑功能的划分,实际实现时可以全部或部分集成到一个物理实体上,也可以物理上分开。且装置中的单元可以全部以软件通过处理元件调用的形式实现;也可以全部以硬件的形式实现;还可以部分单元以软件通过处理元件调用的形式实现,部分单元以硬件的形式实现。例如,各个单元可以为单独设立的处理元件,也可以集成在装置的某一个芯片中实现,此外,也可以以程序的形式存储于存储器中,由装置的某一个处理元件调用并执行该单元的功能。此外这些单元全部或部分可以集成在一起,也可以独立实现。这里所述的处理元件又可以成为处理器,可以是一种具有信号的处理能力的集成电路。在实现过程中,上述方法的各步骤或以上各个单元可以通过处理器元件中的硬件的集成逻辑电路实现或者以软件通过处理元件调用的形式实现。It should be understood that the division of units in the above device is only a division of logical functions, and may be fully or partially integrated into one physical entity in actual implementation, or may be physically separated. In addition, the units in the device can be all implemented in the form of software called by processing elements; they can also be all implemented in the form of hardware; part of the units can also be implemented in the form of software called by the processing elements, and some of the units can be implemented in the form of hardware. For example, each unit can be a separate processing element, or it can be integrated in a certain chip of the device for implementation. In addition, it can also be stored in the memory in the form of a program, which is called and executed by a certain processing element of the device. Function. In addition, all or part of these units can be integrated together or implemented independently. The processing element described here can also become a processor, which can be an integrated circuit with signal processing capabilities. In the implementation process, each step of the above method or each of the above units may be implemented by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in a processor element or implemented in a form of being called by software through a processing element.
在一个例子中,以上任一装置中的单元可以是被配置成实施以上方法的一个或多个集成电路,例如:一个或多个特定集成电路(Application Specific Integrated Circuit,ASIC),或,一个或多个微处理器(digital singnal processor,DSP),或,一个或者多个现场可编程门阵列(Field Programmable Gate Array,FPGA),或这些集成电路形式中至少两种的组合。再如,当装置中的单元可以通过处理元件调度程序的形式实现时,该处理元件可以是处理器,比如通用中央处理器(central processing unit,CPU),或其它可以调用程序的处理器。再如,这些单元可以集成在一起,以片上系统(system-on-a-chip,SOC)的形式实现。In an example, the unit in any of the above devices may be one or more integrated circuits configured to implement the above methods, for example: one or more application specific integrated circuits (ASICs), or, one or Multiple microprocessors (digital singnal processors, DSPs), or, one or more field programmable gate arrays (Field Programmable Gate Arrays, FPGAs), or a combination of at least two of these integrated circuits. For another example, when the unit in the device can be implemented in the form of a processing element scheduler, the processing element can be a processor, such as a general-purpose central processing unit (central processing unit, CPU), or other processors that can call programs. For another example, these units can be integrated together and implemented in the form of a system-on-a-chip (SOC).
以上用于接收的单元是一种该装置的接口电路,用于从其它装置接收信号。例如,当该装置以芯片的方式实现时,该接收单元是该芯片用于从其它芯片或装置接收信号的接口电路。以上用于发送的单元是一种该装置的接口电路,用于向其它装置发送信号。例如,当该装置以芯片的方式实现时,该发送单元是该芯片用于向其它芯片或装置发送信号的接口电路。The above receiving unit is an interface circuit of the device for receiving signals from other devices. For example, when the device is implemented as a chip, the receiving unit is an interface circuit used by the chip to receive signals from other chips or devices. The above unit for sending is an interface circuit of the device for sending signals to other devices. For example, when the device is implemented in the form of a chip, the sending unit is an interface circuit used by the chip to send signals to other chips or devices.
请参考图15,其为本申请实施例提供的一种终端设备的结构示意图。其可以为以上实施例中的终端设备,用于实现以上实施例中终端设备的操作。如图15所示,该终端设备包括:天线1510、射频部分1520、信号处理部分1530。天线1510与射频部分1520连接。在下行方向上,射频部分1520通过天线1510接收网络设备发送的信息,将网络设备发送的信息发送给信号处理部分1530进行处理。在上行方向上,信号处理部分1530对终端设备的信息进行处理,并发送给射频部分1520,射频部分1520对终端设备的信息进行处理后经过天线1510发送给网络设备。Please refer to FIG. 15, which is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the application. It may be the terminal device in the above embodiment, and is used to implement the operation of the terminal device in the above embodiment. As shown in FIG. 15, the terminal device includes: an antenna 1510, a radio frequency part 1520, and a signal processing part 1530. The antenna 1510 is connected to the radio frequency part 1520. In the downlink direction, the radio frequency part 1520 receives the information sent by the network device through the antenna 1510, and sends the information sent by the network device to the signal processing part 1530 for processing. In the upstream direction, the signal processing part 1530 processes the information of the terminal equipment and sends it to the radio frequency part 1520, and the radio frequency part 1520 processes the information of the terminal equipment and sends it to the network equipment via the antenna 1510.
信号处理部分1530可以包括调制解调子系统,用于实现对数据各通信协议层的处理;还可以包括中央处理子系统,用于实现对终端设备操作系统以及应用层的处理。The signal processing part 1530 may include a modem subsystem, which is used to process data at various communication protocol layers; it may also include a central processing subsystem, which is used to process terminal equipment operating systems and application layers.
调制解调子系统可以包括一个或多个处理元件1531,例如,包括一个主控CPU和其它集成电路。此外,该调制解调子系统还可以包括存储元件1532和接口电路1533。存储元件1532用于存储数据和程序,但用于执行以上方法中终端设备所执行的方法的程序可能不存储于该存储元件1532中,而是存储于调制解调子系统之外的存储器中,使用时调制解调子系统加载使用。接口电路1533用于与其它子系统通信。The modem subsystem may include one or more processing elements 1531, for example, including a main control CPU and other integrated circuits. In addition, the modem subsystem may also include a storage element 1532 and an interface circuit 1533. The storage element 1532 is used to store data and programs, but the program used to execute the method performed by the terminal device in the above method may not be stored in the storage element 1532, but stored in a memory outside the modem subsystem, When in use, the modem subsystem is loaded and used. The interface circuit 1533 is used to communicate with other subsystems.
该调制解调子系统可以通过芯片实现,该芯片包括至少一个处理元件和接口电路,其中处理元件用于执行以上终端设备执行的任一种方法的各个步骤,接口电路用于与其它装置通信。在一种实现中,终端设备实现以上方法中各个步骤的单元可以通过处理元件调度程序的形式实现,例如用于终端设备的装置包括处理元件和存储元件,处理元件调用存储元件存储的程序,以执行以上方法实施例中终端设备执行的方法。存储元件可以为处理元 件处于同一芯片上的存储元件,即片内存储元件。The modem subsystem can be implemented by a chip, the chip includes at least one processing element and an interface circuit, wherein the processing element is used to execute each step of any method executed by the above terminal device, and the interface circuit is used to communicate with other devices. In one implementation, the unit for the terminal device to implement each step in the above method can be implemented in the form of a processing element scheduler. For example, the device for the terminal device includes a processing element and a storage element, and the processing element calls the program stored by the storage element to Perform the method performed by the terminal device in the above method embodiment. The storage element may be a storage element whose processing element is on the same chip, that is, an on-chip storage element.
在另一种实现中,用于执行以上方法中终端设备所执行的方法的程序可以在与处理元件处于不同芯片上的存储元件,即片外存储元件。此时,处理元件从片外存储元件调用或加载程序于片内存储元件上,以调用并执行以上方法实施例中终端设备执行的方法。In another implementation, the program used to execute the method executed by the terminal device in the above method may be a storage element on a different chip from the processing element, that is, an off-chip storage element. At this time, the processing element calls or loads a program from the off-chip storage element on the on-chip storage element to call and execute the method executed by the terminal device in the above method embodiment.
在又一种实现中,终端设备实现以上方法中各个步骤的单元可以是被配置成一个或多个处理元件,这些处理元件设置于调制解调子系统上,这里的处理元件可以为集成电路,例如:一个或多个ASIC,或,一个或多个DSP,或,一个或者多个FPGA,或者这些类集成电路的组合。这些集成电路可以集成在一起,构成芯片。In yet another implementation, the unit of the terminal device that implements each step in the above method may be configured as one or more processing elements, and these processing elements are arranged on the modem subsystem, where the processing elements may be integrated circuits, For example: one or more ASICs, or, one or more DSPs, or, one or more FPGAs, or a combination of these types of integrated circuits. These integrated circuits can be integrated together to form a chip.
终端设备实现以上方法中各个步骤的单元可以集成在一起,以SOC的形式实现,该SOC芯片,用于实现以上方法。该芯片内可以集成至少一个处理元件和存储元件,由处理元件调用存储元件的存储的程序的形式实现以上终端设备执行的方法;或者,该芯片内可以集成至少一个集成电路,用于实现以上终端设备执行的方法;或者,可以结合以上实现方式,部分单元的功能通过处理元件调用程序的形式实现,部分单元的功能通过集成电路的形式实现。The units of the terminal device that implement each step in the above method can be integrated together and implemented in the form of an SOC, and the SOC chip is used to implement the above method. The chip can integrate at least one processing element and a storage element, and the processing element can call the stored program of the storage element to implement the method executed by the above terminal device; or, the chip can integrate at least one integrated circuit to implement the above terminal The method executed by the device; or, it can be combined with the above implementations. The functions of some units are implemented in the form of calling programs by processing elements, and the functions of some units are implemented in the form of integrated circuits.
可见,以上用于终端设备的装置可以包括至少一个处理元件和接口电路,其中至少一个处理元件用于执行以上方法实施例所提供的任一种终端设备执行的方法。处理元件可以以第一种方式:即调用存储元件存储的程序的方式执行终端设备执行的部分或全部步骤;也可以以第二种方式:即通过处理器元件中的硬件的集成逻辑电路结合指令的方式执行终端设备执行的部分或全部步骤;当然,也可以结合第一种方式和第二种方式执行终端设备执行的部分或全部步骤。It can be seen that the above apparatus for terminal equipment may include at least one processing element and an interface circuit, wherein at least one processing element is used to execute any of the methods performed by the terminal equipment provided in the above method embodiments. The processing element can execute part or all of the steps executed by the terminal device in the first way: calling the program stored in the storage element; or in the second way: combining instructions through the integrated logic circuit of the hardware in the processor element Part or all of the steps performed by the terminal device are executed in a manner; of course, part or all of the steps executed by the terminal device can also be executed in combination with the first manner and the second manner.
这里的处理元件同以上描述,可以通过处理器实现,处理元件的功能可以和图14中所描述的处理单元的功能相同。示例性地,处理元件可以是通用处理器,例如CPU,还可以是被配置成实施以上方法的一个或多个集成电路,例如:一个或多个ASIC,或,一个或多个微处理器DSP,或,一个或者多个FPGA等,或这些集成电路形式中至少两种的组合。存储元件可以通过存储器实现,存储元件的功能可以和图14中所描述的存储单元的功能相同。存储元件可以通过存储器实现,存储元件的功能可以和图14中所描述的存储单元的功能相同。存储元件可以是一个存储器,也可以是多个存储器的统称。The processing element here is the same as that described above, and can be implemented by a processor, and the function of the processing element can be the same as the function of the processing unit described in FIG. 14. Exemplarily, the processing element may be a general-purpose processor, such as a CPU, or one or more integrated circuits configured to implement the above method, such as: one or more ASICs, or, one or more microprocessors DSP , Or, one or more FPGAs, etc., or a combination of at least two of these integrated circuit forms. The storage element may be realized by a memory, and the function of the storage element may be the same as the function of the storage unit described in FIG. 14. The storage element may be realized by a memory, and the function of the storage element may be the same as the function of the storage unit described in FIG. 14. The storage element can be a single memory or a collective term for multiple memories.
图15所示的终端设备能够实现图4、图5A、图6、图7A、图8、图9A、图10A、图11A、图12A或图13A所示意的方法实施例中涉及终端设备的各个过程。图15所示的终端设备中的各个模块的操作和/或功能,分别为了实现上述方法实施例中的相应流程。具体可参见上述方法实施例中的描述,为避免重复,此处适当省略详述描述。The terminal device shown in FIG. 15 can implement each of the terminal devices involved in the method embodiments illustrated in FIG. 4, FIG. 5A, FIG. 6, FIG. 7A, FIG. 8, FIG. 9A, FIG. 10A, FIG. 11A, FIG. 12A, or FIG. process. The operations and/or functions of the various modules in the terminal device shown in FIG. 15 are used to implement the corresponding processes in the foregoing method embodiments. For details, please refer to the descriptions in the above method embodiments. To avoid repetition, detailed descriptions are appropriately omitted here.
请参考图16,其为本申请实施例提供的一种网络设备的结构示意图。用于实现以上实施例中网络设备的操作。如图16所示,该网络设备包括:天线1601、射频装置1602、基带装置1603。天线1601与射频装置1602连接。在上行方向上,射频装置1602通过天线1601接收终端设备发送的信息,将终端设备发送的信息发送给基带装置1603进行处理。在下行方向上,基带装置1603对终端设备的信息进行处理,并发送给射频装置1602,射频装置1602对终端设备的信息进行处理后经过天线1601发送给终端设备。Please refer to FIG. 16, which is a schematic structural diagram of a network device provided by an embodiment of this application. It is used to implement the operation of the network device in the above embodiment. As shown in FIG. 16, the network equipment includes: an antenna 1601, a radio frequency device 1602, and a baseband device 1603. The antenna 1601 is connected to the radio frequency device 1602. In the uplink direction, the radio frequency device 1602 receives the information sent by the terminal device through the antenna 1601, and sends the information sent by the terminal device to the baseband device 1603 for processing. In the downlink direction, the baseband device 1603 processes the information of the terminal device and sends it to the radio frequency device 1602, and the radio frequency device 1602 processes the information of the terminal device and sends it to the terminal device via the antenna 1601.
基带装置1603可以包括一个或多个处理元件16031,例如,包括一个主控CPU和其它集成电路。此外,该基带装置1603还可以包括存储元件16032和接口16033,存储元件 16032用于存储程序和数据;接口16033用于与射频装置1602交互信息,该接口例如为通用公共无线接口(common public radio interface,CPRI)。以上用于网络设备的装置可以位于基带装置1603,例如,以上用于网络设备的装置可以为基带装置1603上的芯片,该芯片包括至少一个处理元件和接口电路,其中处理元件用于执行以上网络设备执行的任一种方法的各个步骤,接口电路用于与其它装置通信。在一种实现中,网络设备实现以上方法中各个步骤的单元可以通过处理元件调度程序的形式实现,例如用于网络设备的装置包括处理元件和存储元件,处理元件调用存储元件存储的程序,以执行以上方法实施例中网络设备执行的方法。存储元件可以为处理元件处于同一芯片上的存储元件,即片内存储元件,也可以为与处理元件处于不同芯片上的存储元件,即片外存储元件。The baseband device 1603 may include one or more processing elements 16031, for example, a main control CPU and other integrated circuits. In addition, the baseband device 1603 may also include a storage element 16032 and an interface 16033. The storage element 16032 is used to store programs and data; the interface 16033 is used to exchange information with the radio frequency device 1602. The interface is, for example, a common public radio interface. , CPRI). The above device for network equipment may be located in the baseband device 1603. For example, the above device for network equipment may be a chip on the baseband device 1603. The chip includes at least one processing element and an interface circuit, wherein the processing element is used to execute the above network. For each step of any method executed by the device, the interface circuit is used to communicate with other devices. In one implementation, the unit for the network device to implement each step in the above method can be implemented in the form of a processing element scheduler. For example, the device for the network device includes a processing element and a storage element, and the processing element calls the program stored by the storage element to Perform the method performed by the network device in the above method embodiment. The storage element may be a storage element with the processing element on the same chip, that is, an on-chip storage element, or a storage element on a different chip from the processing element, that is, an off-chip storage element.
在另一种实现中,网络设备实现以上方法中各个步骤的单元可以是被配置成一个或多个处理元件,这些处理元件设置于基带装置上,这里的处理元件可以为集成电路,例如:一个或多个ASIC,或,一个或多个DSP,或,一个或者多个FPGA,或者这些类集成电路的组合。这些集成电路可以集成在一起,构成芯片。In another implementation, the unit of the network device that implements each step in the above method may be configured as one or more processing elements, and these processing elements are arranged on the baseband device. The processing elements here may be integrated circuits, such as one Or multiple ASICs, or, one or more DSPs, or, one or more FPGAs, or a combination of these types of integrated circuits. These integrated circuits can be integrated together to form a chip.
网络设备实现以上方法中各个步骤的单元可以集成在一起,以片上系统(system-on-a-chip,SOC)的形式实现,例如,基带装置包括该SOC芯片,用于实现以上方法。该芯片内可以集成至少一个处理元件和存储元件,由处理元件调用存储元件的存储的程序的形式实现以上网络设备执行的方法;或者,该芯片内可以集成至少一个集成电路,用于实现以上网络设备执行的方法;或者,可以结合以上实现方式,部分单元的功能通过处理元件调用程序的形式实现,部分单元的功能通过集成电路的形式实现。The units for the network equipment to implement each step in the above method can be integrated together and implemented in the form of a system-on-a-chip (SOC). For example, the baseband device includes the SOC chip for implementing the above method. At least one processing element and storage element can be integrated in the chip, and the processing element can call the stored program of the storage element to implement the method executed by the above network device; or, at least one integrated circuit can be integrated in the chip to implement the above network The method executed by the device; or, it can be combined with the above implementations. The functions of some units are implemented in the form of calling programs by processing elements, and the functions of some units are implemented in the form of integrated circuits.
可见,以上用于网络设备的装置可以包括至少一个处理元件和接口电路,其中至少一个处理元件用于执行以上方法实施例所提供的任一种网络设备执行的方法。处理元件可以以第一种方式:即调用存储元件存储的程序的方式执行网络设备执行的部分或全部步骤;也可以以第二种方式:即通过处理器元件中的硬件的集成逻辑电路结合指令的方式执行网络设备执行的部分或全部步骤;当然,也可以结合第一种方式和第二种方式执行以上网络设备执行的部分或全部步骤。It can be seen that the above apparatus for a network device may include at least one processing element and an interface circuit, wherein at least one processing element is used to execute any of the methods performed by the network device provided in the above method embodiments. The processing element can execute part or all of the steps executed by the network device in the first way: calling the program stored in the storage element; or in the second way: combining instructions through the integrated logic circuit of the hardware in the processor element Part or all of the steps performed by the network device are executed in the method; of course, part or all of the steps executed by the network device above can also be executed in combination with the first method and the second method.
这里的处理元件同以上描述,可以通过处理器实现,处理元件的功能可以和图14中所描述的处理单元的功能相同。示例性地,处理元件可以是通用处理器,例如CPU,还可以是被配置成实施以上方法的一个或多个集成电路,例如:一个或多个ASIC,或,一个或多个微处理器DSP,或,一个或者多个FPGA等,或这些集成电路形式中至少两种的组合。存储元件可以通过存储器实现,存储元件的功能可以和图14中所描述的存储单元的功能相同。存储元件可以通过存储器实现,存储元件的功能可以和图14中所描述的存储单元的功能相同。存储元件可以是一个存储器,也可以是多个存储器的统称。The processing element here is the same as that described above, and can be implemented by a processor, and the function of the processing element can be the same as the function of the processing unit described in FIG. 14. Exemplarily, the processing element may be a general-purpose processor, such as a CPU, or one or more integrated circuits configured to implement the above method, such as: one or more ASICs, or, one or more microprocessors DSP , Or, one or more FPGAs, etc., or a combination of at least two of these integrated circuit forms. The storage element may be realized by a memory, and the function of the storage element may be the same as the function of the storage unit described in FIG. 14. The storage element may be realized by a memory, and the function of the storage element may be the same as the function of the storage unit described in FIG. 14. The storage element can be a single memory or a collective term for multiple memories.
图16所示的网络设备能够实现上述方法实施例中涉及网络设备的各个过程。图16所示的网络设备中的各个模块的操作和/或功能,分别为了实现上述方法实施例中的相应流程。具体可参见上述方法实施例中的描述,为避免重复,此处适当省略详述描述。The network device shown in FIG. 16 can implement various processes related to the network device in the foregoing method embodiments. The operations and/or functions of the various modules in the network device shown in FIG. 16 are used to implement the corresponding processes in the foregoing method embodiments. For details, please refer to the descriptions in the above method embodiments. To avoid repetition, detailed descriptions are appropriately omitted here.
本领域内的技术人员应明白,本申请的实施例可提供为方法、系统、或计算机程序产品。因此,本申请可采用完全硬件实施例、完全软件实施例、或结合软件和硬件方面的实施例的形式。而且,本申请可采用在一个或多个其中包含有计算机可用程序代码的计算机可用存储介质(包括但不限于磁盘存储器、CD-ROM、光学存储器等)上实施的计算机程 序产品的形式。Those skilled in the art should understand that the embodiments of the present application can be provided as methods, systems, or computer program products. Therefore, this application may adopt the form of a complete hardware embodiment, a complete software embodiment, or an embodiment combining software and hardware. Moreover, this application may adopt the form of a computer program product implemented on one or more computer-usable storage media (including but not limited to disk storage, CD-ROM, optical storage, etc.) containing computer-usable program codes.
本申请是参照根据本申请的方法、设备(系统)、和计算机程序产品的流程图和/或方框图来描述的。应理解可由计算机程序指令实现流程图和/或方框图中的每一流程和/或方框、以及流程图和/或方框图中的流程和/或方框的结合。可提供这些计算机程序指令到通用计算机、专用计算机、嵌入式处理机或其他可编程数据处理设备的处理器以产生一个机器,使得通过计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备的处理器执行的指令产生用于实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能的装置。This application is described with reference to flowcharts and/or block diagrams of methods, equipment (systems), and computer program products according to this application. It should be understood that each process and/or block in the flowchart and/or block diagram, and the combination of processes and/or blocks in the flowchart and/or block diagram can be realized by computer program instructions. These computer program instructions can be provided to the processor of a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, an embedded processor, or other programmable data processing equipment to generate a machine, so that the instructions executed by the processor of the computer or other programmable data processing equipment are generated It is a device that realizes the functions specified in one process or multiple processes in the flowchart and/or one block or multiple blocks in the block diagram.
这些计算机程序指令也可存储在能引导计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备以特定方式工作的计算机可读存储器中,使得存储在该计算机可读存储器中的指令产生包括指令装置的制造品,该指令装置实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能。These computer program instructions can also be stored in a computer-readable memory that can guide a computer or other programmable data processing equipment to work in a specific manner, so that the instructions stored in the computer-readable memory produce an article of manufacture including the instruction device. The device implements the functions specified in one process or multiple processes in the flowchart and/or one block or multiple blocks in the block diagram.
这些计算机程序指令也可装载到计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备上,使得在计算机或其他可编程设备上执行一系列操作步骤以产生计算机实现的处理,从而在计算机或其他可编程设备上执行的指令提供用于实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能的步骤。These computer program instructions can also be loaded on a computer or other programmable data processing equipment, so that a series of operation steps are executed on the computer or other programmable equipment to produce computer-implemented processing, so as to execute on the computer or other programmable equipment. The instructions provide steps for implementing the functions specified in one process or multiple processes in the flowchart and/or one block or multiple blocks in the block diagram.
显然,本领域的技术人员可以对本申请进行各种改动和变型而不脱离本申请的精神和范围。这样,倘若本申请的这些修改和变型属于本申请权利要求及其等同技术的范围之内,则本申请也意图包含这些改动和变型在内。Obviously, those skilled in the art can make various changes and modifications to the application without departing from the spirit and scope of the application. In this way, if these modifications and variations of this application fall within the scope of the claims of this application and their equivalent technologies, then this application is also intended to include these modifications and variations.

Claims (68)

  1. 一种实现业务连续性的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for realizing business continuity, which is characterized in that it includes:
    会话管理功能网元接收来自中继用户设备UE的第一消息,所述第一消息包括与所述中继UE连接的远端UE的标识信息,所述中继UE为所述远端UE的传输路径切换后所述远端UE连接的UE;The session management function network element receives a first message from a relay user equipment UE, the first message includes identification information of a remote UE connected to the relay UE, and the relay UE is the remote UE's UE to which the remote UE is connected after the transmission path is switched;
    所述会话管理功能网元向用户面功能网元配置第一地址和第二地址的映射关系,其中,所述第一地址用于在所述远端UE的传输路径切换前所述用户面功能网元传输所述远端UE的数据,所述第二地址用于在所述远端UE的传输路径切换后所述用户面功能网元传输所述远端UE的数据。The session management function network element configures the mapping relationship between the first address and the second address to the user plane function network element, wherein the first address is used for the user plane function before the transmission path of the remote UE is switched The network element transmits the data of the remote UE, and the second address is used for the user plane function network element to transmit the data of the remote UE after the transmission path of the remote UE is switched.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一消息用于建立所述中继UE的协议数据单元PDU会话,或者修改所述中继UE的PDU会话。The method according to claim 1, wherein the first message is used to establish a protocol data unit PDU session of the relay UE or modify a PDU session of the relay UE.
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述远端UE的标识信息用于指示所述远端UE的传输路径发生切换。The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the identification information of the remote UE is used to indicate that the transmission path of the remote UE is switched.
  4. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,第一消息还包括:第一指示,所述第一指示用于指示请求切换所述远端UE的传输路径。The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the first message further comprises: a first indication, and the first indication is used to indicate a request to switch the transmission path of the remote UE.
  5. 根据权利要求1至4任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述会话管理功能网元根据所述远端UE的标识信息,确定所述第一地址。The session management function network element determines the first address according to the identification information of the remote UE.
  6. 根据权利要求1至4任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述会话管理功能网元从所述远端UE接收所述第一地址。The session management function network element receives the first address from the remote UE.
  7. 根据权利要求1至6任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述会话管理功能网元从所述中继UE接收所述第二地址。The session management function network element receives the second address from the relay UE.
  8. 根据权利要求7所述的方法,其特征在于,所述会话管理功能网元接收来自所述中继UE的所述第二地址之前,还包括:The method according to claim 7, wherein before the session management function network element receives the second address from the relay UE, the method further comprises:
    所述会话管理功能网元向所述中继UE分配第三地址,所述第三地址用于生成所述第二地址。The session management function network element allocates a third address to the relay UE, and the third address is used to generate the second address.
  9. 根据权利要求7或8所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 7 or 8, wherein:
    所述会话管理功能网元向所述中继UE发送所述第一地址,用于配置所述第一地址和所述第二地址的映射关系。The session management function network element sends the first address to the relay UE for configuring the mapping relationship between the first address and the second address.
  10. 根据权利要求1至9任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 9, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述会话管理功能网元确定所述远端UE具有实现业务连续性的权限。The session management function network element determines that the remote UE has the authority to achieve service continuity.
  11. 根据权利要求1至10任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 10, wherein the method further comprises:
    当所述远端UE的传输路径切换后,所述远端UE的上下文信息被删除时,所述会话管理功能网元释放所述第一地址。After the transmission path of the remote UE is switched and the context information of the remote UE is deleted, the session management function network element releases the first address.
  12. 一种实现业务连续性的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for realizing business continuity, which is characterized in that it includes:
    用户面功能网元接收来自会话管理功能网元的第一地址和第二地址的映射关系,其中,所述第一地址用于在远端用户设备UE的传输路径切换前所述用户面功能网元传输所述远端UE的数据,所述第二地址用于在所述远端UE的传输路径切换后所述用户面功能网元传输所述远端UE的数据;The user plane function network element receives the mapping relationship between the first address and the second address from the session management function network element, where the first address is used for the user plane function network before the transmission path of the remote user equipment UE is switched. Element to transmit the data of the remote UE, and the second address is used to transmit the data of the remote UE by the user plane function network element after the transmission path of the remote UE is switched;
    所述用户面功能网元根据所述映射关系,传输所述远端UE的数据。The user plane function network element transmits the data of the remote UE according to the mapping relationship.
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二地址用于在所述远端UE的传输路径切换后所述用户面功能网元传输所述远端UE的数据,包括:The method according to claim 12, wherein the second address is used for the user plane function network element to transmit the data of the remote UE after the transmission path of the remote UE is switched, comprising:
    所述第二地址用于在所述远端UE的传输路径切换后所述用户面功能网元和第二中继UE之间传输所述远端UE的数据,所述第二中继UE为在所述远端UE传输路径切换后所述远端UE连接的中继UE。The second address is used to transmit data of the remote UE between the user plane function network element and a second relay UE after the transmission path of the remote UE is switched, and the second relay UE is The relay UE to which the remote UE is connected after the transmission path of the remote UE is switched.
  14. 根据权利要求13所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一地址用于所述远端UE的传输路径切换前所述用户面功能网元传输所述远端UE的数据,包括:The method according to claim 13, wherein the first address is used for the user plane function network element to transmit the data of the remote UE before the transmission path of the remote UE is switched, comprising:
    所述第一地址用于在所述远端UE的传输路径切换前所述用户面功能网元和第一中继UE之间传输所述远端UE的数据,所述第一中继UE为在所述远端UE传输路径切换前所述远端UE连接的中继UE;或者,The first address is used to transmit data of the remote UE between the user plane function network element and the first relay UE before the transmission path of the remote UE is switched, and the first relay UE is The relay UE that the remote UE is connected to before the remote UE transmission path is switched; or,
    所述第一地址用于在所述远端UE的传输路径切换前所述用户面功能网元和所述远端UE之间传输所述远端UE的数据。The first address is used to transmit the data of the remote UE between the user plane function network element and the remote UE before the transmission path of the remote UE is switched.
  15. 根据权利要求12所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二地址用于所述远端UE的传输路径切换后所述用户面功能网元传输所述远端UE的数据,包括:The method according to claim 12, wherein the second address is used for the user plane function network element to transmit the data of the remote UE after the transmission path of the remote UE is switched, comprising:
    所述第二地址用于在所述远端UE的传输路径切换后所述用户面功能网元和所述远端UE之间传输所述远端UE的数据。The second address is used to transmit the data of the remote UE between the user plane function network element and the remote UE after the transmission path of the remote UE is switched.
  16. 根据权利要求15所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一地址用于所述远端UE的传输路径切换前所述用户面功能网元传输所述远端UE的数据,包括:The method according to claim 15, wherein the first address is used for the user plane function network element to transmit the data of the remote UE before the transmission path of the remote UE is switched, comprising:
    所述第一地址用于所述在远端UE的传输路径切换前所述用户面功能网元和第一中继UE之间传输所述远端UE的数据,所述第一中继UE为所述远端UE传输路径切换前所述远端UE连接的中继UE。The first address is used to transmit the data of the remote UE between the user plane function network element and the first relay UE before the transmission path of the remote UE is switched, and the first relay UE is The relay UE connected to the remote UE before the remote UE transmission path is switched.
  17. 一种实现业务连续性的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for realizing business continuity, which is characterized in that it includes:
    会话管理功能网元接收来自中继用户设备UE的第一消息,所述第一消息包括与所述中继UE连接的远端UE的标识信息,所述中继UE为所述远端UE的传输路径切换后所述远端UE连接的UE;The session management function network element receives a first message from a relay user equipment UE, the first message includes identification information of a remote UE connected to the relay UE, and the relay UE is the remote UE's UE to which the remote UE is connected after the transmission path is switched;
    所述会话管理功能网元向所述中继UE发送第一地址,所述第一地址既用于所述远端UE的传输路径切换前用户面功能网元传输所述远端UE的数据,又用于所述远端UE的传输路径切换后所述用户面功能网元传输所述远端UE的数据;Sending, by the session management function network element, a first address to the relay UE, where the first address is used for the user plane function network element to transmit the data of the remote UE before the transmission path switching of the remote UE; And used for the user plane function network element to transmit the data of the remote UE after the transmission path of the remote UE is switched;
    所述会话管理功能网元向所述用户面功能网元配置所述第一地址和传输通道的映射关系,所述传输通道为所述中继UE和所述用户面功能网元之间的传输通道。The session management function network element configures the mapping relationship between the first address and the transmission channel to the user plane function network element, and the transmission channel is the transmission between the relay UE and the user plane function network element aisle.
  18. 根据权利要求17所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一消息用于建立所述中继UE的协议数据单元PDU会话,或者修改所述中继UE的PDU会话。The method according to claim 17, wherein the first message is used to establish a protocol data unit PDU session of the relay UE or modify the PDU session of the relay UE.
  19. 根据权利要求17或18所述的方法,其特征在于,所述远端UE的标识信息用于指示所述远端UE的传输路径发生切换。The method according to claim 17 or 18, wherein the identification information of the remote UE is used to indicate that the transmission path of the remote UE is switched.
  20. 根据权利要求17或18所述的方法,其特征在于,第一消息还包括:第一指示,所述第一指示用于指示请求切换所述远端UE的传输路径。The method according to claim 17 or 18, wherein the first message further comprises: a first indication, and the first indication is used to indicate a request to switch the transmission path of the remote UE.
  21. 根据权利要求17至20任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 17 to 20, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述会话管理功能网元根据所述远端UE的标识信息,确定所述第一地址。The session management function network element determines the first address according to the identification information of the remote UE.
  22. 根据权利要求17至21任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 17 to 21, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述会话管理功能网元从所述远端UE接收所述第一地址。The session management function network element receives the first address from the remote UE.
  23. 根据权利要求21或22所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 21 or 22, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述会话管理功能网元向所述中继UE发送所述第一地址,用于配置所述第一地址和第四地址的映射关系,所述第四地址用于所述中继UE和所述远端UE之间传输数据。The session management function network element sends the first address to the relay UE, which is used to configure the mapping relationship between the first address and the fourth address, and the fourth address is used for the relay UE and the relay UE. The data is transmitted between the remote UEs.
  24. 根据权利要求17至23任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 17 to 23, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述会话管理功能网元确定所述远端UE具有实现业务连续性的权限。The session management function network element determines that the remote UE has the authority to achieve service continuity.
  25. 根据权利要求17至24任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 17 to 24, wherein the method further comprises:
    当所述远端UE的传输路径切换后,所述远端UE的上下文信息被删除时,所述会话管理功能网元释放所述第一地址。After the transmission path of the remote UE is switched and the context information of the remote UE is deleted, the session management function network element releases the first address.
  26. 一种实现业务连续性的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for realizing business continuity, which is characterized in that it includes:
    用户面功能网元接收来自会话管理功能网元的第一地址和传输通道的映射关系,其中,所述第一地址既用于在远端用户设备UE的传输路径切换前所述用户面功能网元传输所述远端UE的数据,又用于所述远端UE的传输路径切换后所述用户面功能网元传输所述远端UE的数据,所述传输通道为中继UE和所述用户面功能网元之间的传输通道;The user plane function network element receives the mapping relationship between the first address and the transmission channel from the session management function network element, where the first address is used for the user plane function network before the transmission path of the remote user equipment UE is switched. The data of the remote UE is transmitted by the remote UE, and the user plane function network element is used to transmit the data of the remote UE after the transmission path of the remote UE is switched. The transmission channel is the relay UE and the Transmission channel between user plane function network elements;
    所述用户面功能网元根据所述映射关系,传输所述远端UE的数据。The user plane function network element transmits the data of the remote UE according to the mapping relationship.
  27. 根据权利要求26所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一地址用于在所述远端UE的传输路径切换前所述用户面功能网元传输所述远端UE的数据,包括:The method according to claim 26, wherein the first address is used for the user plane function network element to transmit the data of the remote UE before the transmission path of the remote UE is switched, comprising:
    所述第一地址用于在所述远端UE的传输路径切换前所述用户面功能网元和第一中继UE之间传输所述远端UE的数据,所述第一中继UE为在所述远端UE传输路径切换前所述远端UE连接的中继UE;或者,The first address is used to transmit data of the remote UE between the user plane function network element and the first relay UE before the transmission path of the remote UE is switched, and the first relay UE is The relay UE that the remote UE is connected to before the remote UE transmission path is switched; or,
    所述第一地址用于在所述远端UE的传输路径切换前所述用户面功能网元和所述远端UE的之间传输数据。The first address is used to transmit data between the user plane function network element and the remote UE before the transmission path of the remote UE is switched.
  28. 一种实现业务连续性的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for realizing business continuity, which is characterized in that it includes:
    中继用户设备UE接收来自会话管理功能网元的第一地址,所述第一地址既用于在远端UE的传输路径切换前用户面功能网元传输所述远端UE的数据,又用于所述远端UE的传输路径切换后所述用户面功能网元传输所述远端UE的数据,所述中继UE为所述远端UE传输路径切换后所述远端UE连接的UE;The relay user equipment UE receives the first address from the session management function network element. The first address is used to transmit the data of the remote UE by the user plane function network element before the transmission path of the remote UE is switched. After the transmission path of the remote UE is switched, the user plane function network element transmits the data of the remote UE, and the relay UE is the UE connected to the remote UE after the transmission path of the remote UE is switched ;
    所述中继UE根据所述第一地址和第四地址的映射关系,传输所述远端UE的数据,所述第四地址用于所述中继UE和所述远端UE之间传输数据。The relay UE transmits data of the remote UE according to the mapping relationship between the first address and the fourth address, and the fourth address is used to transmit data between the relay UE and the remote UE .
  29. 根据权利要求28所述的方法,其特征在于,所述中继UE接收来自会话管理功能网元的第一地址之前,包括:The method according to claim 28, wherein before the relay UE receives the first address from the session management function network element, the method comprises:
    所述中继UE接收来自所述远端UE的所述远端UE的标识信息;Receiving, by the relay UE, the identification information of the remote UE from the remote UE;
    所述中继UE向所述会话管理功能网元发送第一消息,所述第一消息包括所述远端UE的标识信息,所述远端UE的标识信息用于确定所述第一地址。The relay UE sends a first message to the session management function network element, where the first message includes identification information of the remote UE, and the identification information of the remote UE is used to determine the first address.
  30. 根据权利要求28或29所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一消息用于建立所述中继UE的协议数据单元PDU会话,或者修改所述中继UE的PDU会话。The method according to claim 28 or 29, wherein the first message is used to establish a protocol data unit PDU session of the relay UE or modify the PDU session of the relay UE.
  31. 根据权利要求28至30任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述远端UE的标识信 息用于指示所述远端UE的传输路径发生切换。The method according to any one of claims 28 to 30, wherein the identification information of the remote UE is used to indicate that the transmission path of the remote UE is switched.
  32. 根据权利要求28至31任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一消息还包括:第一指示,所述第一指示用于指示请求切换所述远端UE的传输路径。The method according to any one of claims 28 to 31, wherein the first message further comprises: a first indication, and the first indication is used to indicate a request to switch the transmission path of the remote UE.
  33. 一种实现业务连续性的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for realizing business continuity, which is characterized in that it includes:
    会话管理功能网元接收来自远端用户设备UE的远端UE的标识信息和第一指示,所述第一指示用于指示请求切换所述远端UE的传输路径发生切换;The session management function network element receives the identification information of the remote UE from the remote user equipment UE and the first indication, where the first indication is used to indicate that the transmission path of the remote UE is requested to be switched;
    所述会话管理功能网元向所述远端UE发送第五地址,所述第五地址用于所述远端UE和用户面功能网元之间传输数据;Sending, by the session management function network element, a fifth address to the remote UE, where the fifth address is used for data transmission between the remote UE and the user plane function network element;
    所述会话管理功能网元向所述用户面功能网元配置所述第五地址和第一地址之间的映射关系,所述第一地址用于在所述远端UE的传输路径切换前所述用户面功能网元传输所述远端UE的数据。The session management function network element configures the mapping relationship between the fifth address and the first address to the user plane function network element, and the first address is used to perform the mapping before the transmission path of the remote UE is switched. The user plane function network element transmits the data of the remote UE.
  34. 根据权利要求33所述的方法,其特征在于,包括:The method of claim 33, comprising:
    所述会话管理功能网元从所述远端UE接收所述第一地址。The session management function network element receives the first address from the remote UE.
  35. 一种实现业务连续性的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for realizing business continuity, which is characterized in that it includes:
    远端UE向会话管理功能网元发送远端用户设备UE的标识信息和第一指示,所述第一指示用于指示请求切换所述远端UE的传输路径;The remote UE sends the identification information of the remote user equipment UE and a first indication to the session management function network element, where the first indication is used to indicate a request to switch the transmission path of the remote UE;
    所述远端UE接收来自所述会话管理功能网元的第五地址,所述第五地址用于所述远端UE和用户面功能网元之间传输数据。The remote UE receives a fifth address from the session management function network element, where the fifth address is used for data transmission between the remote UE and the user plane function network element.
  36. 根据权利要求35所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 35, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述远端UE将所述第五地址与第六地址绑定,所述第六地址用于在所述远端UE的传输路径切换前所述远端UE和中继UE之间传输数据。The remote UE binds the fifth address with a sixth address, and the sixth address is used to transmit data between the remote UE and the relay UE before the transmission path of the remote UE is switched.
  37. 根据权利要求35所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 35, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述远端UE将第六地址替换为所述第五地址,所述第六地址用于在所述远端UE的传输路径切换前所述远端UE和中继UE之间传输数据。The remote UE replaces the sixth address with the fifth address, and the sixth address is used to transmit data between the remote UE and the relay UE before the transmission path of the remote UE is switched.
  38. 一种实现业务连续性的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for realizing business continuity, which is characterized in that it includes:
    会话管理功能网元为远端UE分配第七地址,所述第七地址用于用户面功能网元和服务器之间传输所述远端UE的数据;The session management function network element allocates a seventh address to the remote UE, where the seventh address is used to transmit data of the remote UE between the user plane function network element and the server;
    所述会话管理功能网元向所述用户面功能网元配置所述第七地址和第一地址之间的第一映射关系,所述第一地址用于所述第一传输路径上传输所述远端UE的数据,所述用户面功能网元为所述第一传输路径上的节点;The session management function network element configures the user plane function network element with a first mapping relationship between the seventh address and a first address, and the first address is used to transmit the For data of the remote UE, the user plane function network element is a node on the first transmission path;
    当所述远端UE从所述第一传输路径切换到第二传输路径,所述会话管理功能网元向所述用户面功能网元配置所述第七地址和第二地址之间的第二映射关系,所述第二地址用于所述第二传输路径上传输所述远端UE的数据,所述用户面功能网元为所述第二传输路径上的节点。When the remote UE switches from the first transmission path to the second transmission path, the session management function network element configures the second address between the seventh address and the second address to the user plane function network element. In the mapping relationship, the second address is used to transmit data of the remote UE on the second transmission path, and the user plane function network element is a node on the second transmission path.
  39. 根据权利要求38所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一地址用于所述第一传输路径上传输所述远端UE的数据,包括:The method according to claim 38, wherein the first address is used to transmit data of the remote UE on the first transmission path, comprising:
    所述第一地址用于所述用户面功能网元和第一中继UE之间传输所述远端UE的数据, 所述第一中继UE为所述第一传输路径上的节点。The first address is used to transmit data of the remote UE between the user plane function network element and a first relay UE, and the first relay UE is a node on the first transmission path.
  40. 根据权利要求39所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二地址用于所述第二传输路径上传输所述远端UE的数据,包括:The method according to claim 39, wherein the second address is used to transmit data of the remote UE on the second transmission path, comprising:
    所述第二地址用于所述用户面功能网元和第二中继UE之间传输所述远端UE的数据,所述第二中继UE为所述第二传输路径上的节点;或者,The second address is used to transmit data of the remote UE between the user plane function network element and a second relay UE, and the second relay UE is a node on the second transmission path; or ,
    所述第二地址用于所述用户面功能网元和所述远端UE之间传输所述远端UE的数据,所述远端UE为所述第二传输路径上的节点。The second address is used to transmit data of the remote UE between the user plane function network element and the remote UE, and the remote UE is a node on the second transmission path.
  41. 根据权利要求38所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一地址用于所述第一传输路径上传输所述远端UE的数据,包括:The method according to claim 38, wherein the first address is used to transmit data of the remote UE on the first transmission path, comprising:
    所述第一地址用于所述用户面功能网元和所述远端UE之间传输所述远端UE的数据,所述远端UE为所述第一传输路径上的节点。The first address is used to transmit data of the remote UE between the user plane function network element and the remote UE, and the remote UE is a node on the first transmission path.
  42. 根据权利要求41所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二地址用于所述第二传输路径上传输所述远端UE的数据,包括:The method according to claim 41, wherein the second address is used to transmit data of the remote UE on the second transmission path, comprising:
    所述第二地址用于所述用户面功能网元和第二中继UE之间传输所述远端UE的数据,所述第二中继UE为所述第二传输路径上的节点。The second address is used to transmit data of the remote UE between the user plane function network element and a second relay UE, and the second relay UE is a node on the second transmission path.
  43. 一种实现业务连续的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for realizing business continuity, which is characterized in that it includes:
    第一用户面功能网元接收来自会话管理功能网元的第二消息,所述第二消息包括第一地址,所述第一地址用于在远端用户设备UE的传输路径切换前第一用户面功能网元传输所述远端UE的数据;The first user plane function network element receives a second message from the session management function network element, the second message includes a first address, and the first address is used for the first user before the transmission path of the remote user equipment UE is switched The plane function network element transmits the data of the remote UE;
    所述第一用户面功能网元根据所述第一地址和第三传输通道的映射关系,传输所述远端UE的数据,所述第三传输通道为第二用户面功能网元和所述第一用户面功能网元之间的传输通道,所述第二用户面功能网元为所述远端UE的传输路径切换后所述远端UE连接的用户面功能网元。The first user plane function network element transmits the data of the remote UE according to the mapping relationship between the first address and the third transmission channel, and the third transmission channel is the second user plane function network element and the A transmission channel between first user plane function network elements, and the second user plane function network element is a user plane function network element connected to the remote UE after the transmission path of the remote UE is switched.
  44. 根据权利要求43所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一地址用于在远端UE的传输路径切换前第一用户面功能网元传输所述远端UE的数据,包括:The method according to claim 43, wherein the first address is used for the first user plane function network element to transmit the data of the remote UE before the transmission path of the remote UE is switched, comprising:
    所述第一地址用于在远端UE的传输路径切换前所述第一用户面功能网元和第一中继UE之间传输所述远端UE的数据,所述第一中继UE为在所述远端UE传输路径切换前所述远端UE连接的中继UE;或者,The first address is used to transmit data of the remote UE between the first user plane function network element and the first relay UE before the transmission path of the remote UE is switched, and the first relay UE is The relay UE that the remote UE is connected to before the remote UE transmission path is switched; or,
    所述第一地址用于在所述远端UE的传输路径切换前所述第一用户面功能网元和所述远端UE之间传输所述远端UE的数据。The first address is used to transmit the data of the remote UE between the first user plane function network element and the remote UE before the transmission path of the remote UE is switched.
  45. 一种实现业务连续性的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for realizing business continuity, which is characterized in that it includes:
    第一用户面功能网元接收来自会话管理功能网元的第二消息,所述第二消息包括第一地址和第二地址,所述第一地址用于在远端用户设备UE的传输路径切换前第一用户面功能网元传输所述远端UE的数据,所述第二地址用于在所述远端UE的传输路径切换后第二用户面功能网元传输所述远端UE的数据;The first user plane function network element receives a second message from the session management function network element, the second message includes a first address and a second address, and the first address is used to switch the transmission path of the remote user equipment UE The first user plane function network element transmits the data of the remote UE, and the second address is used to transmit the data of the remote UE after the transmission path of the remote UE is switched. ;
    所述第一用户面功能网元根据所述第一地址、所述第二地址和第三传输通道之间的映射关系,传输所述远端UE的数据,其中,所述第三传输通道为所述第二用户面功能网元和第一用户面功能网元之间的传输通道。The first user plane function network element transmits the data of the remote UE according to the mapping relationship between the first address, the second address, and a third transmission channel, where the third transmission channel is The transmission channel between the second user plane function network element and the first user plane function network element.
  46. 根据权利要求45所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一地址用于在远端UE的传输通道切换前第二用户面功能网元传输所述远端UE的数据,包括:The method according to claim 45, wherein the first address is used to transmit the data of the remote UE by the second user plane function network element before the transmission channel of the remote UE is switched, comprising:
    所述第一地址用于在远端UE的传输路径切换前所述第一用户面功能网元和第一中继UE之间传输所述远端UE的数据,所述第一中继UE为在所述远端UE传输路径切换前所述远端UE连接的中继UE;或者,The first address is used to transmit data of the remote UE between the first user plane function network element and the first relay UE before the transmission path of the remote UE is switched, and the first relay UE is The relay UE that the remote UE is connected to before the remote UE transmission path is switched; or,
    所述第一地址用于在所述远端UE的传输路径切换前所述第一用户面功能网元和所述远端UE之间传输所述远端UE的数据。The first address is used to transmit the data of the remote UE between the first user plane function network element and the remote UE before the transmission path of the remote UE is switched.
  47. 根据权利要求45或46所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一用户面功能网元根据所述映射关系,传输所述远端UE的数据,包括:The method according to claim 45 or 46, wherein the first user plane function network element transmitting the data of the remote UE according to the mapping relationship comprises:
    所述第一用户面功能网元通过所述第三传输通道接收来自所述第二用户面功能网元的第一数据包,所述第一数据包包括所述第二地址;Receiving, by the first user plane function network element, a first data packet from the second user plane function network element through the third transmission channel, the first data packet including the second address;
    所述第一用户面功能网元根据所述映射关系,利用所述第一地址对所述第一数据包进行封装,得到第二数据包;The first user plane function network element uses the first address to encapsulate the first data packet according to the mapping relationship to obtain a second data packet;
    所述第一用户面功能网元向所述网络服务器发送所述第二数据包。The first user plane function network element sends the second data packet to the network server.
  48. 根据权利要求45至47任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一用户面功能网元根据所述映射关系,传输所述远端UE的数据,包括:The method according to any one of claims 45 to 47, wherein the first user plane function network element transmitting the data of the remote UE according to the mapping relationship comprises:
    所述第一用户面功能网元接收来自所述网络服务器的第三数据包,所述第三数据包包括所述第一地址;Receiving, by the first user plane function network element, a third data packet from the network server, the third data packet including the first address;
    所述第一用户面功能网元根据所述映射关系,利用所述第二地址对所述第三数据包进行封装,得到封装后的第四数据包;The first user plane function network element uses the second address to encapsulate the third data packet according to the mapping relationship to obtain the encapsulated fourth data packet;
    所述第一用户面功能网元通过所述第三传输通道向所述第二用户面功能网元发送所述第四数据包。The first user plane function network element sends the fourth data packet to the second user plane function network element through the third transmission channel.
  49. 一种实现业务连续性的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for realizing business continuity, which is characterized in that it includes:
    第二用户面功能网元接收来自会话管理功能网元的第三消息,所述第三消息包括第一地址,所述第一地址用于在远端用户设备UE的传输路径切换前第一用户面功能网元传输所述远端UE的数据;The second user plane function network element receives a third message from the session management function network element, the third message includes a first address, and the first address is used for the first user before the transmission path of the remote user equipment UE is switched The plane function network element transmits the data of the remote UE;
    所述第二用户面功能网元根据所述第一地址、第二传输通道和第三传输通道之间的映射关系,传输所述远端UE的数据,所述第二传输通道为所述远端UE的传输路径切换后所述第二用户面和所述远端UE之间的传输通道,所述第三传输通道为所述第二用户面功能网元和第一用户面功能网元之间的传输通道。The second user plane function network element transmits the data of the remote UE according to the mapping relationship between the first address, the second transmission channel, and the third transmission channel, and the second transmission channel is the remote After the transmission path of the end UE is switched, the transmission channel between the second user plane and the remote UE, the third transmission channel is one of the second user plane function network element and the first user plane function network element Transmission channel between.
  50. 根据权利要求49所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一地址用于在远端UE的传输通道切换前第二用户面功能网元传输所述远端UE的数据,包括:The method according to claim 49, wherein the first address is used for the second user plane function network element to transmit the data of the remote UE before the transmission channel of the remote UE is switched, comprising:
    所述第一地址用于在远端UE的传输通道切换前所述第一用户面功能网元和第一中继UE之间传输所述远端UE的数据,所述第一中继UE为在所述远端UE传输通道切换前所述远端UE连接的中继UE;或者,The first address is used to transmit data of the remote UE between the first user plane function network element and the first relay UE before the transmission channel of the remote UE is switched, and the first relay UE is The relay UE that the remote UE is connected to before the remote UE transmission channel is switched; or,
    所述第一地址用于在所述远端UE的传输通道切换前所述第一用户面功能网元和所述远端UE之间传输所述远端UE的数据。The first address is used to transmit the data of the remote UE between the first user plane function network element and the remote UE before the transmission channel of the remote UE is switched.
  51. 根据权利要求49或50所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二用户面功能网元根据所述映射关系,传输所述远端UE的数据,包括:The method according to claim 49 or 50, wherein the second user plane function network element transmitting the data of the remote UE according to the mapping relationship comprises:
    所述第二用户面功能网元通过所述第二传输通道接收第一数据包,所述第一数据包包括所述第一地址;Receiving, by the second user plane function network element, a first data packet through the second transmission channel, the first data packet including the first address;
    所述第二用户面功能网元根据所述映射关系,通过所述第三传输通道将所述第一数据包发送至所述第一用户面功能网元。The second user plane function network element sends the first data packet to the first user plane function network element through the third transmission channel according to the mapping relationship.
  52. 根据权利要求49至51任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二用户面功能网元根据所述映射关系,传输所述远端UE的数据,包括:The method according to any one of claims 49 to 51, wherein the second user plane function network element transmitting the data of the remote UE according to the mapping relationship comprises:
    所述第二用户面功能网元通过所述第三传输通道接收来自所述第一用户面功能网元的第三数据包,所述第三数据包包括所述第一地址;Receiving, by the second user plane function network element, a third data packet from the first user plane function network element through the third transmission channel, the third data packet including the first address;
    所述第二用户面功能网元根据所述映射关系,通过所述第二传输通道发送所述第三数据包。The second user plane function network element sends the third data packet through the second transmission channel according to the mapping relationship.
  53. 一种实现业务连续性的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for realizing business continuity, which is characterized in that it includes:
    第二用户面功能网元接收来自会话管理功能网元的第三消息,所述第三消息包括第二地址,所述第二地址用于在远端用户设备UE的传输路径切换后第二用户面功能网元传输所述远端UE的数据;The second user plane function network element receives a third message from the session management function network element, the third message includes a second address, and the second address is used for the second user after the transmission path of the remote user equipment UE is switched The plane function network element transmits the data of the remote UE;
    所述第二用户面功能网元根据所述第二地址、第二传输通道和第三传输通道之间的映射关系,传输所述远端UE的数据,所述第二传输通道为所述远端UE的传输路径切换后所述第二用户面和所述远端UE之间的传输通道,所述第三传输通道为所述第二用户面功能网元和第一用户面功能网元之间的传输通道。The second user plane function network element transmits the data of the remote UE according to the mapping relationship between the second address, the second transmission channel and the third transmission channel, and the second transmission channel is the remote After the transmission path of the end UE is switched, the transmission channel between the second user plane and the remote UE, the third transmission channel is one of the second user plane function network element and the first user plane function network element Transmission channel between.
  54. 根据权利要求53所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二用户面功能网元根据所述映射关系,传输所述远端UE的数据,包括:The method according to claim 53, wherein the second user plane function network element transmitting the data of the remote UE according to the mapping relationship comprises:
    所述第二用户面功能网元通过所述第二传输通道接收第一数据包,所述第一数据包包括所述第一地址;Receiving, by the second user plane function network element, a first data packet through the second transmission channel, the first data packet including the first address;
    所述第二用户面功能网元根据所述映射关系,通过所述第三传输通道将所述第一数据包发送至所述第一用户面功能网元。The second user plane function network element sends the first data packet to the first user plane function network element through the third transmission channel according to the mapping relationship.
  55. 根据权利要求53至54任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二用户面功能网元根据所述映射关系,传输所述远端UE的数据,包括:The method according to any one of claims 53 to 54, wherein the second user plane function network element transmitting the data of the remote UE according to the mapping relationship comprises:
    所述第二用户面功能网元通过所述第三传输通道接收来自所述第一用户面功能网元的第三数据包,所述第三数据包包括所述第一地址;Receiving, by the second user plane function network element, a third data packet from the first user plane function network element through the third transmission channel, the third data packet including the first address;
    所述第二用户面功能网元根据所述映射关系,通过所述第二传输通道发送所述第三数据包。The second user plane function network element sends the third data packet through the second transmission channel according to the mapping relationship.
  56. 一种实现业务连续性的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for realizing business continuity, which is characterized in that it includes:
    第二会话管理功能网元接收来自远端用户设备UE的第一消息,所述第一消息包括与所述中继UE连接的远端UE的标识信息;The second session management function network element receives a first message from a remote user equipment UE, where the first message includes identification information of the remote UE connected to the relay UE;
    所述第二会话管理功能网元向第二用户面功能网元配置第一地址和第二地址的映射关系,其中,所述第一地址用于在所述远端UE的传输路径切换前第一用户面功能网元传输所述远端UE的数据,所述第二地址用于在所述远端UE的传输路径切换后第二用户面功能网元传输所述远端UE的数据;The second session management function network element configures the mapping relationship between the first address and the second address to the second user plane function network element, where the first address is used for the first address before the transmission path of the remote UE is switched. A user plane function network element transmits the data of the remote UE, and the second address is used for the second user plane function network element to transmit the data of the remote UE after the transmission path of the remote UE is switched;
    所述第二会话管理功能网元向所述第一会话管理功能网元请求建立第四传输通道,所 述第一会话管理功能网元为所述远端UE的传输路径切换前服务于所述远端UE的会话管理功能网元,所述第四传输通道为所述第一用户面功能网元和所述第二用户面功能网元之间的传输通道。The second session management function network element requests the first session management function network element to establish a fourth transmission channel, and the first session management function network element serves the remote UE before the transmission path is switched. For the session management function network element of the remote UE, the fourth transmission channel is a transmission channel between the first user plane function network element and the second user plane function network element.
  57. 根据权利要求56所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method according to claim 56, further comprising:
    当所述远端UE的在所述第二会话管理功能网元上的上下文信息被删除后,通知所述第一会话管理功能网元释放所述第一地址。After the context information of the remote UE on the second session management function network element is deleted, notify the first session management function network element to release the first address.
  58. 一种实现业务连续性的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for realizing business continuity, which is characterized in that it includes:
    统一数据管理网元接收来自第一会话管理功能网元的远端用户设备UE的标识和第一会话管理功能网元的标识,所述第一会话管理功能网元为所述远端UE的传输路径切换前服务于所述远端UE的会话管理功能网元;The unified data management network element receives the identifier of the remote user equipment UE and the identifier of the first session management function network element from the first session management function network element, and the first session management function network element is a transmission of the remote UE A session management function network element serving the remote UE before path switching;
    所述统一数据管理网元接收来自第二会话管理功能网元的所述远端UE的标识,所述第二会话管理功能网元为所述远端UE的传输路径切换后服务于所述远端UE的会话管理功能网元;The unified data management network element receives the identifier of the remote UE from the second session management function network element, and the second session management function network element serves the remote UE after the transmission path of the remote UE is switched. The session management function network element of the end UE;
    所述统一数据管理网元向所述第二会话管理功能网元发送所述第一会话管理功能网元的标识。The unified data management network element sends the identifier of the first session management function network element to the second session management function network element.
  59. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括至少一个处理器,所述至少一个处理器与存储器相连,所述至少一个处理器用于读取并执行所述存储器中存储的程序,以使得所述装置执行如权利要求1-11、17-25、33-34、38-42或56-57中任一项所述的方法。A communication device, characterized in that it includes at least one processor, the at least one processor is connected to a memory, and the at least one processor is used to read and execute a program stored in the memory, so that the device executes The method of any one of claims 1-11, 17-25, 33-34, 38-42, or 56-57.
  60. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括至少一个处理器,所述至少一个处理器与存储器相连,所述至少一个处理器用于读取并执行所述存储器中存储的程序,以使得所述装置执行如权利要求12-16、26-27、43-44、45-48、49-52或53-55中任一项所述的方法。A communication device, characterized in that it includes at least one processor, the at least one processor is connected to a memory, and the at least one processor is used to read and execute a program stored in the memory, so that the device executes The method of any one of claims 12-16, 26-27, 43-44, 45-48, 49-52, or 53-55.
  61. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括至少一个处理器,所述至少一个处理器与存储器相连,所述至少一个处理器用于读取并执行所述存储器中存储的程序,以使得所述装置执行如权利要求28-32任一项所述的方法。A communication device, characterized in that it includes at least one processor, the at least one processor is connected to a memory, and the at least one processor is used to read and execute a program stored in the memory, so that the device executes The method of any one of claims 28-32.
  62. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括至少一个处理器,所述至少一个处理器与存储器相连,所述至少一个处理器用于读取并执行所述存储器中存储的程序,以使得所述装置执行如权利要求35-37任一项所述的方法。A communication device, characterized in that it includes at least one processor, the at least one processor is connected to a memory, and the at least one processor is used to read and execute a program stored in the memory, so that the device executes The method of any one of claims 35-37.
  63. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括至少一个处理器,所述至少一个处理器与存储器相连,所述至少一个处理器用于读取并执行所述存储器中存储的程序,以使得所述装置执行如权利要求58所述的方法。A communication device, characterized in that it includes at least one processor, the at least one processor is connected to a memory, and the at least one processor is used to read and execute a program stored in the memory, so that the device executes The method of claim 58.
  64. 一种芯片,其特征在于,所述芯片与存储器耦合,用于读取并执行所述存储器中存储的程序指令,以实现如权利要求1-58任一项所述的方法。A chip, characterized in that the chip is coupled with a memory, and is used to read and execute program instructions stored in the memory to implement the method according to any one of claims 1-58.
  65. 一种通信系统,其特征在于,包括:执行如权利要求1-11中任一项所述方法的会话管理功能网元和执行如权利要求12-16任一项所述方法的用户面功能网元。A communication system, comprising: a session management function network element that executes the method according to any one of claims 1-11 and a user plane function network element that executes the method according to any one of claims 12-16 Yuan.
  66. 一种通信系统,其特征在于,包括:执行如权利要求17-25中任一项所述方法的会话管理功能网元、执行如权利要求26-27任一项所述方法的用户面功能网元和执行如权利要求28-32任一项所述方法的中继用户设备UE中的任意多个。A communication system, comprising: a session management function network element that executes the method according to any one of claims 17-25, and a user plane function network element that executes the method according to any one of claims 26-27 And any one of the relay user equipment UEs performing the method according to any one of claims 28-32.
  67. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,所述计算机可读存储介质存储有计算机指令,当所述指令在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行如权利要求1-58任一所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium, wherein the computer-readable storage medium stores computer instructions, which when run on a computer, cause the computer to execute the method according to any one of claims 1-58.
  68. 一种计算机程序产品,其特征在于,所述计算机程序产品在被计算机调用时,使 得计算机执行如权利要求1-58任一所述的方法。A computer program product, characterized in that, when the computer program product is called by a computer, the computer executes the method according to any one of claims 1-58.
PCT/CN2020/080978 2020-03-24 2020-03-24 Method and apparatus for implementing service continuity WO2021189269A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2020/080978 WO2021189269A1 (en) 2020-03-24 2020-03-24 Method and apparatus for implementing service continuity

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2020/080978 WO2021189269A1 (en) 2020-03-24 2020-03-24 Method and apparatus for implementing service continuity

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2021189269A1 true WO2021189269A1 (en) 2021-09-30

Family

ID=77890893

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2020/080978 WO2021189269A1 (en) 2020-03-24 2020-03-24 Method and apparatus for implementing service continuity

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2021189269A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI789255B (en) * 2022-02-25 2023-01-01 財團法人工業技術研究院 Multi-access edge computing (mec) system, mec device, user equipment and user plane function (upf) switch method

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN106162779A (en) * 2015-04-09 2016-11-23 上海贝尔股份有限公司 For the method keeping the business continuance of subscriber equipment
CN108024295A (en) * 2016-11-03 2018-05-11 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Relay transfer method and device, terminal, base station
WO2018204695A1 (en) * 2017-05-05 2018-11-08 Kyocera Corporation Relaying of broadcast/multicast delivery from a relay ue to a remote ue
CN110167088A (en) * 2019-05-29 2019-08-23 中国联合网络通信集团有限公司 A kind of management method and device of session

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN106162779A (en) * 2015-04-09 2016-11-23 上海贝尔股份有限公司 For the method keeping the business continuance of subscriber equipment
CN108024295A (en) * 2016-11-03 2018-05-11 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Relay transfer method and device, terminal, base station
WO2018204695A1 (en) * 2017-05-05 2018-11-08 Kyocera Corporation Relaying of broadcast/multicast delivery from a relay ue to a remote ue
CN110167088A (en) * 2019-05-29 2019-08-23 中国联合网络通信集团有限公司 A kind of management method and device of session

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI789255B (en) * 2022-02-25 2023-01-01 財團法人工業技術研究院 Multi-access edge computing (mec) system, mec device, user equipment and user plane function (upf) switch method

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11546811B2 (en) Method for establishing a fronthaul interface, method for performing access for a UE, method and apparatus for performing a handover for a UE, data forwarding method, user equipment and base station
WO2019128947A1 (en) Communication method and communication device
KR20190133031A (en) Communication method and device
US20230189091A1 (en) Iab node configuration method and communication apparatus
WO2021238882A1 (en) Method and device for implementing service continuity
US20220217505A1 (en) Message transmission method and apparatus
US20240172084A1 (en) Data transmission method and apparatus
TW201836382A (en) Communication method, auxiliary network node, and terminal
WO2021238383A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2021088769A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2021189269A1 (en) Method and apparatus for implementing service continuity
WO2017215469A1 (en) System and method for paging in a communications system
US20220182910A1 (en) Data Processing Method, Apparatus, And System
WO2022082690A1 (en) Group switching method, apparatus and system
WO2016161829A1 (en) Data transmission method and device
WO2023020046A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
WO2023020481A1 (en) Method for transmitting data and apparatus
WO2024032451A1 (en) Communication method, apparatus and system
WO2024032594A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
WO2023115559A1 (en) Wireless communication method, terminal device, and network device
US20240040450A1 (en) Information transmission method and apparatus
WO2023246746A1 (en) Communication method and related device
WO2023197184A1 (en) Iab donor device and transmission address configuration method
WO2023050181A1 (en) Wireless communication method and wireless communication apparatus
WO2023202220A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 20926802

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 20926802

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1